wcdma-ran-parameters.pdf

WCDMA RAN Parameters

DN00270387 © Nokia Corporation 1 (756)Issue 5-2 en Nokia Proprietary and Confidential


The information in this documentation is subject to change without notice and describes onlythe product defined in the introduction of this documentation. This documentation is intendedfor the use of Nokia's customers only for the purposes of the agreement under which thedocumentation is submitted, and no part of it may be reproduced or transmitted in any form ormeans without the prior written permission of Nokia. The documentation has been prepared tobe used by professional and properly trained personnel, and the customer assumes fullresponsibility when using it. Nokia welcomes customer comments as part of the process ofcontinuous development and improvement of the documentation.

The information or statements given in this documentation concerning the suitability, capacity,or performance of the mentioned hardware or software products cannot be considered bindingbut shall be defined in the agreement made between Nokia and the customer. However, Nokiahas made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the instructions contained in the documentationare adequate and free of material errors and omissions. Nokia will, if necessary, explain issueswhich may not be covered by the documentation.

Nokia's liability for any errors in the documentation is limited to the documentary correction oferrors. NOKIA WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE IN ANY EVENT FOR ERRORS IN THISDOCUMENTATION OR FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL(INCLUDING MONETARY LOSSES), that might arise from the use of this documentation orthe information in it.

This documentation and the product it describes are considered protected by copyrightaccording to the applicable laws.

NOKIA logo is a registered trademark of Nokia Corporation.

Other product names mentioned in this documentation may be trademarks of their respectivecompanies, and they are mentioned for identification purposes only.

Copyright © Nokia Corporation 2003. All rights reserved.

2 (756) © Nokia Corporation DN00270387Nokia Proprietary and Confidential Issue 5-2en

Contents

Contents 3

1 About this document 211.1 Interfaces 211.2 Parameter values 221.3 Structures 231.4 How to read parameter tables 24

2 Changes in NetAct documentation 27

3 NetAct compatibility and capacity information 29

4 RAN Parameters 314.1 ADJG Parameters 314.1.1 ADJGId (Inter-system adjacency identifier) 314.1.2 AdjgBCC (Base Station Colour Code) 324.1.3 AdjgBCCH (BCCH ARFCN) 324.1.4 AdjgBandIndicator (Band Indicator) 334.1.5 AdjgCI (Cell Identifier) 344.1.6 AdjgLAC (Location Area Code) 354.1.7 AdjgMCC (Mobile Country Code) 364.1.8 AdjgMNC (Mobile Network Code) 374.1.9 AdjgMNCLength (Mobile Network Code Length) 384.1.10 AdjgNCC (Network Colour Code) 394.1.11 AdjgTxPwrMaxRACH (Maximum UE TX Power on RACH) 404.1.12 AdjgTxPwrMaxTCH (Maximum UE TX Power on TCH) 414.1.13 NrtHopgIdentifier (NRT HOPG Identifier) 424.1.14 RtHopgIdentifier (RT HOPG Identifier) 424.2 ADJI Parameters 434.2.1 ADJIId (Inter-frequency adjacency identifier) 434.2.2 AdjiCI (Cell Identifier) 444.2.3 AdjiCPICHTxPwr (Primary CPICH power) 454.2.4 AdjiLAC (Location Area Code) 464.2.5 AdjiMCC (Mobile Country Code) 474.2.6 AdjiMNC (Mobile Network Code) 484.2.7 AdjiMNCLength (Mobile Network Code Length) 494.2.8 AdjiRAC (Routing Area Code) 504.2.9 AdjiRNCid (RNC Identifier) 514.2.10 AdjiSIB (Include in System Information) 524.2.11 AdjiScrCode (Primary Scrambling Code) 534.2.12 AdjiTxDiv (Tx Diversity Indicator) 544.2.13 AdjiTxPwrDPCH (Maximum UE TX Power on DPCH) 554.2.14 AdjiTxPwrRACH (Maximum UE TX Power on RACH) 564.2.15 AdjiUARFCN (UARFCN) 574.2.16 NrtHopiIdentifier (NRT HOPI Identifier) 584.2.17 RtHopiIdentifier (RT HOPI Identifier) 584.3 ADJS Parameters 594.3.1 ADJSId (Intra-frequency adjacency identifier) 59



4.3.2 AdjsCI (Cell Identifier) 604.3.3 AdjsCPICHTxPwr (Primary CPICH power) 614.3.4 AdjsDERR (Disable Effect on Reporting Range) 624.3.5 AdjsEcNoOffset (CPICH Ec/No Offset) 624.3.6 AdjsLAC (Location Area Code) 634.3.7 AdjsMCC (Mobile Country Code) 644.3.8 AdjsMNC (Mobile Network Code) 654.3.9 AdjsMNCLength (Mobile Network Code Length) 664.3.10 AdjsRAC (Routing Area Code) 674.3.11 AdjsRNCid (RNC Identifier) 684.3.12 AdjsScrCode (Primary Scrambling Code) 694.3.13 AdjsTxDiv (Tx Diversity Indicator) 694.3.14 AdjsTxPwrRACH (Maximum UE TX Power on RACH) 704.3.15 NrtHopsIdentifier (NRT HOPS Identifier) 714.3.16 RtHopsIdentifier (RT HOPS Identifier) 724.4 COCO Parameters 734.4.1 AAL2LossRatio (AAL2 CPS-SDU loss ratio) 734.4.2 AAL2Multiplexing (BTS AAL2 multiplexing) 744.4.3 AAL2MuxDelay (AAL2 CPS-SDU multiplexing delay) 754.4.4 AAL2SignLinkTPList (AAL2 signalling link termination point list) 764.4.4.1 AAL2SignLinkTP (AAL2 signalling link configuration) 774.4.5 AAL2TPList (AAL2 User plane termination point list) 844.4.5.1 AAL2TP (AAL2 User Plane link configuration) 844.4.6 ATMInterface (ATM interface) 974.4.6.1 ATMIfAdmState (ATM interface administrative state) 984.4.6.2 ATMIfMaxBandwidthEgr (ATM interface maximum bandwidth egress) 984.4.6.3 ATMIfMaxBandwidthIng (ATM interface maximum bandwidth

ingress) 994.4.6.4 ATMIfMaxVCIBits (ATM interface maximum VCI bits) 1004.4.6.5 ATMIfMaxVPIBits (ATM interface maximum VPI bits) 1014.4.6.6 ATMIfPhysicalTTPId (ATM interface physical TTP) 1014.4.6.7 ATMInterfaceType (ATM interface type) 1024.4.7 ATMInterfaceID (ATM interface identifier) 1034.4.8 CNBAPTP (C-NBAP signalling link configuration) 1034.4.8.1 CNBAPCDVT01Egr (C-NBAP VCLtp CDVT egress) 1044.4.8.2 CNBAPCDVT01Ing (C-NBAP VCLtp CDVT ingress) 1054.4.8.3 CNBAPICSUIndex (ICSU index for C-NBAP link) 1064.4.8.4 CNBAPOpState (Operational Status of C-NBAP link) 1074.4.8.5 CNBAPPCR01Egr (C-NBAP VCLtp PCR egress) 1074.4.8.6 CNBAPPCR01Ing (C-NBAP VCLtp PCR ingress) 1084.4.8.7 CNBAPTPAdmState (C-NBAP VCLtp effective administrative state) 1094.4.8.8 CNBAPVCI (Virtual channel identifier for C-NBAP) 1104.4.9 COCOId (Connection configuration identifier) 1104.4.10 COCOTraffic (COCO Traffic parameters) 1114.4.10.1 ConformanceDef (Conformance definition) 1124.4.10.2 EarlyPacketDiscard (Early Packet Discard) 1134.4.10.3 PartialPacketDiscard (Partial Packet Discard) 1144.4.10.4 QualityOfServiceClass (Quality Of Service Class) 1154.4.10.5 ServiceCategory (Service category) 1154.4.11 CalculateCDVT (Calculate CDVT) 1164.4.12 CreateATMTP (Create ATM termination points) 117


4.4.13 DNBAPTPList (D-NBAP termination point list) 1184.4.13.1 DNBAPTP (D-NBAP signalling link configuration) 1194.4.14 GenerateAAL2Num (Generate AAL2 user plane link numbers) 1274.4.15 VPLTP (Virtual Path Link termination point) 1284.4.15.1 COCOVPI (Virtual Path Identifier) 1294.4.15.2 VPLTPAdmState (VPLtp effective administrative state) 1294.4.15.3 VPLTPCDVT01Egr (VPLtp CDVT egress) 1304.4.15.4 VPLTPPCR01Egr (VPLtp PCR egress) 1314.4.15.5 VPLTPTrafficShaping (VPLtp VP level traffic shaping) 1324.5 FMCG Parameters 1334.5.1 FMCGId (FMCG identifier) 1334.5.2 GSMcauseCPICHEcNo (GSM HO caused by CPICH Ec/No) 1344.5.3 GSMcauseCPICHrscp (GSM HO caused by CPICH RSCP) 1354.5.4 GSMcauseTxPwrDL (GSM HO caused by DL DPCH TX Power) 1364.5.5 GSMcauseTxPwrUL (GSM HO caused by UE TX Power) 1374.5.6 GSMcauseUplinkQuality (GSM HO caused by UL DCH Quality) 1384.5.7 GsmDLTxPwrThrAMR (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for AMR) 1384.5.8 GsmDLTxPwrThrCS (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for CS) 1394.5.9 GsmDLTxPwrThrNrtPS (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for NRT

PS) 1404.5.10 GsmDLTxPwrThrRtPS (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for RT PS) 1414.5.11 GsmMaxMeasPeriod (Maximum Measurement Period) 1424.5.12 GsmMeasAveWindow (Measurement Averaging Window) 1434.5.13 GsmMeasRepInterval (Measurement Reporting Interval) 1444.5.14 GsmMinHoInterval (Minimum Interval Between HOs) 1454.5.15 GsmMinMeasInterval (Minimum Measurement Interval) 1464.5.16 GsmNcellSearchPeriod (GSM Neighbour Cell Search Period) 1474.5.17 GsmUETxPwrFilterCoeff (UE TX Power Filter Coefficient) 1484.5.18 GsmUETxPwrThrAMR (UE TX Power Threshold for AMR) 1494.5.19 GsmUETxPwrThrCS (UE TX Power Threshold for CS) 1504.5.20 GsmUETxPwrThrNrtPS (UE TX Power Threshold for NRT PS) 1514.5.21 GsmUETxPwrThrRtPS (UE TX Power Threshold for RT PS) 1524.5.22 GsmUETxPwrTimeHyst (UE TX Power Time Hysteresis) 1534.6 FMCI Parameters 1554.6.1 FMCIId (FMCI identifier) 1554.6.2 IFHOcauseCPICHEcNo (IFHO caused by CPICH Ec/No) 1564.6.3 IFHOcauseCPICHrscp (IFHO caused by CPICH RSCP) 1574.6.4 IFHOcauseTxPwrDL (IFHO caused by DL DPCH TX Power) 1584.6.5 IFHOcauseTxPwrUL (IFHO caused by UE TX Power) 1594.6.6 IFHOcauseUplinkQuality (IFHO caused by UL DCH Quality) 1604.6.7 InterFreqDLTxPwrThrAMR (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for AMR

) 1604.6.8 InterFreqDLTxPwrThrCS (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for CS) 1614.6.9 InterFreqDLTxPwrThrNrtPS (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for NRT

PS) 1624.6.10 InterFreqDLTxPwrThrRtPS (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for RT

PS) 1634.6.11 InterFreqMaxMeasPeriod (Maximum Measurement Period) 1644.6.12 InterFreqMeasAveWindow (Measurement Averaging Window) 1654.6.13 InterFreqMeasRepInterval (Measurement Reporting Interval) 1664.6.14 InterFreqMinHoInterval (Minimum Interval Between HOs) 167



4.6.15 InterFreqMinMeasInterval (Minimum Measurement Interval) 1684.6.16 InterFreqNcellSearchPeriod (Neighbour Cell Search Period) 1694.6.17 InterFreqUETxPwrFilterCoeff (UE TX Power Filter Coefficient) 1704.6.18 InterFreqUETxPwrThrAMR (UE TX Power Threshold for AMR) 1714.6.19 InterFreqUETxPwrThrCS (UE TX Power Threshold for CS) 1724.6.20 InterFreqUETxPwrThrNrtPS (UE TX Power Threshold for NRT PS) 1734.6.21 InterFreqUETxPwrThrRtPS (UE TX Power Threshold for RT PS) 1744.6.22 InterFreqUETxPwrTimeHyst (UE TX Power Time Hysteresis) 1754.7 FMCS Parameters 1774.7.1 ActiveSetWeightingCoefficient (Active Set Weighting Coefficient) 1774.7.2 AdditionReportingInterval (Addition Reporting Interval) 1784.7.3 AdditionTime (Addition Time) 1794.7.4 AdditionWindow (Addition Window) 1814.7.5 DropTime (Drop Time) 1824.7.6 DropWindow (Drop Window ) 1844.7.7 EcNoFilterCoefficient (CPICH Ec/No Filter Coefficient) 1854.7.8 FMCSId (FMCS identifier) 1864.7.9 HHoEcNoCancel (CPICH Ec/No HHO Cancellation) 1874.7.10 HHoEcNoCancelTime (CPICH Ec/No HHO Cancellation Time) 1884.7.11 HHoEcNoThreshold (CPICH Ec/No HHO Threshold) 1904.7.12 HHoEcNoTimeHysteresis (CPICH Ec/No HHO Time Hysteresis) 1914.7.13 HHoRscpCancel (CPICH RSCP HHO Cancellation) 1934.7.14 HHoRscpCancelTime (CPICH RSCP HHO Cancellation Time) 1944.7.15 HHoRscpFilterCoefficient (CPICH RSCP HHO Filter Coefficient) 1964.7.16 HHoRscpThreshold (CPICH RSCP HHO Threshold) 1984.7.17 HHoRscpTimeHysteresis (CPICH RSCP HHO Time Hysteresis) 1994.7.18 MaxActiveSetSize (Maximum Active Set Size) 2014.7.19 ReplacementReportingInterval (Replacement Reporting Interval) 2024.7.20 ReplacementTime (Replacement Time) 2034.7.21 ReplacementWindow (Replacement Window) 2054.8 HOPG Parameters 2064.8.1 AdjgHCSpriority (Cell Re-selection HCS Priority) 2064.8.2 AdjgHCSthreshold (Cell Re-selection HCS Threshold) 2074.8.3 AdjgPenaltyTime (Cell Re-selection Penalty Time) 2084.8.4 AdjgPriorityCoverage (Ncell Priority for Coverage HO) 2094.8.5 AdjgQoffset1 (Cell Re-selection Quality Offset 1 ) 2104.8.6 AdjgQrxlevMin (Cell Re-selection Minimum RX Level ) 2114.8.7 AdjgRxLevMinHO (Minimum RX Level for Coverage HO) 2124.8.8 AdjgTempOffset1 (Cell Re-selection Temporary Offset 1) 2134.8.9 HOPGId (HOPG Identifier) 2144.9 HOPI Parameters 2154.9.1 AdjiEcNoMargin (CPICH Ec/No Margin for IFHO ) 2154.9.2 AdjiHCSpriority (Cell Re-selection HCS Priority) 2164.9.3 AdjiHCSthreshold (Cell Re-selection HCS Threshold) 2174.9.4 AdjiMinEcNo (Minimum CPICH Ec/No for IFHO ) 2184.9.5 AdjiMinRSCP (Minimum CPICH RSCP for IFHO ) 2194.9.6 AdjiPenaltyTime (Cell Re-selection Penalty Time) 2204.9.7 AdjiPlossMargin (Pathloss Margin for IFHO ) 2214.9.8 AdjiPriorityCoverage (Ncell Priority for Coverage IFHO ) 2214.9.9 AdjiPriorityQuality (Ncell Priority for Quality IFHO ) 2224.9.10 AdjiQoffset1 (Cell Re-selection Quality Offset 1 ) 223


4.9.11 AdjiQoffset2 (Cell Re-selection Quality Offset 2) 2244.9.12 AdjiQqualMin (Cell Re-selection Minimum Quality ) 2254.9.13 AdjiQrxlevMin (Cell Re-selection Minimum RX Level ) 2264.9.14 AdjiTempOffset1 (Cell Re-selection Temporary Offset 1) 2274.9.15 AdjiTempOffset2 (Cell Re-selection Temporary Offset 2) 2294.9.16 HOPIId (HOPI Identifier) 2304.10 HOPS Parameters 2314.10.1 AdjsHCSpriority (Cell Re-selection HCS Priority) 2314.10.2 AdjsHCSthreshold (Cell Re-selection HCS Threshold) 2324.10.3 AdjsPenaltyTime (Cell Re-selection Penalty Time) 2334.10.4 AdjsQoffset1 (Cell Re-selection Quality Offset 1 ) 2344.10.5 AdjsQoffset2 (Cell Re-selection Quality Offset 2) 2354.10.6 AdjsQqualMin (Cell Re-selection Minimum Quality ) 2364.10.7 AdjsQrxlevMin (Cell Re-selection Minimum RX Level ) 2374.10.8 AdjsTempOffset1 (Cell Re-selection Temporary Offset 1) 2384.10.9 AdjsTempOffset2 (Cell Re-selection Temporary Offset 2) 2394.10.10 EcNoAveragingWindow (CPICH Ec/No Averaging Window) 2414.10.11 EnableInterRNCsho (Enable Inter-RNC Soft Handover) 2414.10.12 EnableRRCRelease (Enable RRC Connection Release) 2424.10.13 HHOMarginAverageEcNo (HHO Margin for Average Ec/No) 2434.10.14 HHOMarginPeakEcNo (HHO Margin for Peak Ec/No) 2444.10.15 HOPSId (HOPS Identifier) 2454.10.16 ReleaseMarginAverageEcNo (Release Margin for Average Ec/No) 2464.10.17 ReleaseMarginPeakEcNo (Release Margin for Peak Ec/No) 2474.11 RNC Parameters 2484.11.1 A2EA (AAL type 2 end point address for Iur) 2484.11.2 ActivationTimeOffset (Offset for activation time) 2494.11.3 BTSfrozenMaxTimer (Supervision timer to defrost frozen WBTS) 2504.11.4 CMmasterSwitch (Compressed mode master switch) 2514.11.5 CellReselectionObservingTime (Cell Reselection Observing Time) 2524.11.6 CrHandlingPolicyDL (Downlink capacity request handling policy) 2544.11.7 CrHandlingPolicyUL (Uplink capacity request handling policy) 2554.11.8 CrQueuingTimeDL (Maximum downlink capacity request queuing

time) 2564.11.9 CrQueuingTimeUL (Maximum uplink capacity request queuing time) 2564.11.10 DLpuncturingLimit (Downlink puncturing limit ) 2574.11.11 EnableULQualDetRep (Quality deterioration report from UL OLPC

controller) 2594.11.12 ExpectReorderingPDCP (Expect Reordering for PDCP ) 2604.11.13 FmaxPeriodPDCP (F Max Period for PDCP) 2614.11.14 FmaxTimePDCP (F Max Time for PDCP ) 2624.11.15 GainFactorControlPartPRACHmessage (Gain factor for control part of

PRACH message) 2634.11.15.1 PrachBetaC120 (Gain factor for control part of PRACH message with 120

ksps ) 2644.11.15.2 PrachBetaC15 (Gain factor for control part of PRACH message with 15



ksps ) 267



4.11.16 GainFactorDataPartPRACHmessage (Gain factor for data part of PRACHmessage) 268

4.11.16.1 PrachBetaD120 (Gain factor for data part of PRACH message with 120ksps ) 269




4.11.17 GapPositionSingleFrame (Gap position single frame) 2734.11.18 GlobalRNCid (Global RNC identifier) 2744.11.18.1 PLMNid (PLMN identity) 2754.11.18.2 RncId (RNC Identifier) 2794.11.19 GsmHandoverAMR (Handover of AMR Service to GSM) 2804.11.20 GsmHandoverCS (Handover of CS Service to GSM) 2824.11.21 GsmHandoverNrtPS (Handover of NRT PS Service to GSM) 2834.11.22 GsmHandoverRtPS (Handover of RT PS Service to GSM) 2844.11.23 HLSModeSelection (Higher Layer Scheduling mode selection) 2854.11.24 HeaderCompressionMethod (Header compression algorithm of PDCP

) 2864.11.25 InactTmrNRT_RB_Setup (Inactivity timer in NRT RB setup) 2874.11.26 InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH (Inactivity timer for downlink DCH) 2884.11.26.1 InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH128 (Inactivity timer for downlink 128kbps

DCH) 2904.11.26.2 InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH16 (Inactivity timer for downlink 16kbps







DCH) 2954.11.27 InactivityTimerUplinkDCH (Inactivity timer for uplink DCH) 2964.11.27.1 InactivityTimerUplinkDCH128 (Inactivity timer for uplink 128kbps

DCH) 2974.11.27.2 InactivityTimerUplinkDCH16 (Inactivity timer for uplink 16kbps







DCH) 3024.11.27.8 InactivityTimerUplinkDCH8 (Inactivity timer for uplink 8kbps DCH) 3034.11.28 IuList (Core Network (Iu interface) list) 3044.11.28.1 IuDATree (Iu-CS Digit analysis tree) 3054.11.28.2 IuItem (Iu item information) 3064.11.28.3 TRelocOverall (T RelocOverall) 3204.11.28.4 TRelocPrep (T RelocPrep) 3214.11.29 IuRelComWaitNoRABs (Time supervision for inactive signaling

connection towards the PS-CN) 3224.11.30 IubDATree (Iub Digit analysis tree) 3244.11.31 IurList (Neighbour RNC (Iur interface) list) 3254.11.31.1 IurDATree (Iur Digit analysis tree) 3264.11.31.2 IurItem (Iur item information) 3274.11.32 LimitedPowerIncrease (Limited Power Increase) 3324.11.33 LowerRxTxTimeDiff (Lower Rx-Tx TD Threshold) 3334.11.34 LowerULAMRmodeCM (Compressed Mode: Lower uplink AMR

mode) 3344.11.35 MaxCellReselections (Max cell reselections) 3354.11.36 MaxHeaderPDCP (Max Header for PDCP) 3364.11.37 MinDLAMRmodeCM (Compressed Mode: Minimum allowed downlink

AMR mode) 3374.11.38 N300 (N300) 3384.11.39 N302 (N302) 3394.11.40 N304 (N304) 3404.11.41 N308 (N308) 3414.11.42 NonTCPspacePDCP (Non-TCP Space for PDCP ) 3424.11.43 PCrangeDL (Radio link downlink power control range) 3434.11.44 PowerControlAlgorithm (Power control algorithm for combining downlink

TPC commands) 3444.11.45 PowerMarginCMcodeHalving (Compressed Mode: Power margin for

halving the spreading code) 3454.11.46 PrxNoiseMaxTuneAbsolute (Absolute limit in uplink noise

autotuning) 3464.11.47 RANAPprocInitWait (RANAP initiation timer) 3474.11.48 RNCName (RNC name) 3494.11.49 RNCTimeStamp (Time stamp) 3494.11.49.1 RNCDay (Time stamp day) 3504.11.49.2 RNCHours (Time stamp hours) 3514.11.49.3 RNCHundreths (Time stamp hundredths of seconds) 3524.11.49.4 RNCMinutes (Time stamp minutes) 3534.11.49.5 RNCMonth (Time stamp month) 3544.11.49.6 RNCSeconds (Time stamp seconds) 3544.11.49.7 RNCYear (Time stamp year) 3554.11.50 RNCcongNumberofReAttempts (Re-attempts to hunt resources) 3564.11.51 RTservicesForPS (PS domain RT service) 3574.11.52 SIB11_priority (Priority for SIB11) 3584.11.53 SIB12_priority (Priority for SIB12) 3594.11.54 SIB18_priority (Priority for SIB18) 3594.11.55 SIB1_priority (Priority for SIB1) 360



4.11.56 SIB2_priority (Priority for SIB2) 3614.11.57 SIB3_priority (Priority for SIB3) 3624.11.58 SIB5_priority (Priority for SIB5) 3634.11.59 SIB7_priority (Priority for SIB7) 3644.11.60 SignallingLinkInactivityTimer (Signalling link inactivity timer) 3654.11.61 StandAloneDCCHBitRate (Signalling radio bearer bit rate at RRC

connection establishment) 3664.11.62 T300 (T300) 3674.11.63 T302 (T302) 3684.11.64 T304 (T304) 3694.11.65 T305 (T305) 3704.11.66 T307 (T307) 3714.11.67 T308 (T308) 3724.11.68 T309 (T309) 3734.11.69 T316 (T316) 3744.11.70 T317 (T317) 3754.11.71 TCPspacePDCP (TCP Space for PDCP ) 3764.11.72 TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm (Transmision gap pattern length in case of

double frame: AMR service and GSM measurement) 3774.11.73 TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq (Transmision gap pattern length in case

of double frame: AMR service and IF measurement) 3794.11.74 TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm (Transmision gap pattern length in case of

double frame: NRT PS service and GSM measurement) 3804.11.75 TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq (Transmision gap pattern length in

case of double frame: NRT PS service and IF measurement) 3814.11.76 TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm (Transmision gap pattern length in case of

single frame: AMR service and GSM measurement) 3834.11.77 TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq (Transmision gap pattern length in case

of single frame: AMR service and IF measurement) 3844.11.78 TGPLsingleframeCSgsm (Transmision gap pattern length in case of

single frame: CS service and GSM measurement) 3854.11.79 TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq (Transmision gap pattern length in case of

single frame: CS service and IF measurement) 3874.11.80 TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm (Transmision gap pattern length in case of

single frame: NRT PS service and GSM measurement) 3884.11.81 TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq (Transmision gap pattern length in

case of single frame: NRT PS service and IF measurement) 3894.11.82 TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm (Transmision gap pattern length in case of

single frame: RT PS service and GSM measurement) 3914.11.83 TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq (Transmision gap pattern length in case

of single frame: RT PS service and IF measurement) 3924.11.84 ToAWE_CCH (Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for common

channels) 3934.11.85 ToAWE_NRT_DCH_tti10 (Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for NRT DCH

(TTI 10)) 3944.11.86 ToAWE_NRT_DCH_tti20 (Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for NRT DCH

(TTI 20)) 3954.11.87 ToAWE_NRT_DCH_tti40 (Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for NRT DCH

(TTI 40)) 3964.11.88 ToAWE_RT_DCH_tti10 (Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for RT DCH

(TTI 10)) 397


4.11.89 ToAWE_RT_DCH_tti20 (Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for RT DCH(TTI 20)) 398

4.11.90 ToAWE_RT_DCH_tti40 (Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for RT DCH(TTI 40)) 399

4.11.91 ToAWE_Speech (Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for speechservices) 400

4.11.92 ToAWS_CCH (Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for commonchannels) 401

4.11.93 ToAWS_NRT_DCH_tti10 (Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for NRTDCH (TTI 10)) 402



4.11.96 ToAWS_RT_DCH_tti10 (Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for RT DCH(TTI 10)) 405



4.11.99 ToAWS_Speech (Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for speechservices) 408

4.11.100 TrafVolPendingTimeDL (Downlink traffic volume measurement pendingtime after trigger) 409

4.11.101 TrafVolPendingTimeUL (Uplink traffic volume measurement pending timeafter trigger) 410

4.11.102 TrafVolThresholdDLHigh (Downlink traffic volume measurement highthreshold) 412

4.11.103 TrafVolThresholdULHigh (Uplink traffic volume measurement highthreshold) 413

4.11.104 TrafVolTimeToTriggerDL (Downlink traffic volume measurement time totrigger) 414

4.11.105 TrafVolTimeToTriggerUL (Uplink traffic volume measurement time totrigger) 416

4.11.106 ULQualDetRepThreshold (UL quality deterioration reportingthreshold) 417

4.11.107 UL_DL_activation_timer (UL/DL activation timer) 4184.11.108 ULpuncturingLimit (Uplink puncturing limit ) 4194.11.109 UTRANorigPagingRep (UTRAN originated paging repetition) 4214.11.110 UTRANorigPagingRepInterv (UTRAN originated paging repetition interval

) 4224.11.111 UlScrCodeMax (Uplink scrambling code maximum value) 4234.11.112 UlScrCodeMin (Uplink scrambling code minimum value) 4244.11.113 UpLinkInitialTransmitPowerMode (Initial transmit power in uplink

compressed mode) 4254.11.114 UpLinkRecoveryPeriodPowerMode (Recovery Period Power in UL

Compressed Mode) 4264.11.115 UpperRxTxTimeDiff (Upper Rx-Tx TD Threshold) 4274.11.116 WaitTimeRRC (Wait time in RRC connection request rejection) 4284.11.116.1 WaitTimeRRCbackground (RRC wait time for background causes

) 429



4.11.116.2 WaitTimeRRCconversational (RRC wait time for conversational causes) 430

4.11.116.3 WaitTimeRRCemergency (RRC wait time for emergency causes ) 4314.11.116.4 WaitTimeRRChighPrioritySignalling (RRC wait time for high priority

signalling causes ) 4324.11.116.5 WaitTimeRRCinterRATreselection (RRC wait time for inter-RAT re-

selection causes ) 4334.11.116.6 WaitTimeRRCinteractive (RRC wait time for interactive causes ) 4344.11.116.7 WaitTimeRRClowPrioritySignalling (RRC wait time for low priority

signalling causes ) 4354.11.116.8 WaitTimeRRCother (RRC wait time for other causes ) 4364.11.116.9 WaitTimeRRCregistration (RRC wait time for registration causes ) 4374.11.116.10 WaitTimeRRCstreaming (RRC wait time for streaming causes ) 4384.11.116.11 WaitTimeRRCsubscribed (RRC wait time for subscribed causes

) 4394.11.116.12 WaitTimeRRCunknown (RRC wait time for unknown causes ) 4404.12 WBTS Parameters 4414.12.1 ATMInterfaceID (ATM interface identifier) 4414.12.2 COCOId (Connection Configuration Identifier) 4424.12.3 LoadControlPeriodPS (PS load control period) 4434.12.4 PSAveragingWindowSize (Load measurement averaging window size for

packet scheduling) 4444.12.5 PrxAlpha (Type of measurement filter for uplink total received

power) 4454.12.6 PrxMeasAveWindow (Number of frames to be used averaging in PrxTotal

measurement) 4464.12.7 PtxAlpha (Type of measurement filter for downlink total transmitted

power) 4474.12.8 PtxDPCHmax (DPCH downlink transmission power maximum

value) 4484.12.9 PtxDPCHmin (DPCH downlink transmission power minimum value) 4494.12.10 PtxMeasAveWindow (Number of frames to be used averaging in PtxTotal

measurement) 4504.12.11 RACHloadIndicationPeriod (RACH load indication period) 4514.12.12 RLMeasRepPeriod (Radio link measurement reporting period) 4524.12.13 RRIndPeriod (Radio Resource Indication Period) 4534.12.14 SchedulingPeriod (Scheduling period) 4544.12.15 VCI (Virtual Channel Identifier) 4554.12.16 VPI (Virtual Path Identifier) 4564.12.17 WBTSId (WBTS Identifier) 4574.12.18 WBTSName (WCDMA BTS name) 4574.12.19 WBTSTimeStamp (Time stamp) 4584.12.19.1 WBTSDay (Time stamp day) 4594.12.19.2 WBTSHours (Time stamp hours) 4604.12.19.3 WBTSHundreths (Time stamp hundredths of seconds) 4614.12.19.4 WBTSMinutes (Time stamp minutes) 4624.12.19.5 WBTSMonth (Time stamp month) 4634.12.19.6 WBTSSeconds (Time stamp seconds) 4644.12.19.7 WBTSYear (Time stamp year) 4654.12.20 WinACRABsetupDL (DL measurement averaging window for AC) 4664.12.21 WinACRABsetupUL (UL measurement averaging window for AC) 467


4.12.22 WinRACHnormalLoadBS (Window for RACH normal load measurement) 468

4.12.23 WinRACHoverLoadBS (Window for RACH overload measurement ) 4694.13 WCEL Parameters 4704.13.1 ACBarredList (Access Class Barred list) 4704.13.2 AICHTraTime (AICH Transmission Timing) 4724.13.3 AMRModeDL (AMR mode downlink) 4734.13.4 AMRModeUL (AMR mode uplink) 4744.13.5 AdminCellState (Administrative Cell State) 4754.13.6 AllowedPreambleSignatures (Allowed preamble signatures) 4764.13.7 AllowedRACHSubChannels (Allowed RACH subchannels) 4774.13.8 AltScramblingCodeCM (Compressed Mode: Alternative scrambling

code) 4784.13.9 CId (Cell identifier) 4794.13.10 CPICHtoRefRABoffset (Offset of the P-CPICH and reference service

powers) 4804.13.11 CableLoss (Cable Loss) 4814.13.12 CellBarred (Cell Barred) 4824.13.13 CellRange (Cell range) 4834.13.14 Cell_Reserved (Cell Reserved for operator use) 4844.13.15 CodeTreeOptTimer (Code tree optimisation timer) 4854.13.16 CodeTreeOptimisation (Code tree optimisation) 4864.13.17 CodeTreeUsage (Code Tree Usage) 4874.13.18 DLreferenceBitRate (Downlink bit rate of the reference service) 4884.13.19 DLreferenceTargetBLER (Downlink BLER target of the reference

service) 4894.13.20 DRRCprxMargin (Prx Margin for DRRC) 4904.13.21 DRRCprxOffset (Prx Offset for DRRC) 4914.13.22 DRRCptxMargin (Ptx Margin for DRRC) 4924.13.23 DRRCptxOffset (Ptx Offset for DRRC) 4934.13.24 DeltaPrxMaxDown (Maximum uplink power decrease in packet

scheduling) 4944.13.25 DeltaPrxMaxUp (Maximum uplink power increase in packet

scheduling) 4954.13.26 DeltaPtxMaxDown (Maximum downlink power decrease in packet

scheduling) 4964.13.27 DeltaPtxMaxUp (Maximum downlink power increase in packet

scheduling) 4974.13.28 EbNoSetIdentifier (Eb/No parameter set identifier ) 4984.13.29 FachDataAllowedTotal (Maximum allowed total data amount on

FACH) 4994.13.30 FachLoadMarginCCH (Margin for FACH load for downlink channel type

selection) 5004.13.31 FachLoadThresholdCCH (Threshold for FACH load for downlink channel

type selection) 5014.13.32 HCS_PRIO (HCS priority level for a cell) 5024.13.33 HHoMaxAllowedBitrateDL (Maximum Allowed DL User Bitrate in

HHO) 5034.13.34 HHoMaxAllowedBitrateUL (Maximum Allowed UL User Bitrate in

HHO) 5044.13.35 IntraFreq_Cell_Reselect_Ind (Intra-frequency cell re-selection



indicator) 5054.13.36 LAC (Location area code) 5064.13.37 LcrId (Local cell resource identifier) 5084.13.38 MHA (MHA used) 5094.13.39 MaxBitRateDLPSNRT (Maximum downlink bit rate for PS domain NRT

data ) 5104.13.40 MaxBitRateULPSNRT (Maximum uplink bit rate for PS domain NRT data

) 5114.13.41 MaxCodeReleases (Max Code Releases) 5124.13.42 MaxNumbUECMcoverHO (Compressed Mode: Maximum number of

UEs) 5124.13.43 MinAllowedBitRateDL (Initial and minimum allowed bit rate in

downlink) 5134.13.44 MinAllowedBitRateUL (Initial and minimum allowed bit rate in uplink) 5144.13.45 N312 (N312) 5164.13.46 N313 (N313) 5174.13.47 N315 (N315) 5184.13.48 NASsignVolThrDL (Downlink NAS signalling volume threshold) 5194.13.49 NASsignVolThrUL (Uplink NAS signalling volume threshold) 5214.13.50 NCr (Maximum number of cell reselections) 5224.13.51 NbrOfSCCPCHs (Number of SCCPCHs) 5244.13.52 NrtFmcgIdentifier (NRT FMCG Identifier) 5254.13.53 NrtFmciIdentifier (NRT FMCI Identifier) 5254.13.54 NrtFmcsIdentifier (NRT FMCS Identifier) 5264.13.55 PI_amount (Number of PI per frame) 5274.13.56 PRACHRequiredReceivedCI (Required received C/I on PRACH at

WCDMA BTS) 5284.13.57 PRACHScramblingCode (PRACH scrambling code) 5294.13.58 PRACH_preamble_retrans (PRACH Preamble Retrans Max) 5304.13.59 PTxPICH (Transmission power of the PICH channel) 5314.13.60 PowerOffsetLastPreamblePRACHmessage (Power offset last preamble

and PRACH message) 5324.13.61 PowerOffsetSCCPCHTFCI (Power offset for S-CCPCH TFCI) 5334.13.61.1 PO1_15 (Power offset for SCCPCH TFCI (15 ksps)) 5344.13.61.2 PO1_30 (Power offset for SCCPCH TFCI (30 ksps)) 5354.13.61.3 PO1_60 (Power offset for SCCPCH TFCI (60 ksps)) 5364.13.62 PowerRampStepPRACHpreamble (Power ramp step on PRACH

preamble) 5374.13.63 PriScrCode (Primary downlink scrambling code) 5384.13.64 PrxNoise (Uplink noise level ) 5394.13.65 PrxNoiseAutotuning (PrxNoise autotuning allowed) 5404.13.66 PrxOffset (Offset for received power) 5414.13.67 PrxTarget (Target for received power) 5424.13.68 PtxAICH (Transmission power of the AICH channel) 5434.13.69 PtxDLabsMax (Planned maximum downlink transmission power of a radio

link) 5444.13.70 PtxMarginCCH (Margin for total downlink transmission power for downlink

channel type selection) 5454.13.71 PtxOffset (Offset for transmitted power) 5464.13.72 PtxPrimaryCCPCH (Transmission power of the primary CCPCH

channel) 547


4.13.73 PtxPrimaryCPICH (Transmission power of the primary CPICHchannel) 548

4.13.74 PtxPrimarySCH (Transmission power of the primary SCH channel) 5494.13.75 PtxSCCPCH1 (Transmission power of the first Secondary CCPCH

channel) 5504.13.76 PtxSCCPCH2 (Transmission power of the second Secondary CCPCH

channel) 5524.13.77 PtxSecSCH (Transmission power of the secondary SCH channel) 5534.13.78 PtxTarget (Target for transmitted power ) 5544.13.79 PtxThresholdCCH (Threshold for total downlink transmission power for

downlink channel type selection) 5554.13.80 QHCS (Quality threshold level for HCS) 5564.13.81 Qhyst1 (Cell reselection hysteresis 1) 5574.13.82 Qhyst2 (Cell reselection hysteresis 2) 5584.13.83 QqualMin (Minimum required quality level in the cell) 5594.13.84 QrxlevMin (Minimum required RX level in the cell) 5604.13.85 RAC (Routing Area Code) 5614.13.86 RACHCapacity (RACH Capacity) 5624.13.87 RACH_Tx_NB01max (RACH random back-off upper bound) 5634.13.88 RACH_Tx_NB01min (RACH random back-off lower bound) 5654.13.89 RACH_tx_Max (RACH maximum number of preamble cycles) 5664.13.90 RACHnormalLoadBS (Normal load RACH threshold) 5674.13.91 RACHoverLoadBS (Overload RACH threshold) 5684.13.92 RachLoadMarginCCH (Margin for RACH load for downlink channel type

selection) 5694.13.93 RachLoadThresholdCCH (Threshold for RACH load for downlink channel

type selection) 5704.13.94 RelocComm_in_InterRNC_HHO (Usage of Relocation Commit procedure

in inter RNC HHO) 5714.13.95 RtFmcgIdentifier (RT FMCG Identifier) 5724.13.96 RtFmciIdentifier (RT FMCI Identifier) 5734.13.97 RtFmcsIdentifier (RT FMCS Identifier) 5734.13.98 SAC (Service Area Code) 5744.13.99 SHCS_RAT (Threshold for inter-RAT measurement rules in HCS) 5754.13.100 SIB3CompmaskInfo (List of Compmasks in System Information Block

3) 5764.13.100.1 SIB3Compmask1 (System Information Block 3 Compmask 1) 5774.13.100.2 SIB3Compmask2 (System Information Block 3 Compmask 2) 5794.13.100.3 SIB3Compmask3 (System Information Block 3 Compmask 3) 5814.13.100.4 SIB3Compmask4 (System Information Block 3 Compmask 4) 5824.13.100.5 SIB3Compmask5 (System Information Block 3 Compmask 5) 5834.13.100.6 SIB3Compmask6 (System Information Block 3 Compmask 6) 5844.13.101 SIB7factor (SIB7 expiration time factor) 5854.13.102 SectorID (Sector Identifier) 5864.13.103 ShutdownStepAmount (Shutdown step amount) 5874.13.104 ShutdownWindow (Shutdown window) 5884.13.105 Sintersearch (S intersearch) 5884.13.106 Sintrasearch (S intrasearch) 5894.13.107 Slimit_SearchRAT (S limit,SearchRAT) 5914.13.108 SsearchHCS (S searchHCS) 5924.13.109 Ssearch_RAT (S searchRAT) 593



4.13.110 T312 (T312) 5944.13.111 T313 (T313) 5954.13.112 T315 (T315) 5964.13.113 TBarred (Cell barred period) 5974.13.114 TCrmax (Evaluating period for amount of cell reselections ) 5984.13.115 TCrmaxHyst (Hysteresis to revert from UE high-mobility

measurements) 5994.13.116 Tcell (Frame timing offset of a cell) 6014.13.117 TrafVolThresholdDLLow (Downlink traffic volume measurement low

threshold) 6024.13.118 TrafVolThresholdULLow (Uplink traffic volume measurement low

threshold) 6034.13.119 Treselection (Cell reselection triggering time) 6044.13.120 UARFCN (UARFCN) 6054.13.121 UEtxPowerMaxDPCH (Maximum UE transmission power on DPCH

) 6064.13.122 UEtxPowerMaxPRACH (Maximum UE transmission power on

PRACH) 6074.13.123 URAIdList (List of URA identities) 6084.13.123.1 URAId (URA identity) 6094.13.124 UTRAN_DRX_length (UTRAN DRX cycle length) 6104.13.125 UseOfHCS (Use of HCS) 6114.13.126 WCELTimeStamp (Time stamp) 6134.13.126.1 WCELDay (Time stamp day) 6144.13.126.2 WCELHours (Time stamp hours) 6144.13.126.3 WCELHundreths (Time stamp hundredths of seconds) 6154.13.126.4 WCELMinutes (Time stamp minutes) 6164.13.126.5 WCELMonth (Time stamp month) 6174.13.126.6 WCELSeconds (Time stamp seconds) 6184.13.126.7 WCELYear (Time stamp year) 6194.13.127 WCelState (WCDMA Cell Operational State) 620

5 MSC parameters 6235.1 LA Parameters 6235.1.1 Address 6235.1.2 Allowed MNC In National Roaming 6245.1.3 Emergency Priority 6245.1.4 Handover Priority 6255.1.5 LA ID 6265.1.6 Identical LAC Switch 6275.1.7 LAC 6285.1.8 MCC 6285.1.9 MNC 6295.1.10 Mobile Station Roaming Number Group 6305.1.11 Name 6305.1.12 Ordinary Priority 6315.1.13 NW Name 6325.1.14 Prohibited MS Power Classes 1 6325.1.15 Prohibited MS Power Classes 2 6335.1.16 Re-establishment Priority 6345.1.17 Repaging Attempts 635


5.1.18 Repaging Interval 6355.1.19 Default Service Area Code 6365.2 MGWM Parameters 6375.2.1 Address 6375.2.2 Administrative State 6375.2.3 BSSAP Subsystem Number 6385.2.4 Cell Identification Method 6395.2.5 MGWM ID 6395.2.6 Name 6405.2.7 Not Applicable ( No Pool ) 6405.2.8 NW Name 6415.2.9 MGW Operational State 6425.2.10 Paging Method 6435.2.11 Priority Assigment Function 6435.2.12 RNC ID List 6445.2.13 Service Area List 6455.2.14 Signalling Network Code 6455.2.15 Signalling Point Code 6465.2.16 Traffic Limitation 6475.2.17 BSSAP Version 6485.3 MSA Parameters 6495.3.1 Address 6495.3.2 Administrative State 6495.3.3 Frequency Band 6505.3.4 Cell Based QOS for LCS (CQOS) 6515.3.5 Cell Dependent Routing 6515.3.6 Cell Test State 6525.3.7 Charging Area Code 6535.3.8 ESRK Range Index 6545.3.9 ESRK Usage 6545.3.10 Full Rate Traffic Channel Max Count 6555.3.11 Half Rate Traffic Channel Max Count 6565.3.12 MSA ID 6575.3.13 Internal Network Number Indicator 6585.3.14 Local Area Dialling Code 6585.3.15 LAC 6595.3.16 Location Number 6605.3.17 MGWM ID In MSC 6615.3.18 MCC 6625.3.19 MNC 6625.3.20 Name 6635.3.21 No NCAS Support 6645.3.22 Number Presentation Status 6645.3.23 Number Screening Status 6655.3.24 Numbering Plan Indentification 6665.3.25 NW Name 6675.3.26 Parameter Set (PSET) 6675.3.27 Position Determination Timers 6685.3.28 Routing Zone ID 6695.3.29 Tariff Area 6695.3.30 Type Of Location Number 670



5.4 NWLA Parameters 6715.4.1 Address 6715.4.2 Call Tracing Allowed 6725.4.3 Cell Identification Method 6725.4.4 NWLA ID 6735.4.5 Identical LAC Switch 6745.4.6 Inter MSC Handover Allowed 6755.4.7 MCC 6755.4.8 MNC 6765.4.9 MSC ISDN Number 6775.4.10 MSC Signalling Network Code 6775.4.11 MSC Signalling Point Code 6785.4.12 Name 6795.4.13 Nature Of MSC Address 6805.4.14 Nature Of VLR Address 6805.4.15 NW Name 6815.4.16 Version Of BSSAP 6825.4.17 VLR Inquiry Allowed 6835.4.18 VLR ISDN Number 6835.4.19 VLR Signalling Network Code 6845.4.20 VLR Signalling Point Code 685

6 3GPP parameters 6876.1 How to read 3GPP parameter tables 6876.2 OMC parameters 6886.2.1 User Defined Network Type 6886.2.2 User Defined State 6896.3 RNC parameters 6906.3.1 Managed By 6906.3.2 User Defined State 6916.4 WBTS parameters 6926.4.1 Managed By 6926.4.2 User Defined State 693

7 RAC2.2 non-network and redefined network parameters 6957.1 ADJG parameters 6957.1.1 Mobile Country Code 6957.1.2 Mobile Network Code 6967.1.3 Target Cell DN 6977.2 ADJI parameters 6987.2.1 Mobile Country Code 6987.2.2 Mobile Network Code 6997.2.3 Target Cell DN 7007.3 ADJS parameters 7017.3.1 Mobile Country Code 7017.3.2 Mobile Network Code 7027.3.3 Target Cell DN 7037.4 ANTE parameters 7047.4.1 Antenna bearing 7047.4.2 Antenna tilt 7057.4.3 Antenna type name 706


7.4.4 Correction Factor 7067.4.5 Ground Height 7077.4.6 Height 7087.4.7 Latitude 7097.4.8 Longitude 7107.4.9 Name 7117.4.10 Notes 7117.4.11 Technology 7127.5 EWCE parameters 7137.5.1 Cell Identifier 7137.5.2 External WCDMA Cell Identifier 7147.5.3 Local Cell Resource Identifier 7157.5.4 Location Area Code 7167.5.5 Maximum UE Transmission Power on DPCH 7177.5.6 Maximum UE Transmission Power on RACH 7187.5.7 Mobile Country Code 7197.5.8 Mobile Network Code 7207.5.9 Name 7217.5.10 Primary Downlink Scrambling Code 7227.5.11 RNC Identifier 7237.5.12 Routing Area Code 7247.5.13 Service Area Code 7257.5.14 SITE ID 7267.5.15 Transmission Power Of The Primary CPICH Channel 7277.5.16 Uarfcn Dl 7287.5.17 Uarfcn Ul 7297.5.18 WBTS Identifier 7307.6 RNC parameters 7317.6.1 Mobile Country Code 7317.6.2 Mobile Network Code 7327.6.3 Name 7337.6.4 SITE ID 7347.7 SITE parameters 7357.7.1 SITE ID 7357.7.2 Name 7367.7.3 Address 7377.7.4 Latitude 7387.7.5 Longitude 7397.7.6 Ground height 7407.8 WBTS parameters 7417.8.1 Name 7417.8.2 SITE ID 7427.9 WCAL parameters 7437.9.1 Feeder Length 7437.9.2 Feeder Loss 7447.9.3 Feeder Loss Per Metre 7457.9.4 Feeder Type 7457.9.5 Linked Cell DN 7467.9.6 Mast Head Amplifier 7477.9.7 Mast Head Amplifier Gain 7487.9.8 Mast Head Amplifier Noise 749



7.9.9 Mast Head Amplifier Type 7507.9.10 Name 7507.9.11 Receiver Diversity 7517.9.12 Receiver Diversity Type 7527.9.13 Transmitter diversity 7537.9.14 Transmitter Diversity Type 7547.10 WCEL parameters 7557.10.1 Name 755


About this document

1 About this documentWCDMA RAN Parameters is a reference document for those involved in networkplanning, implementation and roll-out, configuration management, andengineering support.

1.1 Interfaces

This document describes the public interface of RAC, although a part of it is thesame as the NetAct Planner to RAC interface.

Each parameter table contains information on which interfaces the parameter istransferred. From the network management point of view, the parameters can bedivided into the following categories:

• RNC parameters, which can be set via plan

• planning and management system parameters

RNC parameters are the parameters implemented in the network. RNCparameters can be modified using plans that are created in planning systems,imported to Plan Editor for completion, and exported to be implemented to thenetwork with Radio Access Configurator tools interfacing the network.

The management system parameters are auxiliary parameters that are not sent tothe network, but are used in the network planning process, for example the WCELCell Name parameter.



For more information on the XML interface, refer to XML Interface for RadioAccess Planning Data.

1.2 Parameter values

Internal parameter values are used in plan files. This document lists UI values forparameters and a formula for calculating the corresponding internal value. Whenconverting UI values given in this document to internal values, note that thenegative values cannot appear as such in a plan file for RNC. If an internal valueis negative, it should be presented as twos complement in a plan.

Example parameters (16 bit): PtxPrimaryCCPCH, PtxTarget

Twos complement conversion for 16 bit integer values:

• to RNC = value + 65536, if value < 0

• from RNC = value - 65536, if value >= 32768

Example parameters (8 bit): UEtxPowerMaxDPCH, UEtxPowerMaxPRACH

Twos complement conversion for 8 bit integer values:

• to RNC = value + 256, if value < 0

• from RNC = value - 256, if value >= 128

Enumerated values for WCEL AdminCellState

• 0 = Locked

• 1 = Unlocked

Table 1. Parameter categories

Parameter categoryParametersincluded

Interface description

RNC/plan RNC, WBTS, WCEL,HOPS, HOPI, HOPG,FMCS, FMCI, FMCG,ADJS, ADJI, ADJG, andCOCO parameters

NetAct Configurator to RNC

planning andmanagement systemparameters

e.g Name NetAct Planner to NetActConfigurator


About this document

Scaled values for WCEL CPICHtoRefRABoffset

• User interface value = 0.1 * internal value

Scaled and shifted values for WCEL QrxlevMin

• User interface value = 2 * internal value + 1

1.3 Structures

In addition to parameters, this document also contains parameter structures thatare mainly meant for grouping parameters. (If you use Plan Editor, the structuresare automatically added to the file.) The entire structure must be included in theplan when you change any value in the structure; that is, the other parametersmust be listed as well, even if they are not changed. In this document, theparameters within a structure are listed under the corresponding structure.

For example, PLMN Identity is a structure that contains the following parameters:Mobile Country Code, Mobile Network Code, and Mobile Network Code Length.

An example structure is shown below:

<PLMNid class=”PARAM_GROUP”><MCC>262</MCC><MNC>3</MNC><MNCLength>2</MNCLength>

</PLMNid>

Figure 1. Structure example

Lists are special cases of a structure and the same rules apply; that is, all the listitems must be included when you change the structure.

This example is for WCEL URAId

<URAIdList class =”PARAM_GROUP”><URAId>1</URAId><URAId>5</URAId>

</URAIdList>

Figure 2. List example



1.4 How to read parameter tables

Table 2. How to read parameter tables

Entry Description

Parameter name The user interface name for the parameter

Abbreviated name The parameter name used in radio network plan files(XML)

3GPP name The used parameter name in 3GPP specifications

Multiplicity The multiplicity of the parameter

Description Describes the purpose of the parameter and includesextra information on the parameter

References References (if any) to 3GPP specifications

Managed object The object for which the parameter is defined

Parameter group The functional group into which the parameter belongsto

There are the following parameter groups:

• ACConfiguration = Parameter is part of AdmissionControl related parameter group

• HCConfiguration = Parameter is part of HandoverControl related parameter group

• PCConfiguration = Parameter is part of PowerControl related parameter group

• PSParameters = Parameter is part of PacketScheduler related parameter group

• LCConfiguration = Parameter is part of LoadControl related parameter group

• Identification = Parameter is part of Identificationrelated parameter group

• <no group> = Parameter is not part of any of thegroups listed above

Range and step The user interface value range for the parameter

Formula for getting internalvalue

The formula for calculating the system internal value(ASN.1 value) which is used in radio network plan files.

Default value Nokia specified default value

Default value notes Additional information (if any) on the default value

Related functions Radio network related functions (in addition to the mainfunction) of the parameter


About this document

Modification Online = The parameter value can be changed withoutany disturbance to ongoing calls.

Cell shutdown needed = The modification automaticallystarts the cell shutdown procedure in BTS. BTS dropsthe cell power stepwise down, which means that allUEs are forced to make cell reselection or handover tothe neighbour cells. After the cell power is dropped tozero, the cell is restarted by BTS to take modification toeffect.

Requires object locking = The managed object must belocked by the user before modification is possible.

Not modifiable = The parameter value can be modifiedonly through recreation of the managed object.

Related parameters Other parameters that affect the parameter

Parameter relationships Describes the dependencies between the parameterand the related parameters

Interface See the section Interfaces above.

Location in GUI and MMLcommands

Information on user interface applications and MMLcommands that are used to set the parameter

Table 2. How to read parameter tables (Continued)

Entry Description


Changes in NetAct documentation

Note

2 Changes in NetAct documentationThe information in this document relates to OSS3 releases and deliveries. Thisdocument is compatible with the latest release of NetAct and covers the necessaryrelease specific updates.

For information on the release specific changes in this document and the relatedsoftware changes, see Changes in NetAct Documentation.

If you are using a PDF print-out of this document and also need the changeinformation, please print out the Changes in NetAct Documentation(dn03511086) document.


NetAct compatibility and capacity information

3 NetAct compatibility and capacityinformation

For information on the NetAct system and capacity, and the compatibilitybetween NetAct and network element releases, see the NetAct Compatibility andCapacity Information document.


RAN Parameters

4 RAN Parameters

4.1 ADJG Parameters

4.1.1 ADJGId (Inter-system adjacency identifier)

Table 3. Inter-system adjacency identifier

Parameter name: Inter-system adjacency identifier

Abbreviated name: ADJGId

Managed object: ADJG

Parameter group: Identification

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Identification of inter-system adjacency (GSM) within aWCDMA cell.

Range and step: 0...31 , step 1

Formula for getting internalvalue:

internal_value = gui_value

Default value -

Default value notes -

Related functions: -

Modification: Not modifiable

Related parameters: -

Parameter relationships:

Interfaces: • RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• RAC Application to RAC

References: -



4.1.2 AdjgBCC (Base Station Colour Code)

4.1.3 AdjgBCCH (BCCH ARFCN)

Table 4. Base Station Colour Code

Parameter name: Base Station Colour Code

Abbreviated name: AdjgBCC


Parameter group: HCConfiguration

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) is composed ofNetwork Colour Code (NCC) and Base Station ColourCode (BCC).




Default value -


Related functions: Handover Control, Mobile Device Control

Modification: On-Line

Related parameters: AdjgNCC of ADJG


Interfaces: • RNC to UE

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.331, RRC ProtocolSpecification

Table 5. BCCH ARFCN

Parameter name: BCCH ARFCN

Abbreviated name: AdjgBCCH




RAN Parameters

4.1.4 AdjgBandIndicator (Band Indicator)

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Contains the absolute RF channel number of theBroadcast Control Channel (BCCH) of the GSMneighbour cell.

GSM 450: 259 ... 293

GSM 480: 306 ... 340

GSM 850: 128 ... 251

GSM 900: 1 ... 124

GSM 900E: 975 ... 1023 and 0

GSM 1800: 512 ... 885

GSM 1900: 512 ... 810




Default value -




Related parameters: AdjgBandIndicator of ADJG



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


Table 5. BCCH ARFCN (Continued)

Table 6. Band Indicator

Parameter name: Band Indicator

Abbreviated name: AdjgBandIndicator



Multiplicity: 1



4.1.5 AdjgCI (Cell Identifier)

Description: This parameter indicates how to interpret the value ofthe parameter AdjgBCCH.

Range and step: 0 (GSM 450/480/850/900/900E/1800 band used), 1(GSM 1900 band used)


• GSM 450/480/850/900/900E/1800 band used:internal_value = 0

• GSM 1900 band used: internal_value = 1

Default value -


Related functions: Mobile Device Control, Handover Control


Related parameters: AdjgBCCH of ADJG



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


Table 6. Band Indicator (Continued)

Table 7. Cell Identifier

Parameter name: Cell Identifier

Abbreviated name: AdjgCI



Multiplicity: 1

Description: A GSM neighbour cell is identified with the Cell GlobalIdentifier (CGI), which is composed of the PLMNIdentifier, Location Area Code and Cell Identifier.




Default value -


RAN Parameters

4.1.6 AdjgLAC (Location Area Code)




Related parameters: AdjgLAC of ADJG, AdjgMCC of ADJG, AdjgMNC ofADJG


Interfaces: • RNC to MSC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.413, UTRAN Iu InterfaceRANAP Signalling

Table 7. Cell Identifier (Continued)

Table 8. Location Area Code

Parameter name: Location Area Code

Abbreviated name: AdjgLAC



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The PLMN Identifier and Location Area Code (LAC)determine the Location Area (LAI) to which the GSMneighbour cell belongs to.




Default value -




Related parameters: AdjgMCC of ADJG, AdjgMNC of ADJG



4.1.7 AdjgMCC (Mobile Country Code)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


Table 8. Location Area Code (Continued)

Table 9. Mobile Country Code

Parameter name: Mobile Country Code

Abbreviated name: AdjgMCC



Multiplicity: 1

Description: A GSM neighbour cell is identified with the Cell GlobalIdentifier (CGI), which is composed of the PLMNIdentifier, Location Area Code and Cell Identifier.Furthermore, the PLMN Identifier is composed of theMobile Country Code (MCC) and the Mobile NetworkCode (MNC).




Default value -




Related parameters: AdjgCI of ADJG, AdjgLAC of ADJG, AdjgMNC of ADJG


RAN Parameters

4.1.8 AdjgMNC (Mobile Network Code)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


Table 9. Mobile Country Code (Continued)

Table 10. Mobile Network Code

Parameter name: Mobile Network Code

Abbreviated name: AdjgMNC



Multiplicity: 1

Description: A GSM neighbour cell is identified with the Cell GlobalIdentifier (CGI), which is composed of the PLMNIdentifier, Location Area Code and Cell Identifier.Furthermore, the PLMN Identifier is composed of theMobile Country Code (MCC) and the Mobile NetworkCode (MNC).




Default value -




Related parameters: AdjgCI of ADJG, AdjgLAC of ADJG, AdjgMCC ofADJG, AdjgMNCLength of ADJG



4.1.9 AdjgMNCLength (Mobile Network Code Length)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


Table 10. Mobile Network Code (Continued)

Table 11. Mobile Network Code Length

Parameter name: Mobile Network Code Length

Abbreviated name: AdjgMNCLength



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines whether 2 or 3 digits are used inMobile Network Code.

When this parameter is modified also the value of MNCused by system is always changed.

Range and step: 2 (2), 3 (3)


• 2: internal_value = 2


Default value 2




Related parameters: AdjgMNC of ADJG


RAN Parameters

4.1.10 AdjgNCC (Network Colour Code)



• EM to RNC


• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.331, RRC ProtocolSpecification

Table 11. Mobile Network Code Length (Continued)

Table 12. Network Colour Code

Parameter name: Network Colour Code

Abbreviated name: AdjgNCC



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) is composed ofNetwork Colour Code (NCC) and Base Station ColourCode (BCC).




Default value -




Related parameters: AdjgBCC of ADJG



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




4.1.11 AdjgTxPwrMaxRACH (Maximum UE TX Power on RACH)

Table 13. Maximum UE TX Power on RACH

Parameter name: Maximum UE TX Power on RACH

Abbreviated name: AdjgTxPwrMaxRACH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates the maximum transmissionpower level that an UE can use when accessing theGSM neighbour cell on the RACH. The UE uses theparameter in the cell re-selection procedure. If themaximum output power of the UE is lower than thevalue of the parameter, the UE adds the powerdifference (dB value) to the minimum required GSMRSSI level, which the measurement result of the GSMneighbour cell must exceed before the cell re-selectionis possible.

Range and step: -50...33 dBm, step 1 dBm



Default value 33 dBm


Related functions: Mobile Device Control





• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.304, UE Procedures in IdleMode and Procedures for Cell Reselection inConnected Mode

• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.331, RRC ProtocolSpecification (sections 10.3.2.4 and 10.3.6.39)


RAN Parameters

4.1.12 AdjgTxPwrMaxTCH (Maximum UE TX Power on TCH)

Table 14. Maximum UE TX Power on TCH

Parameter name: Maximum UE TX Power on TCH

Abbreviated name: AdjgTxPwrMaxTCH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates the maximum transmissionpower level that an UE may use on a TCH in the GSMneighbour cell. The RNC uses the parameter in thedecision algorithm of the inter-RAT (GSM) handover. Ifthe maximum output power of the UE is lower than thevalue of the parameter, the RNC adds the powerdifference (dB value) to the minimum required GSMRSSI level, which the measurement result of the GSMneighbour cell must exceed before the handover ispossible.

Range and step: 0...43 dBm, step 1 dBm





Related functions: Handover Control


Related parameters: AdjgRxLevMinHO of HOPG



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

References: • GSM reference: 05.05 Radio Transmission andReception

• GSM reference: 05.08 Radio Subsystem LinkControl



4.1.13 NrtHopgIdentifier (NRT HOPG Identifier)

4.1.14 RtHopgIdentifier (RT HOPG Identifier)

Table 15. NRT HOPG Identifier

Parameter name: NRT HOPG Identifier

Abbreviated name: NrtHopgIdentifier



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the parameter set (HOPG object) whichcontrols the inter-RAT handover of a non-real time(NRT) radio bearer to the GSM neighbour cell.




Default value -




Related parameters: HOPGId of HOPG



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 16. RT HOPG Identifier

Parameter name: RT HOPG Identifier

Abbreviated name: RtHopgIdentifier




RAN Parameters

4.2 ADJI Parameters

4.2.1 ADJIId (Inter-frequency adjacency identifier)

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the parameter set (HOPG object) whichcontrols the inter-RAT handover of a real time (RT)radio bearer to the GSM neighbour cell.




Default value -




Related parameters: HOPGId of HOPG



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 16. RT HOPG Identifier (Continued)

Table 17. Inter-frequency adjacency identifier

Parameter name: Inter-frequency adjacency identifier

Abbreviated name: ADJIId

Managed object: ADJI


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Identification of ADJI (Inter-Frequency Adjacency)within a WCDMA Cell.




4.2.2 AdjiCI (Cell Identifier)



Default value -







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 17. Inter-frequency adjacency identifier (Continued)



Abbreviated name: AdjiCI



Multiplicity: 1

Description: An inter-frequency neighbour cell is identified withUTRAN Cell Identifier, which is composed of GlobalRNC Identifier and Cell Identifier.




Default value -




Related parameters: AdjiMCC of ADJI, AdjiMNC of ADJI, AdjiRNCid of ADJI,CId of WCEL


RAN Parameters

4.2.3 AdjiCPICHTxPwr (Primary CPICH power)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.423, UTRAN Iur interfaceRNSAP Signalling

• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.401, UTRAN OverallDescription



Table 19. Primary CPICH power

Parameter name: Primary CPICH power

Abbreviated name: AdjiCPICHTxPwr



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates the transmission power levelof the Primary CPICH (Common Pilot Channel) of theinter-frequency neighbour cell.

Range and step: -10...50 dBm, step 0.1 dBm


internal_value = gui_value * 10

Default value -







4.2.4 AdjiLAC (Location Area Code)



• EM to RNC

References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.433 UTRAN Iub InterfaceNBAP Signalling

Table 19. Primary CPICH power (Continued)



Abbreviated name: AdjiLAC



Multiplicity: 1

Description: PLMN Identifier and Location Area Code (LAC)determine the Location Area (LAI) to which the inter-frequency neighbour cell belongs to.




Default value -




Related parameters: AdjiCI of ADJI, AdjiMCC of ADJI, AdjiMNC of ADJI,AdjiRNCid of ADJI, LAC of WCEL


RAN Parameters

4.2.5 AdjiMCC (Mobile Country Code)



• RNC to MSC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• 3GPP Reference: TS 23.003, Numbering,addressing and identification

• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.413, UTRAN Iu InterfaceRANAP Signalling





Abbreviated name: AdjiMCC



Multiplicity: 1

Description: An inter-frequency neighbour cell is identified withUTRAN Cell Identifier which is composed of GlobalRNC Identifier and Cell Identifier. Furthermore, GlobalRNC Identifier is composed of RNC Identifier andPLMN Identifier, which in turn consists of MobileCountry Code (MCC) and Mobile Network Code(MNC).




Default value -






4.2.6 AdjiMNC (Mobile Network Code)

Related parameters: AdjiCI of ADJI, AdjiLAC of ADJI, AdjiMNC of ADJI,AdjiRNCid of ADJI, MCC of RNC



• RNC to MSC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 23.003, Numbering,addressing and identification



• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.423, UTRAN Iur interfaceRNSAP Signalling




Abbreviated name: AdjiMNC



Multiplicity: 1

Description: An inter-frequency neighbour cell is identified withUTRAN Cell Identifier, which is composed of GlobalRNC Identifier and Cell Identifier. Furthermore, GlobalRNC Identifier is composed of RNC Identifier andPLMN Identifier, which in turn consists of MobileCountry Code (MCC) and Mobile Network Code(MNC).




Default value -



RAN Parameters

4.2.7 AdjiMNCLength (Mobile Network Code Length)



Related parameters: AdjiCI of ADJI, AdjiLAC of ADJI, AdjiMCC of ADJI,AdjiMNCLength of ADJI, AdjiRNCid of ADJI, MNC ofRNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC







Abbreviated name: AdjiMNCLength



Multiplicity: 1







Default value 2





4.2.8 AdjiRAC (Routing Area Code)


Related parameters: AdjiMNC of ADJI



• EM to RNC




Table 24. Routing Area Code

Parameter name: Routing Area Code

Abbreviated name: AdjiRAC



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Location Area (LAI) and Routing Area Code (RAC)determine the Routing Area to which the inter-frequency neighbour cell belongs to.




Default value -




Related parameters: AdjiCI of ADJI, AdjiLAC of ADJI, AdjiMCC of ADJI,AdjiMNC of ADJI, AdjiRNCid of ADJI, RAC of WCEL


RAN Parameters

4.2.9 AdjiRNCid (RNC Identifier)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 24. Routing Area Code (Continued)

Table 25. RNC Identifier

Parameter name: RNC Identifier

Abbreviated name: AdjiRNCid



Multiplicity: 1

Description: An inter-frequency neighbour cell is identified withUTRAN Cell Identifier, which is composed of GlobalRNC Identifier and Cell Identifier. Global RNC Identifieris composed of PLMN Identifier and RNC Identifier.




Default value -




Related parameters: AdjiCI of ADJI, AdjiMCC of ADJI, AdjiMNC of ADJI,RncId of RNC



4.2.10 AdjiSIB (Include in System Information)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 25. RNC Identifier (Continued)

Table 26. Include in System Information

Parameter name: Include in System Information

Abbreviated name: AdjiSIB



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether the inter-frequencyneighbour cell is included in the System Information forthe cell selection and re-selection procedures. Theinter-frequency neighbour cell is included in the SystemInformation when the value of the parameter is 'yes'.

The maximum number of inter-frequency neighbourcells that can be included in the System Information is32.

Range and step: 0 (False), 1 (True)


• False => 0

• True => 1

Default value 1 (Yes)






RAN Parameters

4.2.11 AdjiScrCode (Primary Scrambling Code)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 26. Include in System Information (Continued)

Table 27. Primary Scrambling Code

Parameter name: Primary Scrambling Code

Abbreviated name: AdjiScrCode



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the downlink scrambling code of the PrimaryCPICH (Common Pilot Channel) of the inter-frequencyneighbour cell.




Default value -




Related parameters: AdjiUARFCN of ADJI, PriScrCode of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




4.2.12 AdjiTxDiv (Tx Diversity Indicator)

Table 28. Tx Diversity Indicator

Parameter name: Tx Diversity Indicator

Abbreviated name: AdjiTxDiv



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Indicates, whether the Primary CPICH of the inter-frequency neighbour cell is broadcast from twoantennas. If the Primary CPICH is broadcast from twoantennas, the UE measures the received code powerfrom each antenna separately, and sums themeasurement results together in order to get the totalreceived code power on the Primary CPICH.

Range and step: 0 (Tx Diversity not used), 1 (Tx Diversity in use)


• Tx Diversity not used: internal_value = 0

• Tx Diversity in use: internal_value = 1

Default value 0







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




RAN Parameters

4.2.13 AdjiTxPwrDPCH (Maximum UE TX Power on DPCH)

Table 29. Maximum UE TX Power on DPCH

Parameter name: Maximum UE TX Power on DPCH

Abbreviated name: AdjiTxPwrDPCH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates the maximum transmissionpower level that an UE may use on the DPCH in theneighbouring cell. The RNC uses the parameter in thedecision algorithm of inter-frequency handover. If themaximum output power of the UE is lower than thevalue of the parameter, the RNC adds the powerdifference (dB value) to the minimum required CPICHRSCP level, which the measurement result of theneighbour cell must exceed before the handover ispossible.








Related parameters: AdjiMinRSCP of HOPI



• EM to RNC

References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.331 RRC ProtocolSpecification



4.2.14 AdjiTxPwrRACH (Maximum UE TX Power on RACH)



Abbreviated name: AdjiTxPwrRACH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates the maximum transmissionpower level that an UE can use when accessing theneighbouring cell on the RACH. The UE uses theparameter in the cell re-selection procedure. If themaximum output power of the UE is lower than thevalue of the parameter, the UE adds the powerdifference (dB value) to the minimum required CPICHEc/No level, which the measurement result of theneighbouring cell must exceed before the cell re-selection is possible.








Related parameters: UEtxPowerMaxPRACH of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.304, UE Procedures in IdleMode and Procedures for Cell Reselection inConnected Mode


RAN Parameters

4.2.15 AdjiUARFCN (UARFCN)

Table 31. UARFCN

Parameter name: UARFCN

Abbreviated name: AdjiUARFCN



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter defines the absolute UTRA RF channelnumber of the Primary CPICH of the inter-frequencyneighbour cell. The value of the parameter (Nd) isdefined in the following way:

Nd = 5 * Fdownlink,

0.0 MHz <= Fdownlink <= 3276.6 MHz,

where Fdownlink is the downlink frequency in MHz.

The maximum number of inter-frequency neighbourcells is 48 but only 32 cells out of 48 inter-frequencyneighbouring cells may have the same UTRA RFchannel number.




Default value -




Related parameters: AdjiScrCode of ADJI, UARFCN of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.101, UE RadioTransmission and Reception (FDD)





4.2.16 NrtHopiIdentifier (NRT HOPI Identifier)

4.2.17 RtHopiIdentifier (RT HOPI Identifier)

Table 32. NRT HOPI Identifier

Parameter name: NRT HOPI Identifier

Abbreviated name: NrtHopiIdentifier



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the parameter set (HOPI object) which controlsthe inter-frequency handover of a non-real time (NRT)radio bearer to the neighbouring cell.




Default value -




Related parameters: HOPIId of HOPI



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 33. RT HOPI Identifier

Parameter name: RT HOPI Identifier

Abbreviated name: RtHopiIdentifier




RAN Parameters

4.3 ADJS Parameters

4.3.1 ADJSId (Intra-frequency adjacency identifier)

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the parameter set (HOPI object) which controlsthe inter-frequency handover of a real time (RT) radiobearer to the neighbouring cell.




Default value -




Related parameters: HOPIId of HOPI



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 33. RT HOPI Identifier (Continued)

Table 34. Intra-frequency adjacency identifier

Parameter name: Intra-frequency adjacency identifier

Abbreviated name: ADJSId

Managed object: ADJS


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Identification of ADJS (Intra-Frequency Adjacency)within a WCDMA cell.




4.3.2 AdjsCI (Cell Identifier)



Default value -







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 34. Intra-frequency adjacency identifier (Continued)



Abbreviated name: AdjsCI



Multiplicity: 1

Description: An intra-frequency neighbour cell is identified with theUTRAN Cell Identifier, which is composed of the GlobalRNC Identifier and the Cell Identifier.




Default value -




Related parameters: AdjsMCC of ADJS, AdjsMNC of ADJS, AdjsRNCid ofADJS, CId of WCEL


RAN Parameters

4.3.3 AdjsCPICHTxPwr (Primary CPICH power)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 36. Primary CPICH power

Parameter name: Primary CPICH power

Abbreviated name: AdjsCPICHTxPwr



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates the transmission power levelof the Primary CPICH (Common Pilot Channel) of theintra-frequency neighbour cell.




Default value -







• EM to RNC

References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.433 UTRAN Iub InterfaceNBAP Signalling



4.3.4 AdjsDERR (Disable Effect on Reporting Range)

4.3.5 AdjsEcNoOffset (CPICH Ec/No Offset)

Table 37. Disable Effect on Reporting Range

Parameter name: Disable Effect on Reporting Range

Abbreviated name: AdjsDERR



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether the neighbouring cellis forbidden to affect the reporting range (addition/dropwindow) calculation, if it belongs to the active set.



• False => 0

• True => 1

Default value 0 (No)







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 38. CPICH Ec/No Offset

Parameter name: CPICH Ec/No Offset

Abbreviated name: AdjsEcNoOffset



RAN Parameters

4.3.6 AdjsLAC (Location Area Code)


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The CPICH Ec/No Offset determines an offset value,which the UE adds to the CPICH Ec/No measurementresult of the neighbouring cell before it compares theEc/No value with the reporting criteria.

Range and step: -10...10 dB, step 0.5 dB



Default value 0 dB




Related parameters: DropWindow of FMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 38. CPICH Ec/No Offset (Continued)



Abbreviated name: AdjsLAC



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The PLMN Identifier and the Location Area Code (LAC)determine the Location Area (LAI) to which the intra-frequency neighbour cell belongs to.




4.3.7 AdjsMCC (Mobile Country Code)



Default value -




Related parameters: AdjsCI of ADJS, AdjsMCC of ADJS, AdjsMNC of ADJS,AdjsRNCid of ADJS, LAC of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• RNC to UE





Abbreviated name: AdjsMCC



Multiplicity: 1

Description: An intra-frequency neighbour cell is identified with theUTRAN Cell Identifier, which is composed of the GlobalRNC Identifier and the Cell Identifier. Furthermore, theGlobal RNC Identifier is composed of the PLMNIdentifier, which consists of the Mobile Country Code(MCC), the Mobile Network Code (MNC), and the RNCIdentifier.




Default value -


RAN Parameters

4.3.8 AdjsMNC (Mobile Network Code)




Related parameters: AdjsCI of ADJS, AdjsLAC of ADJS, AdjsMNC of ADJS,AdjsRNCid of ADJS, MCC of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• RNC to UE





Abbreviated name: AdjsMNC



Multiplicity: 1

Description: An intra-frequency neighbour cell is identified with theUTRAN Cell Identifier, which is composed of the GlobalRNC Identifier and the Cell Identifier. Furthermore, theGlobal RNC Identifier is composed of the PLMNIdentifier, which consists of the Mobile Country Code(MCC), the Mobile Network Code (MNC), and the RNCIdentifier.




Default value -





4.3.9 AdjsMNCLength (Mobile Network Code Length)


Related parameters: AdjsCI of ADJS, AdjsLAC of ADJS, AdjsMCC of ADJS,AdjsMNCLength of ADJS, AdjsRNCid of ADJS, MNC ofRNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• RNC to UE





Abbreviated name: AdjsMNCLength



Multiplicity: 1







Default value 2




Related parameters: AdjsMNC of ADJS


RAN Parameters

4.3.10 AdjsRAC (Routing Area Code)



• EM to RNC






Abbreviated name: AdjsRAC



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The Location Area (LAI) and the Routing Area Code(RAC) determine the Routing Area to which the intra-frequency neighbour cell belongs to.




Default value -




Related parameters: AdjsCI of ADJS, AdjsLAC of ADJS, AdjsMCC of ADJS,AdjsMNC of ADJS, AdjsRNCid of ADJS, RAC of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




4.3.11 AdjsRNCid (RNC Identifier)



Abbreviated name: AdjsRNCid



Multiplicity: 1

Description: An intra-frequency neighbour cell is identified with theUTRAN Cell Identifier, which is composed of the GlobalRNC Identifier and the Cell Identifier. The Global RNCIdentifier is composed of the PLMN Identifier and theRNC Identifier.




Default value -




Related parameters: AdjsCI of ADJS, AdjsMCC of ADJS, AdjsMNC of ADJS,RncId of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC



RAN Parameters

4.3.12 AdjsScrCode (Primary Scrambling Code)

4.3.13 AdjsTxDiv (Tx Diversity Indicator)

Table 45. Primary Scrambling Code

Parameter name: Primary Scrambling Code

Abbreviated name: AdjsScrCode



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The downlink scrambling code of the Primary CPICH(Common Pilot Channel) of the intra-frequencyneighbour cell.




Default value -




Related parameters: PriScrCode of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


Table 46. Tx Diversity Indicator

Parameter name: Tx Diversity Indicator

Abbreviated name: AdjsTxDiv




4.3.14 AdjsTxPwrRACH (Maximum UE TX Power on RACH)


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether the Primary CPICHof the intra-frequency neighbour cell is broadcast fromtwo antennas. If the Primary CPICH is broadcast fromtwo antennas, the UE shall measure the received codepower from each antenna separately and sum themeasurement results together in order to get the totalreceived code power on the Primary CPICH.

Range and step: 0 (Tx Diversity not used), 1 (Tx Diversity in use)


• Tx Diversity not used: internal_value = 0

• Tx Diversity in use: internal_value = 1

Default value 0







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 46. Tx Diversity Indicator (Continued)



Abbreviated name: AdjsTxPwrRACH



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.3.15 NrtHopsIdentifier (NRT HOPS Identifier)

Description: This parameter indicates the maximum transmissionpower level that an UE can use when accessing theneighbouring cell on the RACH. The UE uses theparameter in the cell re-selection procedure. If themaximum output power of the UE is lower than thevalue of the parameter, the UE adds the powerdifference (dB value) to the minimum required CPICHEc/No level, which the measurement result of theneighbouring cell must exceed before the cell re-selection is possible.











• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC



Table 47. Maximum UE TX Power on RACH (Continued)

Table 48. NRT HOPS Identifier

Parameter name: NRT HOPS Identifier

Abbreviated name: NrtHopsIdentifier





4.3.16 RtHopsIdentifier (RT HOPS Identifier)

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the parameter set (HOPSobject) which controls the intra-frequency handover of anon-real time (NRT) radio bearer to the neighbouringcell.




Default value -




Related parameters: HOPSId of HOPS



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 48. NRT HOPS Identifier (Continued)

Table 49. RT HOPS Identifier

Parameter name: RT HOPS Identifier

Abbreviated name: RtHopsIdentifier



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the parameter set (HOPSobject) which controls the intra-frequency handover of areal time (RT) radio bearer to the neighbouring cell.





RAN Parameters

4.4 COCO Parameters

4.4.1 AAL2LossRatio (AAL2 CPS-SDU loss ratio)

Default value -




Related parameters: HOPSId of HOPS



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 49. RT HOPS Identifier (Continued)

Table 50. AAL2 CPS-SDU loss ratio

Parameter name: AAL2 CPS-SDU loss ratio

Abbreviated name: AAL2LossRatio

Managed object: COCO

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter enables you to specify the allowed AALtype 2 CPS-SDU (Common Part Sublayer Service DataUnit) loss ratio by giving its order of magnitude with asimple, positive number. The resulting loss ratios arebetween 10^-9 and 10^-3 entered as integers from 9 to3. The parameter is given in COCO creation and it isapplied for all ATM end points related to the COCOobject.

Example: Value 3 for the parameter gives the AAL2 lossratio 10^-3.






4.4.2 AAL2Multiplexing (BTS AAL2 multiplexing)

Default value 3







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 50. AAL2 CPS-SDU loss ratio (Continued)

Table 51. BTS AAL2 multiplexing

Parameter name: BTS AAL2 multiplexing

Abbreviated name: AAL2Multiplexing


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether the BTS AAL2multiplexing functionality is enabled in the Iub interface.



• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: AAL2TPList of COCO


RAN Parameters

4.4.3 AAL2MuxDelay (AAL2 CPS-SDU multiplexing delay)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 51. BTS AAL2 multiplexing (Continued)

Table 52. AAL2 CPS-SDU multiplexing delay

Parameter name: AAL2 CPS-SDU multiplexing delay

Abbreviated name: AAL2MuxDelay


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter specifies the allowed AAL type 2 CPS-SDU (Common Part Sublayer Service Data Unit)multiplexing delay in 0.1 milliseconds. The value rangeis from 10 to 100, step 0.1 ms. The parameter is givenin COCO creation and it is applied for all ATM endpoints related to the COCO object.

Example: Value 100 for the parameter gives the AAL2multiplexing delay of 10 ms.




Default value 100







4.4.4 AAL2SignLinkTPList (AAL2 signalling link termination point list)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 52. AAL2 CPS-SDU multiplexing delay (Continued)

Table 53. AAL2 signalling link termination point list

Parameter name: AAL2 signalling link termination point list

Abbreviated name: AAL2SignLinkTPList


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The list of AAL2 signalling link termination points.

Child parameters: • AAL2SignLinkTP


-

Default value -







• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.4.4.1 AAL2SignLinkTP (AAL2 signalling link configuration)

Table 54. AAL2 signalling link configuration

Parameter name: AAL2 signalling link configuration

Abbreviated name: AAL2SignLinkTP


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 6

Description: AAL2 signalling link configuration.

Child parameters: • AAL2SigCDVT01Egr

• AAL2SigCDVT01Ing

• AAL2SigPCR01Egr

• AAL2SigPCR01Ing

• AAL2SigTPAdmState

• AAL2SignICSUIndex

• AAL2SignLinkTPId

• AAL2SignLinkVCI


-

Default value -




Related parameters: AAL2SignLinkTPList of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -



AAL2SigCDVT01Egr (AAL2 signalling link VCLtp CDVT egress)

AAL2SigCDVT01Ing (AAL2 signalling link VCLtp CDVT ingress)

Table 55. AAL2 signalling link VCLtp CDVT egress

Parameter name: AAL2 signalling link VCLtp CDVT egress

Abbreviated name: AAL2SigCDVT01Egr


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the cell delay variationtolerance for total traffic (CLP=0 and CLP=1) in theegress direction.




Default value -




Related parameters: AAL2SignLinkTP of COCO, CalculateCDVT of COCO,CreateATMTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 56. AAL2 signalling link VCLtp CDVT ingress

Parameter name: AAL2 signalling link VCLtp CDVT ingress

Abbreviated name: AAL2SigCDVT01Ing


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

AAL2SigPCR01Egr (AAL2 signalling link VCLtp PCR egress)

Description: This parameter identifies the cell delay variationtolerance for total traffic (CLP=0 and CLP=1) in theingress direction.




Default value -




Related parameters: AAL2SignLinkTP of COCO, CalculateCDVT of COCO,CreateATMTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 56. AAL2 signalling link VCLtp CDVT ingress (Continued)

Table 57. AAL2 signalling link VCLtp PCR egress

Parameter name: AAL2 signalling link VCLtp PCR egress

Abbreviated name: AAL2SigPCR01Egr


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the peak cell rate allowed fortotal traffic (CLP=0 and CLP=1) in the egress direction.




Default value -





AAL2SigPCR01Ing (AAL2 signalling link VCLtp PCR ingress)


Related parameters: AAL2SignLinkTP of COCO, CreateATMTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 57. AAL2 signalling link VCLtp PCR egress (Continued)

Table 58. AAL2 signalling link VCLtp PCR ingress

Parameter name: AAL2 signalling link VCLtp PCR ingress

Abbreviated name: AAL2SigPCR01Ing


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the peak cell rate allowed fortotal traffic (CLP=0 and CLP=1) in the ingress direction.




Default value -




Related parameters: AAL2SignLinkTP of COCO, CreateATMTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

AAL2SigTPAdmState (AAL2 signalling link VCLtp effective administrative state)

AAL2SignICSUIndex (ICSU index for AAL2 signalling link)

Table 59. AAL2 signalling link VCLtp effective administrative state

Parameter name: AAL2 signalling link VCLtp effective administrative state

Abbreviated name: AAL2SigTPAdmState


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The effective administrative state of the terminationpoint. The state inherited from the higher level object.

Range and step: 0 (Locked), 1 (Shutting down), 2 (Unlocked)


• Locked: internal_value = 0

• Shutting down: internal_value = 1

• Unlocked: internal_value = 2

Default value -




Related parameters: AAL2SignLinkTP of COCO


Interfaces: • RNC to EM

References: -

Table 60. ICSU index for AAL2 signalling link

Parameter name: ICSU index for AAL2 signalling link

Abbreviated name: AAL2SignICSUIndex


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: ICSU unit index of the AAL2 signalling link.



AAL2SignLinkTPId (AAL2 signalling link termination point identifier)




Default value -







References: -

Table 60. ICSU index for AAL2 signalling link (Continued)

Table 61. AAL2 signalling link termination point identifier

Parameter name: AAL2 signalling link termination point identifier

Abbreviated name: AAL2SignLinkTPId


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Identification of the Traffic Termination Point for AAL2signalling link.




Default value -






RAN Parameters

AAL2SignLinkVCI (AAL2 signalling link virtual channel identifier)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 61. AAL2 signalling link termination point identifier (Continued)

Table 62. AAL2 signalling link virtual channel identifier

Parameter name: AAL2 signalling link virtual channel identifier

Abbreviated name: AAL2SignLinkVCI


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: AAL2 signalling link virtual channel identifier.




Default value -




Related parameters: AAL2TP of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.4.5 AAL2TPList (AAL2 User plane termination point list)

4.4.5.1 AAL2TP (AAL2 User Plane link configuration)

Table 63. AAL2 User plane termination point list

Parameter name: AAL2 User plane termination point list

Abbreviated name: AAL2TPList


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The list of AAL2 user plane link termination points.

Child parameters: • AAL2TP


-

Default value -







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 64. AAL2 User Plane link configuration

Parameter name: AAL2 User Plane link configuration

Abbreviated name: AAL2TP


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 18

Description: AAL2 User Plane link configuration.


RAN Parameters

AAL2PathId (AAL type 2 path identifier)

Child parameters: • AAL2PathId

• AAL2SignLinkVCI

• AAL2UPCDVT01Egr

• AAL2UPCDVT01Ing

• AAL2UPPCR01Egr

• AAL2UPPCR01Ing

• AAL2UPTPAdmState

• AAL2UPTPId

• AAL2UPVCI

• ANI

• COCOA2EA

• DATree

• EPGroupId

• Route


-

Default value -




Related parameters: AAL2TPList of COCO



• EM to RNC

• RAC Application to Planner


References: -

Table 64. AAL2 User Plane link configuration (Continued)

Table 65. AAL type 2 path identifier

Parameter name: AAL type 2 path identifier

Abbreviated name: AAL2PathId


Parameter group: -



AAL2SignLinkVCI (AAL2 signalling link virtual channel identifier)

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Identifies the AAL type 2 path between two adjacentnodes.

The AAL2 path id is generated by the system for the Iubinterface when creating the Routing and Digit analysisfor the AAL2 connections (CoCo creation/modificationor WBTS creation/modification).

The AAL2 path id is generated from the correspondingWBTS id and AAL2 tp id. The formula is WBTS id *1000 + AAL2 tp id. For example, the AAL2 path id forthe WBTS id 4 and AAL2 tp id 8 would be 4008.




Default value -




Related parameters: AAL2TP of COCO, GenerateAAL2Num of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 65. AAL type 2 path identifier (Continued)

Table 66. AAL2 signalling link virtual channel identifier

Parameter name: AAL2 signalling link virtual channel identifier

Abbreviated name: AAL2SignLinkVCI


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: AAL2 signalling link virtual channel identifier.



RAN Parameters

AAL2UPCDVT01Egr (AAL2 user plane link VCLtp CDVT egress)



Default value -







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 66. AAL2 signalling link virtual channel identifier (Continued)

Table 67. AAL2 user plane link VCLtp CDVT egress

Parameter name: AAL2 user plane link VCLtp CDVT egress

Abbreviated name: AAL2UPCDVT01Egr


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1





Default value -




Related parameters: AAL2TP of COCO, CalculateCDVT of COCO,CreateATMTP of COCO



AAL2UPCDVT01Ing (AAL2 user plane link VCLtp CDVT ingress)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 67. AAL2 user plane link VCLtp CDVT egress (Continued)

Table 68. AAL2 user plane link VCLtp CDVT ingress

Parameter name: AAL2 user plane link VCLtp CDVT ingress

Abbreviated name: AAL2UPCDVT01Ing


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1





Default value -




Related parameters: AAL2TP of COCO, CalculateCDVT of COCO,CreateATMTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

AAL2UPPCR01Egr (AAL2 user plane link VCLtp PCR egress)

AAL2UPPCR01Ing (AAL2 user plane link VCLtp PCR ingress)

Table 69. AAL2 user plane link VCLtp PCR egress

Parameter name: AAL2 user plane link VCLtp PCR egress

Abbreviated name: AAL2UPPCR01Egr


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1





Default value -




Related parameters: AAL2TP of COCO, CreateATMTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 70. AAL2 user plane link VCLtp PCR ingress

Parameter name: AAL2 user plane link VCLtp PCR ingress

Abbreviated name: AAL2UPPCR01Ing


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



AAL2UPTPAdmState (AAL2 user plane link VCLtp effective administrative state)





Default value -




Related parameters: AAL2TP of COCO, CreateATMTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 70. AAL2 user plane link VCLtp PCR ingress (Continued)

Table 71. AAL2 user plane link VCLtp effective administrative state

Parameter name: AAL2 user plane link VCLtp effective administrativestate

Abbreviated name: AAL2UPTPAdmState


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1







Default value -



RAN Parameters

AAL2UPTPId (AAL2 user plane termination point identifier)






References: -

Table 71. AAL2 user plane link VCLtp effective administrative state

Table 72. AAL2 user plane termination point identifier

Parameter name: AAL2 user plane termination point identifier

Abbreviated name: AAL2UPTPId


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Identification of the AAL2 termination point.




Default value -







• EM to RNC


References: -



AAL2UPVCI (AAL2 user plane virtual channel identifier)

ANI (Adjacent AAL type 2 node identifier)

Table 73. AAL2 user plane virtual channel identifier

Parameter name: AAL2 user plane virtual channel identifier

Abbreviated name: AAL2UPVCI


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: AAL2 user plane link termination point virtual channelidentifier.




Default value -







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 74. Adjacent AAL type 2 node identifier

Parameter name: Adjacent AAL type 2 node identifier

Abbreviated name: ANI


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

COCOA2EA (AAL type 2 end point address for Iub)

Description: Identifies the adjacent AAL type 2 node.

ANI is generated by the system for each AAL2 VCCwhen creating the Routing and Digit analysis for the IubAAL2 connections (CoCo creation/modification orWBTS creation/modification).

The ANI is generated from the corresponding WBTS idand AAL2 tp id. The formula is letter "A" + 5 digits forWBTS id + 3 digits for AAL2 tp id. For example, the ANIfor the WBTS id 4 and AAL2 tp id 8 would beA00004008.

Range and step: ... characters.



Default value -







References: -

Table 74. Adjacent AAL type 2 node identifier (Continued)

Table 75. AAL type 2 end point address for Iub

Parameter name: AAL type 2 end point address for Iub

Abbreviated name: COCOA2EA


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



Description: This parameter defines the A2EA of the AAL2termination point in the WCDMA BTS. It is used tolocate the free ATM (AAL2 VCC) resources leading tothe BTS.

Digit analyses are created by the system for the Iubinterface when creating the Routing and Digit analysisfor the AAL2 connections (CoCo creation/modificationor WBTS creation/modification).

The system automatically adds the used AFI (authorityand format identifier) to the beginning of the digitsequence.

The address is generated from the correspondingWBTS id and AAL2 tp id. For example, the A2EA for theWBTS id 4 and AAL2 tp id 8 would be 4900004008.This includes the AFI + 5 digits for WBTS id + 3 digitsfor AAL2 tp id.

Length of the digit sequence will be 40 in the system.The additional characters are filled with 0xFF in the endof the digit sequence when the digit is stored to thesystem.

Range and step: 1...40 characters.



Default value -




Related parameters: AAL2TP of COCO, GenerateAAL2Num of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 75. AAL type 2 end point address for Iub (Continued)


RAN Parameters

DATree (Iub Digit analysis tree)

EPGroupId (End point group index)

Table 76. Iub Digit analysis tree

Parameter name: Iub Digit analysis tree

Abbreviated name: DATree


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter tells in which Digit Analysis Tree thedigit analyses for the Iub interface are created. Digitanalyses are created by the system for the Iub interfacewhen creating the Routing and Digit analysis for theAAL2 connections (CoCo creation/modification orWBTS creation/modification).

The recommended value for the Iub tree is 1.




Default value -




Related parameters: AAL2TP of COCO, IubDATree of RNC



References: -

Table 77. End point group index

Parameter name: End point group index

Abbreviated name: EPGroupId


Parameter group: -



Route (Route identifier)

Multiplicity: 1

Description: AAL2 VCC End point group index.




Default value -







References: -

Table 77. End point group index (Continued)

Table 78. Route identifier

Parameter name: Route identifier

Abbreviated name: Route


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter specifies the ATM route related to theATM end point.




Default value -






RAN Parameters

4.4.6 ATMInterface (ATM interface)



References: -

Table 78. Route identifier (Continued)

Table 79. ATM interface

Parameter name: ATM interface

Abbreviated name: ATMInterface


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameters related to the ATM interface used for theconnection configuration.

Child parameters: • ATMIfAdmState

• ATMIfMaxBandwidthEgr

• ATMIfMaxBandwidthIng

• ATMIfMaxVCIBits

• ATMIfMaxVPIBits

• ATMIfPhysicalTTPId

• ATMInterfaceType


-

Default value -







• EM to RNC


References: -



4.4.6.1 ATMIfAdmState (ATM interface administrative state)

4.4.6.2 ATMIfMaxBandwidthEgr (ATM interface maximum bandwidth egress)

Table 80. ATM interface administrative state

Parameter name: ATM interface administrative state

Abbreviated name: ATMIfAdmState


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter describes the administrative state of theATM interface.






Default value -




Related parameters: ATMInterface of COCO



References: -

Table 81. ATM interface maximum bandwidth egress

Parameter name: ATM interface maximum bandwidth egress

Abbreviated name: ATMIfMaxBandwidthEgr


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the numerical value of themaximum egress transmission bandwidth at the ATMinterface.


RAN Parameters

4.4.6.3 ATMIfMaxBandwidthIng (ATM interface maximum bandwidth ingress)




Default value -







References: -

Table 81. ATM interface maximum bandwidth egress (Continued)

Table 82. ATM interface maximum bandwidth ingress

Parameter name: ATM interface maximum bandwidth ingress

Abbreviated name: ATMIfMaxBandwidthIng


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the numerical value of themaximum ingress transmission bandwidth at the ATMinterface.




Default value -







4.4.6.4 ATMIfMaxVCIBits (ATM interface maximum VCI bits)



References: -

Table 82. ATM interface maximum bandwidth ingress (Continued)

Table 83. ATM interface maximum VCI bits

Parameter name: ATM interface maximum VCI bits

Abbreviated name: ATMIfMaxVCIBits


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the maximum number ofallocated bits of the VCI sub field per VPLtp of thedefined ATM interface. The parameter value can rangefrom 1 to 14 for both UNI and NNI interface.




Default value -







References: -


RAN Parameters

4.4.6.5 ATMIfMaxVPIBits (ATM interface maximum VPI bits)

4.4.6.6 ATMIfPhysicalTTPId (ATM interface physical TTP)

Table 84. ATM interface maximum VPI bits

Parameter name: ATM interface maximum VPI bits

Abbreviated name: ATMIfMaxVPIBits


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the maximum number ofallocated bits of the VPI sub field for the defined ATMinterface. The parameter value can range from 1 to 8 fora UNI interface and from 1 to 12 for an NNI interface.




Default value -







References: -

Table 85. ATM interface physical TTP

Parameter name: ATM interface physical TTP

Abbreviated name: ATMIfPhysicalTTPId



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the physical resource that theinterface is based on.



4.4.6.7 ATMInterfaceType (ATM interface type)




Default value -







References: -

Table 85. ATM interface physical TTP (Continued)

Table 86. ATM interface type

Parameter name: ATM interface type

Abbreviated name: ATMInterfaceType


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter describes the type of the ATM interface.

Range and step: 0 (UNI), 1 (NNI)


• UNI: internal_value = 0

• NNI: internal_value = 1

Default value -







References: -


RAN Parameters

4.4.7 ATMInterfaceID (ATM interface identifier)

4.4.8 CNBAPTP (C-NBAP signalling link configuration)

Table 87. ATM interface identifier

Parameter name: ATM interface identifier

Abbreviated name: ATMInterfaceID


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the ATM external interfaceused for the VP/VC Link termination point.




Default value -







• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

• RNC to WBTS

References: -

Table 88. C-NBAP signalling link configuration

Parameter name: C-NBAP signalling link configuration

Abbreviated name: CNBAPTP




4.4.8.1 CNBAPCDVT01Egr (C-NBAP VCLtp CDVT egress)

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Common NBAP signalling link configuration.

Child parameters: • CNBAPCDVT01Egr

• CNBAPCDVT01Ing

• CNBAPICSUIndex

• CNBAPOpState

• CNBAPPCR01Egr

• CNBAPPCR01Ing

• CNBAPTPAdmState

• CNBAPVCI


-

Default value -







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 88. C-NBAP signalling link configuration (Continued)

Table 89. C-NBAP VCLtp CDVT egress

Parameter name: C-NBAP VCLtp CDVT egress

Abbreviated name: CNBAPCDVT01Egr


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.4.8.2 CNBAPCDVT01Ing (C-NBAP VCLtp CDVT ingress)





Default value -




Related parameters: CNBAPTP of COCO, CalculateCDVT of COCO,CreateATMTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -

Table 89. C-NBAP VCLtp CDVT egress (Continued)

Table 90. C-NBAP VCLtp CDVT ingress

Parameter name: C-NBAP VCLtp CDVT ingress

Abbreviated name: CNBAPCDVT01Ing


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1





Default value -




4.4.8.3 CNBAPICSUIndex (ICSU index for C-NBAP link)



Related parameters: CNBAPTP of COCO, CalculateCDVT of COCO,CreateATMTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -

Table 90. C-NBAP VCLtp CDVT ingress (Continued)

Table 91. ICSU index for C-NBAP link

Parameter name: ICSU index for C-NBAP link

Abbreviated name: CNBAPICSUIndex


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: ICSU unit index of the C-NBAP signalling link.




Default value -




Related parameters: CNBAPTP of COCO



References: -


RAN Parameters

4.4.8.4 CNBAPOpState (Operational Status of C-NBAP link)

4.4.8.5 CNBAPPCR01Egr (C-NBAP VCLtp PCR egress)

Table 92. Operational Status of C-NBAP link

Parameter name: Operational Status of C-NBAP link

Abbreviated name: CNBAPOpState


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Operational state of the Common NBAP link.

Range and step: 1 (Blocked), 2 (Working), 3 (Blocked, not connected)


• Blocked: internal_value = 1

• Working: internal_value = 2

• Blocked, not connected: internal_value = 3

Default value -







References: -

Table 93. C-NBAP VCLtp PCR egress

Parameter name: C-NBAP VCLtp PCR egress

Abbreviated name: CNBAPPCR01Egr


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1





4.4.8.6 CNBAPPCR01Ing (C-NBAP VCLtp PCR ingress)



Default value -




Related parameters: CNBAPTP of COCO, CreateATMTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -

Table 93. C-NBAP VCLtp PCR egress (Continued)

Table 94. C-NBAP VCLtp PCR ingress

Parameter name: C-NBAP VCLtp PCR ingress

Abbreviated name: CNBAPPCR01Ing


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1





Default value -




Related parameters: CNBAPTP of COCO, CreateATMTP of COCO


RAN Parameters

4.4.8.7 CNBAPTPAdmState (C-NBAP VCLtp effective administrative state)



• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -

Table 94. C-NBAP VCLtp PCR ingress (Continued)

Table 95. C-NBAP VCLtp effective administrative state

Parameter name: C-NBAP VCLtp effective administrative state

Abbreviated name: CNBAPTPAdmState


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1







Default value -







References: -



4.4.8.8 CNBAPVCI (Virtual channel identifier for C-NBAP)

4.4.9 COCOId (Connection configuration identifier)

Table 96. Virtual channel identifier for C-NBAP

Parameter name: Virtual channel identifier for C-NBAP

Abbreviated name: CNBAPVCI


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Identifier which identifies a particular virtual channellink for a given virtual path connection (VPC).




Default value -







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 97. Connection configuration identifier

Parameter name: Connection configuration identifier

Abbreviated name: COCOId



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.4.10 COCOTraffic (COCO Traffic parameters)

Description: The COCO identifier identifies the ConnectionConfiguration object for the Iub interface in the RNWdatabase of the RNC.




Default value -







• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

References: -

Table 97. Connection configuration identifier (Continued)

Table 98. COCO Traffic parameters

Parameter name: COCO Traffic parameters

Abbreviated name: COCOTraffic


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The common parameters for all the termination pointsin the COCO. These parameters define the Servicecategory, conformance definition, packet discard andquality of service class for the termination points relatedto the COCO object.



4.4.10.1 ConformanceDef (Conformance definition)

Child parameters: • ConformanceDef

• EarlyPacketDiscard

• PartialPacketDiscard

• QualityOfServiceClass

• ServiceCategory


-

Default value -




Related parameters: CreateATMTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -

Table 98. COCO Traffic parameters (Continued)

Table 99. Conformance definition

Parameter name: Conformance definition

Abbreviated name: ConformanceDef


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The conformance definition of the ATM terminationpoint.

Range and step: 0 (CBR1), 1 (VBR1), 2 (VBR2), 3 (VBR3), 4 (UBR1)


RAN Parameters

4.4.10.2 EarlyPacketDiscard (Early Packet Discard)


• CBR1: internal_value = 0

• VBR1: internal_value = 1



• UBR1: internal_value = 4

Default value -




Related parameters: COCOTraffic of COCO, CreateATMTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -

Table 99. Conformance definition (Continued)

Table 100. Early Packet Discard

Parameter name: Early Packet Discard

Abbreviated name: EarlyPacketDiscard


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Early Packet Discard option for the ATM terminationpoint.

Range and step: 0 (disabled), 1 (enabled)


• disabled: internal_value = 0

• enabled: internal_value = 1

Default value -





4.4.10.3 PartialPacketDiscard (Partial Packet Discard)





• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -

Table 100. Early Packet Discard (Continued)

Table 101. Partial Packet Discard

Parameter name: Partial Packet Discard

Abbreviated name: PartialPacketDiscard


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Partial Packet Discard option for the ATM terminationpoint.

Range and step: 0 (disabled), 1 (enabled)


• disabled: internal_value = 0

• enabled: internal_value = 1

Default value -







• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -


RAN Parameters

4.4.10.4 QualityOfServiceClass (Quality Of Service Class)

4.4.10.5 ServiceCategory (Service category)

Table 102. Quality Of Service Class

Parameter name: Quality Of Service Class

Abbreviated name: QualityOfServiceClass


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Quality Of Service Class parameter for the ATMtermination point.

Range and step: 0 (Unspecified), 1 (Class1), 2 (Class2), 3 (Class3)


• Unspecified: internal_value = 0

• Class1: internal_value = 1



Default value -







• EM to RNC



• RNC to EM

References: -

Table 103. Service category

Parameter name: Service category

Abbreviated name: ServiceCategory




4.4.11 CalculateCDVT (Calculate CDVT)

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The service category of the ATM termination point.

Range and step: 0 (CBR), 1 (rt-VBR), 2 (nrt-VBR), 3 (UBR)


• CBR: internal_value = 0

• rt-VBR: internal_value = 1

• nrt-VBR: internal_value = 2

• UBR: internal_value = 3

Default value -







• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -

Table 103. Service category (Continued)

Table 104. Calculate CDVT

Parameter name: Calculate CDVT

Abbreviated name: CalculateCDVT


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines if the CDVT is calculated by thesystem at ATM termination point creation.



RAN Parameters

4.4.12 CreateATMTP (Create ATM termination points)


• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: AAL2SignLinkTP of COCO, AAL2TP of COCO,CNBAPTP of COCO, CreateATMTP of COCO,DNBAPTP of COCO, VPLTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -

Table 104. Calculate CDVT (Continued)

Table 105. Create ATM termination points

Parameter name: Create ATM termination points

Abbreviated name: CreateATMTP


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines if the termination points arecreated during the COCO object creation. If theparameter is enabled the corresponding parameters forthe termination points have to be defined, i.e. PCR,CDVT, Service Class etc.



• False => 0

• True => 1





4.4.13 DNBAPTPList (D-NBAP termination point list)



Related parameters: AAL2SignLinkTP of COCO, AAL2TP of COCO,CNBAPTP of COCO, COCOTraffic of COCO,DNBAPTP of COCO, VPLTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -

Table 105. Create ATM termination points (Continued)

Table 106. D-NBAP termination point list

Parameter name: D-NBAP termination point list

Abbreviated name: DNBAPTPList


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The list of D-NBAP termination points.

Child parameters: • DNBAPTP


-

Default value -






RAN Parameters

4.4.13.1 DNBAPTP (D-NBAP signalling link configuration)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 106. D-NBAP termination point list (Continued)

Table 107. D-NBAP signalling link configuration

Parameter name: D-NBAP signalling link configuration

Abbreviated name: DNBAPTP


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 6

Description: Dedicated NBAP signalling link configuration.

Child parameters: • DNBAPCDVT01Egr

• DNBAPCDVT01Ing

• DNBAPICSUIndex

• DNBAPOpState

• DNBAPPCR01Egr

• DNBAPPCR01Ing

• DNBAPTPAdmState

• DNBAPVCI

• TTPId


-

Default value -




Related parameters: DNBAPTPList of COCO



DNBAPCDVT01Egr (D-NBAP VCLtp CDVT egress)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 107. D-NBAP signalling link configuration (Continued)

Table 108. D-NBAP VCLtp CDVT egress

Parameter name: D-NBAP VCLtp CDVT egress

Abbreviated name: DNBAPCDVT01Egr


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1





Default value -




Related parameters: CalculateCDVT of COCO, CreateATMTP of COCO,DNBAPTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

DNBAPCDVT01Ing (D-NBAP VCLtp CDVT ingress)

DNBAPICSUIndex (ICSU index for D-NBAP link)

Table 109. D-NBAP VCLtp CDVT ingress

Parameter name: D-NBAP VCLtp CDVT ingress

Abbreviated name: DNBAPCDVT01Ing


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1





Default value -




Related parameters: CalculateCDVT of COCO, CreateATMTP of COCO,DNBAPTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 110. ICSU index for D-NBAP link

Parameter name: ICSU index for D-NBAP link

Abbreviated name: DNBAPICSUIndex


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



DNBAPOpState (Operational Status of D-NBAP link)

Description: ICSU unit index of the D-NBAP signalling link.




Default value -




Related parameters: DNBAPTP of COCO



References: -

Table 110. ICSU index for D-NBAP link (Continued)

Table 111. Operational Status of D-NBAP link

Parameter name: Operational Status of D-NBAP link

Abbreviated name: DNBAPOpState


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The operational status of the dedicated NBAP link.

Range and step: 1 (Blocked), 2 (Working), 3 (Blocked, not connected)


• Blocked: internal_value = 1

• Working: internal_value = 2

• Blocked, not connected: internal_value = 3

Default value -






RAN Parameters

DNBAPPCR01Egr (D-NBAP VCLtp PCR egress)



References: -

Table 111. Operational Status of D-NBAP link (Continued)

Table 112. D-NBAP VCLtp PCR egress

Parameter name: D-NBAP VCLtp PCR egress

Abbreviated name: DNBAPPCR01Egr


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1





Default value -




Related parameters: CreateATMTP of COCO, DNBAPTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -



DNBAPPCR01Ing (D-NBAP VCLtp PCR ingress)

DNBAPTPAdmState (D-NBAP VCLtp effective administrative state)

Table 113. D-NBAP VCLtp PCR ingress

Parameter name: D-NBAP VCLtp PCR ingress

Abbreviated name: DNBAPPCR01Ing


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1





Default value -




Related parameters: CreateATMTP of COCO, DNBAPTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 114. D-NBAP VCLtp effective administrative state

Parameter name: D-NBAP VCLtp effective administrative state

Abbreviated name: DNBAPTPAdmState


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

DNBAPVCI (Virtual channel identifier for D-NBAP)







Default value -







References: -

Table 114. D-NBAP VCLtp effective administrative state (Continued)

Table 115. Virtual channel identifier for D-NBAP

Parameter name: Virtual channel identifier for D-NBAP

Abbreviated name: DNBAPVCI


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Virtual channel identifier for dedicated NBAP identifiesa particular virtual channel link for a given virtual pathconnection (VPC).




Default value -






TTPId (Traffic Termination Point identifier)




• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 115. Virtual channel identifier for D-NBAP (Continued)

Table 116. Traffic Termination Point identifier

Parameter name: Traffic Termination Point identifier

Abbreviated name: TTPId


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The identification of the Traffic Termination Point. EachWAM unit in the BTS represents one TTP.




Default value -







• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.4.14 GenerateAAL2Num (Generate AAL2 user plane link numbers)

Table 117. Generate AAL2 user plane link numbers

Parameter name: Generate AAL2 user plane link numbers

Abbreviated name: GenerateAAL2Num


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines if the A2EA and AAL2 path idfor the AAL2 user plane link are generated by thesystem. If the parameter is disabled then the A2EA andAAL2 path id values have to be given for the AAL2 userplane links.



• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: AAL2PathId of COCO, COCOA2EA of COCO



• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -



4.4.15 VPLTP (Virtual Path Link termination point)

Table 118. Virtual Path Link termination point

Parameter name: Virtual Path Link termination point

Abbreviated name: VPLTP


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Virtual Path Link termination point parameters of theCOCO object

Child parameters: • COCOVPI

• VPLTPAdmState

• VPLTPCDVT01Egr

• VPLTPPCR01Egr

• VPLTPTrafficShaping


-

Default value -







• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -


RAN Parameters

4.4.15.1 COCOVPI (Virtual Path Identifier)

4.4.15.2 VPLTPAdmState (VPLtp effective administrative state)

Table 119. Virtual Path Identifier

Parameter name: Virtual Path Identifier

Abbreviated name: COCOVPI


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Virtual Path Identifier identifies a group of virtualchannel links at a given reference point, that share thesame virtual path connection (VPC).




Default value -




Related parameters: VPLTP of COCO



• EM to RNC



References: -

Table 120. VPLtp effective administrative state

Parameter name: VPLtp effective administrative state

Abbreviated name: VPLTPAdmState


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.4.15.3 VPLTPCDVT01Egr (VPLtp CDVT egress)







Default value -




Related parameters: VPLTP of COCO



References: -

Table 120. VPLtp effective administrative state (Continued)

Table 121. VPLtp CDVT egress

Parameter name: VPLtp CDVT egress

Abbreviated name: VPLTPCDVT01Egr


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1





Default value -





RAN Parameters

4.4.15.4 VPLTPPCR01Egr (VPLtp PCR egress)

Related parameters: CalculateCDVT of COCO, CreateATMTP of COCO,VPLTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -

Table 121. VPLtp CDVT egress (Continued)

Table 122. VPLtp PCR egress

Parameter name: VPLtp PCR egress

Abbreviated name: VPLTPPCR01Egr


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1





Default value -




Related parameters: CreateATMTP of COCO, VPLTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -



4.4.15.5 VPLTPTrafficShaping (VPLtp VP level traffic shaping)

Table 123. VPLtp VP level traffic shaping

Parameter name: VPLtp VP level traffic shaping

Abbreviated name: VPLTPTrafficShaping


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter specifies if traffic is shaped on VP levelbefore leaving the system.

Range and step: 1 (none), 2 (full)


• none: internal_value = 1

• full: internal_value = 2

Default value 1




Related parameters: CreateATMTP of COCO, VPLTP of COCO



• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -


RAN Parameters

4.5 FMCG Parameters

4.5.1 FMCGId (FMCG identifier)

Table 124. FMCG identifier

Parameter name: FMCG identifier

Abbreviated name: FMCGId

Managed object: FMCG


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the FMCG (object for inter-system Frequency Measurement Control) uniquelywithin RNC.




Default value -






Interfaces: • Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -



4.5.2 GSMcauseCPICHEcNo (GSM HO caused by CPICH Ec/No)

Table 125. GSM HO caused by CPICH Ec/No

Parameter name: GSM HO caused by CPICH Ec/No

Abbreviated name: GSMcauseCPICHEcNo



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether a handover to GSMcaused by low measured absolute CPICH Ec/No of theserving cell is enabled. The handover is enabled whenthe value of the parameter is 'used'.



• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: HHoEcNoCancel of FMCS, HHoEcNoCancelTime ofFMCS, HHoEcNoThreshold of FMCS,HHoEcNoTimeHysteresis of FMCS



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.5.3 GSMcauseCPICHrscp (GSM HO caused by CPICH RSCP)

Table 126. GSM HO caused by CPICH RSCP

Parameter name: GSM HO caused by CPICH RSCP

Abbreviated name: GSMcauseCPICHrscp



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether a handover to GSMcaused by low measured absolute CPICH RSCP of theserving cell is enabled. The handover is enabled whenthe value of the parameter is 'Used'.



• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: HHoRscpCancel of FMCS, HHoRscpCancelTime ofFMCS, HHoRscpFilterCoefficient of FMCS,HHoRscpThreshold of FMCS,HHoRscpTimeHysteresis of FMCS



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.5.4 GSMcauseTxPwrDL (GSM HO caused by DL DPCH TX Power)

Table 127. GSM HO caused by DL DPCH TX Power

Parameter name: GSM HO caused by DL DPCH TX Power

Abbreviated name: GSMcauseTxPwrDL



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether a handover to GSMcaused by high downlink DPCH TX power is enabled.The handover is enabled when the value of theparameter is 'Used'.



• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: GsmDLTxPwrThrAMR of FMCG, GsmDLTxPwrThrCSof FMCG, GsmDLTxPwrThrNrtPS of FMCG,GsmDLTxPwrThrRtPS of FMCG,HHoMaxAllowedBitrateDL of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.5.5 GSMcauseTxPwrUL (GSM HO caused by UE TX Power)

Table 128. GSM HO caused by UE TX Power

Parameter name: GSM HO caused by UE TX Power

Abbreviated name: GSMcauseTxPwrUL



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether a handover to GSMcaused by high UE TX power level is enabled. Thehandover is enabled when the value of the parameter is'Used'.



• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: GsmUETxPwrFilterCoeff of FMCG,GsmUETxPwrThrAMR of FMCG, GsmUETxPwrThrCSof FMCG, GsmUETxPwrThrNrtPS of FMCG,GsmUETxPwrThrRtPS of FMCG,GsmUETxPwrTimeHyst of FMCG,HHoMaxAllowedBitrateUL of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.5.6 GSMcauseUplinkQuality (GSM HO caused by UL DCH Quality)

4.5.7 GsmDLTxPwrThrAMR (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for AMR)

Table 129. GSM HO caused by UL DCH Quality

Parameter name: GSM HO caused by UL DCH Quality

Abbreviated name: GSMcauseUplinkQuality



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether a handover to GSMcaused by bad uplink DCH quality is enabled. Thehandover is enabled when the value of the parameter is'Used'.



• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: HHoMaxAllowedBitrateUL of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 130. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for AMR

Parameter name: DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for AMR

Abbreviated name: GsmDLTxPwrThrAMR



RAN Parameters

4.5.8 GsmDLTxPwrThrCS (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for CS)


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TXpower threshold for a CS voice connection.

When the handover to GSM caused by high DL DPCHTX power is enabled, the RNC starts inter-RAT (GSM)measurements in compressed mode if the DPCH TXpower of a single radio link reaches the threshold. TheDL DPCH TX power threshold is relative to theallocated maximum transmission power of the DPCH.




Default value -1 dB


Related functions: Handover Control, Admission Control, PacketScheduler


Related parameters: GSMcauseTxPwrDL of FMCG



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 130. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for AMR (Continued)

Table 131. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for CS

Parameter name: DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for CS

Abbreviated name: GsmDLTxPwrThrCS



Multiplicity: 1



4.5.9 GsmDLTxPwrThrNrtPS (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for NRT PS)

Description: This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TXpower threshold for a CS data connection. When thehandover to GSM caused by high DL DPCH TX poweris enabled, the RNC starts inter-RAT (GSM)measurements in compressed mode if the DPCH TXpower of a single radio link reaches the threshold. TheDL DPCH TX power threshold is relative to theallocated maximum transmission power of the DPCH.




Default value -3 dB


Related functions: Packet Scheduler, Admission Control, HandoverControl





• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 131. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for CS (Continued)

Table 132. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for NRT PS

Parameter name: DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for NRT PS

Abbreviated name: GsmDLTxPwrThrNrtPS



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.5.10 GsmDLTxPwrThrRtPS (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for RT PS)

Description: This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TXpower threshold for a non-real time PS data connection.When the handover to GSM caused by high DL DPCHTX power is enabled, the RNC starts inter-RAT (GSM)measurements in compressed mode if the DPCH TXpower of a single radio link reaches the threshold. TheDL DPCH TX power threshold is relative to theallocated maximum transmission power of the DPCH.




Default value -1 dB







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 132. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for NRT PS (Continued)

Table 133. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for RT PS

Parameter name: DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for RT PS

Abbreviated name: GsmDLTxPwrThrRtPS



Multiplicity: 1



4.5.11 GsmMaxMeasPeriod (Maximum Measurement Period)

Description: This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TXpower threshold for a real time PS data connection.When the handover to GSM caused by high DL DPCHTX power is enabled, the RNC starts inter-RAT (GSM)measurements in compressed mode if the DPCH TXpower of a single radio link reaches the threshold. TheDL DPCH TX power threshold is relative to theallocated maximum transmission power of the DPCH.




Default value -3 dB


Related functions: Handover Control, Admission Control, PacketScheduler





• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 133. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for RT PS (Continued)

Table 134. Maximum Measurement Period

Parameter name: Maximum Measurement Period

Abbreviated name: GsmMaxMeasPeriod



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.5.12 GsmMeasAveWindow (Measurement Averaging Window)

Description: The maximum number of periodical inter-RAT (GSM)measurement reports determines the maximumallowed duration of the GSM measurement. If the RNCis not able to execute the handover to GSM, it stops theGSM measurement after the UE has sent thepredefined number of measurement reports to theRNC.

Range and step: 1...120 MeasReport, step 1 MeasReport



Default value 20 MeasReport




Related parameters: GsmMeasRepInterval of FMCG,GsmNcellSearchPeriod of FMCG



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 134. Maximum Measurement Period (Continued)

Table 135. Measurement Averaging Window

Parameter name: Measurement Averaging Window

Abbreviated name: GsmMeasAveWindow



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the maximum number ofperiodical inter-RAT (GSM) measurement reports(maximum size of the sliding averaging window) fromwhich the RNC calculates the averaged GSM RSSIvalues for the handover decision algorithm.



4.5.13 GsmMeasRepInterval (Measurement Reporting Interval)











• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 135. Measurement Averaging Window (Continued)

Table 136. Measurement Reporting Interval

Parameter name: Measurement Reporting Interval

Abbreviated name: GsmMeasRepInterval



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the measurement reportinginterval for periodical inter-RAT (GSM) measurements.

Range and step: 2 (0.5 s), 3 (1 s), 4 (2 s), 5 (3 s), 6 (4 s)


• 0.5 s: internal_value = 2

• 1 s: internal_value = 3




Default value 2



RAN Parameters

4.5.14 GsmMinHoInterval (Minimum Interval Between HOs)



Related parameters: GsmMaxMeasPeriod of FMCG, GsmNcellSearchPeriodof FMCG



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 136. Measurement Reporting Interval (Continued)

Table 137. Minimum Interval Between HOs

Parameter name: Minimum Interval Between HOs

Abbreviated name: GsmMinHoInterval



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the minimum intervalbetween a successful inter-RAT handover from GSM toUTRAN and the following inter-RAT handover attemptback to GSM related to the same RRC connection.

The range of the parameter is from 1 to 60 seconds. Areturn handover back to GSM is disabled when thevalue is 0.

Range and step: 0...60 s, step 1 s



Default value 10 s






4.5.15 GsmMinMeasInterval (Minimum Measurement Interval)




• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 137. Minimum Interval Between HOs (Continued)

Table 138. Minimum Measurement Interval

Parameter name: Minimum Measurement Interval

Abbreviated name: GsmMinMeasInterval



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the minimum intervalbetween an unsuccessful inter-RAT (GSM)measurement or handover procedure, and the followingGSM measurement procedure related to the sameRRC connection.

The range of the parameter is from 1 to 60 seconds.Repetitive GSM measurements are disabled when thevalue is 0.




Default value 10 s






RAN Parameters

4.5.16 GsmNcellSearchPeriod (GSM Neighbour Cell Search Period)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 138. Minimum Measurement Interval (Continued)

Table 139. GSM Neighbour Cell Search Period

Parameter name: GSM Neighbour Cell Search Period

Abbreviated name: GsmNcellSearchPeriod



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the number of periodicalinter-RAT (GSM) measurement reports, starting fromthe first report after the measurement setup, duringwhich a handover to GSM is not possible. This periodallows the UE to find and report all potential GSMneighbour cells before the handover decision.








Related parameters: GsmMaxMeasPeriod of FMCG, GsmMeasRepIntervalof FMCG



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.5.17 GsmUETxPwrFilterCoeff (UE TX Power Filter Coefficient)

Table 140. UE TX Power Filter Coefficient

Parameter name: UE TX Power Filter Coefficient

Abbreviated name: GsmUETxPwrFilterCoeff



Multiplicity: 1

Description: In the CELL_DCH state the UE physical layermeasurement period for UE TX power measurementsis 1 slot. The Filter Coefficient parameter controls thehigher layer filtering of physical layer UE TX powermeasurements before the event evaluation andmeasurement reporting is performed by the UE.

The higher layer filtering is described in 3GPP TS25.331 RRC Protocol Specification, section FilterCoefficient.

Range and step: 8 (Filtering period approximates 10 ms), 9 (Filteringperiod approximates 15 ms), 10 (11. Filtering periodapproximates 30 ms), 11 (13. Filtering periodapproximates 60 ms), 12 (15. Filtering periodapproximates 120 ms), 13 (17. Filtering periodapproximates 240 ms), 14 (19. Filtering periodapproximates 480 ms)


• Filtering period approximates 10 ms: internal_value= 8


• 11. Filtering period approximates 30 ms:internal_value = 10





Default value 8



RAN Parameters

4.5.18 GsmUETxPwrThrAMR (UE TX Power Threshold for AMR)






• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.133, Requirements forSupport of Radio Resource Management (FDD)

• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.331, RRC ProtocolSpecification (section Filter Coefficient)

Table 140. UE TX Power Filter Coefficient (Continued)

Table 141. UE TX Power Threshold for AMR

Parameter name: UE TX Power Threshold for AMR

Abbreviated name: GsmUETxPwrThrAMR



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the UE TX power thresholdfor a CS voice connection. If the handover to GSMcaused by high UE TX power level is enabled, the RNCstarts inter-RAT (GSM) measurements in compressedmode when the UE TX power reaches this threshold.The UE TX power threshold is relative to the maximumTX power level an UE can use on the DPCH in the cell(or the maximum RF output power capability of the UE,whichever is lower).

Range and step: -10...0 dB, step 1 dB



Default value -1 dB




4.5.19 GsmUETxPwrThrCS (UE TX Power Threshold for CS)

Related functions: Handover Control, Packet Scheduler, AdmissionControl


Related parameters: GSMcauseTxPwrUL of FMCG



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 141. UE TX Power Threshold for AMR (Continued)

Table 142. UE TX Power Threshold for CS

Parameter name: UE TX Power Threshold for CS

Abbreviated name: GsmUETxPwrThrCS



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the UE TX power thresholdfor a CS data connection. If the handover to GSMcaused by high UE TX power level is enabled, the RNCstarts inter-RAT (GSM) measurements in compressedmode when the UE TX power reaches this threshold.The UE TX power threshold is relative to the maximumTX power level an UE can use on the DPCH in the cell(or the maximum RF output power capability of the UE,whichever is lower).




Default value -3 dB


Related functions: Admission Control, Packet Scheduler, HandoverControl



RAN Parameters

4.5.20 GsmUETxPwrThrNrtPS (UE TX Power Threshold for NRT PS)




• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 142. UE TX Power Threshold for CS (Continued)

Table 143. UE TX Power Threshold for NRT PS

Parameter name: UE TX Power Threshold for NRT PS

Abbreviated name: GsmUETxPwrThrNrtPS



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the UE TX power thresholdfor a non-real time PS data connection. If the handoverto GSM caused by high UE TX power level is enabled,the RNC starts inter-RAT (GSM) measurements incompressed mode when the UE TX power reaches thisthreshold. The UE TX power threshold is relative to themaximum TX power level an UE can use on the DPCHin the cell (or the maximum RF output power capabilityof the UE, whichever is lower).




Default value -1 dB







4.5.21 GsmUETxPwrThrRtPS (UE TX Power Threshold for RT PS)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 143. UE TX Power Threshold for NRT PS (Continued)

Table 144. UE TX Power Threshold for RT PS

Parameter name: UE TX Power Threshold for RT PS

Abbreviated name: GsmUETxPwrThrRtPS



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the UE TX power thresholdfor a real time PS data connection. If the handover toGSM caused by high UE TX power level is enabled, theRNC starts inter-RAT (GSM) measurements incompressed mode when the UE TX power reaches thisthreshold. The UE TX power threshold is relative to themaximum TX power level an UE can use on the DPCHin the cell (or the maximum RF output power capabilityof the UE, whichever is lower).




Default value -3 dB


Related functions: Admission Control, Handover Control, PacketScheduler




RAN Parameters

4.5.22 GsmUETxPwrTimeHyst (UE TX Power Time Hysteresis)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 144. UE TX Power Threshold for RT PS (Continued)

Table 145. UE TX Power Time Hysteresis

Parameter name: UE TX Power Time Hysteresis

Abbreviated name: GsmUETxPwrTimeHyst



Multiplicity: 1

Description: If the handover to GSM caused by high UE TX power isenabled, the RNC starts inter-RAT (GSM)measurements in compressed mode when the UE TXpower reaches a predefined threshold. If the UE TXpower goes down again (after the UE TX powerthreshold has once triggered), the UE TX Power TimeHysteresis determines the time period during which theUE TX power must stay below the UE TX powerthreshold before the RNC calls off the GSMmeasurements caused by the high UE TX power.

Range and step: 0 (0 ms), 1 (10 ms), 2 (20 ms), 3 (40 ms), 4 (60 ms), 5(80 ms), 6 (100 ms), 7 (120 ms), 8 (160 ms), 9 (200ms), 10 (240 ms), 11 (320 ms), 12 (640 ms), 13 (1280ms), 14 (2560 ms), 15 (5000 ms)




• 0 ms: internal_value = 0
















Default value 13







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 145. UE TX Power Time Hysteresis (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.6 FMCI Parameters

4.6.1 FMCIId (FMCI identifier)

Table 146. FMCI identifier

Parameter name: FMCI identifier

Abbreviated name: FMCIId

Managed object: FMCI


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the FMCI (object for inter-frequency Frequency Measurement Control) uniquelywithin RNC.




Default value -







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -



4.6.2 IFHOcauseCPICHEcNo (IFHO caused by CPICH Ec/No)

Table 147. IFHO caused by CPICH Ec/No

Parameter name: IFHO caused by CPICH Ec/No

Abbreviated name: IFHOcauseCPICHEcNo



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether an inter-frequencyhandover caused by low measured absolute CPICHEc/No of the serving cell is enabled. The inter-frequency handover is enabled when the value of theparameter is 'Used'.



• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: HHoEcNoCancel of FMCS, HHoEcNoCancelTime ofFMCS, HHoEcNoThreshold of FMCS,HHoEcNoTimeHysteresis of FMCS



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.6.3 IFHOcauseCPICHrscp (IFHO caused by CPICH RSCP)

Table 148. IFHO caused by CPICH RSCP

Parameter name: IFHO caused by CPICH RSCP

Abbreviated name: IFHOcauseCPICHrscp



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether an inter-frequencyhandover caused by low measured absolute CPICHRSCP of the serving cell is enabled. The inter-frequency handover is enabled when the value of theparameter is 'Used'.



• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: HHoRscpCancel of FMCS, HHoRscpCancelTime ofFMCS, HHoRscpFilterCoefficient of FMCS,HHoRscpThreshold of FMCS,HHoRscpTimeHysteresis of FMCS



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.6.4 IFHOcauseTxPwrDL (IFHO caused by DL DPCH TX Power)

Table 149. IFHO caused by DL DPCH TX Power

Parameter name: IFHO caused by DL DPCH TX Power

Abbreviated name: IFHOcauseTxPwrDL



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether an inter-frequencyhandover caused by high downlink DPCH TX power isenabled. The handover is enabled when the value ofthe parameter is 'Used'.



• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: InterFreqDLTxPwrThrAMR of FMCI,InterFreqDLTxPwrThrCS of FMCI,InterFreqDLTxPwrThrNrtPS of FMCI,InterFreqDLTxPwrThrRtPS of FMCI,HHoMaxAllowedBitrateDL of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.6.5 IFHOcauseTxPwrUL (IFHO caused by UE TX Power)

Table 150. IFHO caused by UE TX Power

Parameter name: IFHO caused by UE TX Power

Abbreviated name: IFHOcauseTxPwrUL



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether an inter-frequencyhandover caused by high UE TX power level is enabled.The handover is enabled when the value of theparameter is 'Used'.



• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: InterFreqUETxPwrFilterCoeff of FMCI,InterFreqUETxPwrThrAMR of FMCI,InterFreqUETxPwrThrCS of FMCI,InterFreqUETxPwrThrNrtPS of FMCI,InterFreqUETxPwrThrRtPS of FMCI,InterFreqUETxPwrTimeHyst of FMCI,HHoMaxAllowedBitrateUL of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.6.6 IFHOcauseUplinkQuality (IFHO caused by UL DCH Quality)

4.6.7 InterFreqDLTxPwrThrAMR (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for AMR )

Table 151. IFHO caused by UL DCH Quality

Parameter name: IFHO caused by UL DCH Quality

Abbreviated name: IFHOcauseUplinkQuality



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether an inter-frequencyhandover caused by bad uplink DCH quality is enabled.The handover is enabled when the value of theparameter is 'Used'.



• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: HHoMaxAllowedBitrateUL of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 152. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for AMR

Parameter name: DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for AMR

Abbreviated name: InterFreqDLTxPwrThrAMR



RAN Parameters

4.6.8 InterFreqDLTxPwrThrCS (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for CS)


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TXpower threshold for a CS voice connection. When theinter-frequency handover caused by high DL DPCH TXpower is enabled, the RNC starts inter-frequencymeasurements in compressed mode if the DPCH TXpower of a single radio link reaches the threshold. TheDL DPCH TX power threshold is relative to theallocated maximum transmission power of the DPCH.




Default value -1 dB




Related parameters: IFHOcauseTxPwrDL of FMCI



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 152. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for AMR (Continued)

Table 153. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for CS

Parameter name: DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for CS

Abbreviated name: InterFreqDLTxPwrThrCS



Multiplicity: 1



4.6.9 InterFreqDLTxPwrThrNrtPS (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for NRTPS)

Description: This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TXpower threshold for a CS data connection. When theinter-frequency handover caused by high DL DPCH TXpower is enabled, the RNC starts inter-frequencymeasurements in compressed mode if the DPCH TXpower of a single radio link reaches the threshold. TheDL DPCH TX power threshold is relative to theallocated maximum transmission power of the DPCH.




Default value -3 dB


Related functions: Packet Scheduler, Handover Control, AdmissionControl





• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 153. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for CS (Continued)

Table 154. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for NRT PS

Parameter name: DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for NRT PS

Abbreviated name: InterFreqDLTxPwrThrNrtPS



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.6.10 InterFreqDLTxPwrThrRtPS (DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for RTPS)

Description: This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TXpower threshold for a non-real time PS data connection.When the inter-frequency handover caused by high DLDPCH TX power is enabled, the RNC starts inter-frequency measurements in compressed mode if theDPCH TX power of a single radio link reaches thethreshold. The DL DPCH TX power threshold is relativeto the allocated maximum transmission power of theDPCH.




Default value -1 dB







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 154. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for NRT PS (Continued)

Table 155. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for RT PS

Parameter name: DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for RT PS

Abbreviated name: InterFreqDLTxPwrThrRtPS



Multiplicity: 1



4.6.11 InterFreqMaxMeasPeriod (Maximum Measurement Period)

Description: This parameter determines the downlink DPCH TXpower threshold for a real time PS data connection.When the inter-frequency handover caused by high DLDPCH TX power is enabled, the RNC starts inter-frequency measurements in compressed mode if theDPCH TX power of a single radio link reaches thethreshold. The DL DPCH TX power threshold is relativeto the allocated maximum transmission power of theDPCH.




Default value -3 dB







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 155. DL DPCH TX Power Threshold for RT PS (Continued)

Table 156. Maximum Measurement Period

Parameter name: Maximum Measurement Period

Abbreviated name: InterFreqMaxMeasPeriod



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.6.12 InterFreqMeasAveWindow (Measurement Averaging Window)

Description: The maximum number of periodical inter-frequencymeasurement reports determines the maximumallowed duration of the inter-frequency measurement. Ifthe RNC is not able to execute an inter-frequencyhandover, it shall stop the inter-frequency measurementafter the UE has sent the predefined number ofmeasurement reports to the RNC.








Related parameters: InterFreqMeasRepInterval of FMCI,InterFreqNcellSearchPeriod of FMCI



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 156. Maximum Measurement Period (Continued)

Table 157. Measurement Averaging Window

Parameter name: Measurement Averaging Window

Abbreviated name: InterFreqMeasAveWindow



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the maximum number ofperiodical inter-frequency measurement reports(maximum size of the sliding averaging window) fromwhere the RNC calculates the averaged CPICH Ec/Noand RSCP values for the decision algorithm of the inter-frequency handover.



4.6.13 InterFreqMeasRepInterval (Measurement Reporting Interval)











• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 157. Measurement Averaging Window (Continued)

Table 158. Measurement Reporting Interval

Parameter name: Measurement Reporting Interval

Abbreviated name: InterFreqMeasRepInterval



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the measurement reportinginterval for periodical inter-frequency measurements.

Range and step: 2 (0.5 s), 3 (1 s), 4 (2 s), 5 (3 s), 6 (4 s)







Default value 2



RAN Parameters

4.6.14 InterFreqMinHoInterval (Minimum Interval Between HOs)



Related parameters: InterFreqMaxMeasPeriod of FMCI,InterFreqNcellSearchPeriod of FMCI



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 158. Measurement Reporting Interval (Continued)

Table 159. Minimum Interval Between HOs

Parameter name: Minimum Interval Between HOs

Abbreviated name: InterFreqMinHoInterval



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the minimum intervalbetween a successful inter-frequency handover and thefollowing inter-frequency handover attempt related tothe same RRC connection.

The range of the parameter is from 1 to 60 seconds.Repetitive inter-frequency handovers are disabledwhen the value is 0.




Default value 10 s






4.6.15 InterFreqMinMeasInterval (Minimum Measurement Interval)




• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 159. Minimum Interval Between HOs (Continued)

Table 160. Minimum Measurement Interval

Parameter name: Minimum Measurement Interval

Abbreviated name: InterFreqMinMeasInterval



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the minimum intervalbetween an unsuccessful inter-frequency measurementor handover procedure, and the following inter-frequency measurement procedure related to the sameRRC connection.

The range of the parameter is from 1 to 60 seconds.Repetitive inter-frequency measurements are disabledwhen the value is 0.




Default value 10 s






RAN Parameters

4.6.16 InterFreqNcellSearchPeriod (Neighbour Cell Search Period)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 160. Minimum Measurement Interval (Continued)

Table 161. Neighbour Cell Search Period

Parameter name: Neighbour Cell Search Period

Abbreviated name: InterFreqNcellSearchPeriod



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the number of periodicalinter-frequency measurement reports, starting from thefirst report after the measurement setup, during whichan inter-frequency handover is not allowed. This periodallows the UE to find and report all potentialneighbouring cells before the inter-frequency handoverdecision.








Related parameters: InterFreqMaxMeasPeriod of FMCI,InterFreqMeasRepInterval of FMCI



4.6.17 InterFreqUETxPwrFilterCoeff (UE TX Power Filter Coefficient)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 161. Neighbour Cell Search Period (Continued)

Table 162. UE TX Power Filter Coefficient

Parameter name: UE TX Power Filter Coefficient

Abbreviated name: InterFreqUETxPwrFilterCoeff



Multiplicity: 1

Description: In the CELL_DCH state the UE physical layermeasurement period for UE TX power measurementsis 1 slot. The Filter Coefficient parameter controls thehigher layer filtering of physical layer UE TX powermeasurements before the event evaluation andmeasurement reporting is performed by the UE.


Range and step: 8 (Filtering period approximates 10 ms), 9 (Filteringperiod approximates 15 ms), 10 (11. Filtering periodapproximates 30 ms), 11 (13. Filtering periodapproximates 60 ms), 12 (15. Filtering periodapproximates 120 ms), 13 (17. Filtering periodapproximates 240 ms), 14 (19. Filtering periodapproximates 480 ms)


RAN Parameters

4.6.18 InterFreqUETxPwrThrAMR (UE TX Power Threshold for AMR)









Default value 8







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.133, Requirements forSupport of Radio Resource Management (FDD)


Table 162. UE TX Power Filter Coefficient (Continued)

Table 163. UE TX Power Threshold for AMR

Parameter name: UE TX Power Threshold for AMR

Abbreviated name: InterFreqUETxPwrThrAMR





4.6.19 InterFreqUETxPwrThrCS (UE TX Power Threshold for CS)

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the UE TX power thresholdfor a CS voice connection. If the inter-frequencyhandover caused by high UE TX power level is enabled,the RNC starts inter-frequency measurements incompressed mode when the UE TX power reaches thethreshold. The UE TX power threshold is relative to themaximum TX power level an UE can use on the DPCHin the cell (or the maximum RF output power capabilityof the UE, whichever is lower).




Default value -1 dB


Related functions: Admission Control, Packet Scheduler, HandoverControl


Related parameters: IFHOcauseTxPwrUL of FMCI



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 163. UE TX Power Threshold for AMR (Continued)

Table 164. UE TX Power Threshold for CS

Parameter name: UE TX Power Threshold for CS

Abbreviated name: InterFreqUETxPwrThrCS



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.6.20 InterFreqUETxPwrThrNrtPS (UE TX Power Threshold for NRT PS)

Description: This parameter determines the UE TX power thresholdfor a CS data connection. If the inter-frequencyhandover caused by high UE TX power level is enabled,the RNC starts inter-frequency measurements incompressed mode when the UE TX power reaches thethreshold. The UE TX power threshold is relative to themaximum TX power level an UE can use on the DPCHin the cell (or the maximum RF output power capabilityof the UE, whichever is lower).




Default value -3 dB







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 164. UE TX Power Threshold for CS (Continued)

Table 165. UE TX Power Threshold for NRT PS

Parameter name: UE TX Power Threshold for NRT PS

Abbreviated name: InterFreqUETxPwrThrNrtPS



Multiplicity: 1



4.6.21 InterFreqUETxPwrThrRtPS (UE TX Power Threshold for RT PS)

Description: This parameter determines the UE TX power thresholdfor a non-real time PS data connection. If the inter-frequency handover caused by high UE TX power levelis enabled, the RNC starts inter-frequencymeasurements in compressed mode when the UE TXpower reaches the threshold. The UE TX powerthreshold is relative to the maximum TX power level anUE can use on the DPCH in the cell (or the maximumRF output power capability of the UE, whichever islower).




Default value -1 dB







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 165. UE TX Power Threshold for NRT PS (Continued)

Table 166. UE TX Power Threshold for RT PS

Parameter name: UE TX Power Threshold for RT PS

Abbreviated name: InterFreqUETxPwrThrRtPS



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.6.22 InterFreqUETxPwrTimeHyst (UE TX Power Time Hysteresis)

Description: This parameter determines the UE TX power thresholdfor a real time PS data connection. If the inter-frequency handover caused by high UE TX power levelis enabled, the RNC starts inter-frequencymeasurements in compressed mode when the UE TXpower reaches the threshold. The UE TX powerthreshold is relative to the maximum TX power level anUE can use on the DPCH in the cell (or the maximumRF output power capability of the UE, whichever islower).




Default value -3 dB







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 166. UE TX Power Threshold for RT PS (Continued)

Table 167. UE TX Power Time Hysteresis

Parameter name: UE TX Power Time Hysteresis

Abbreviated name: InterFreqUETxPwrTimeHyst



Multiplicity: 1



Description: If the inter-frequency handover caused by high UE TXpower is enabled, the RNC starts inter-frequencymeasurements in compressed mode when the UE TXpower reaches a predefined threshold. If the UE TXpower goes down again (after the UE TX powerthreshold has once triggered), the UE TX Power TimeHysteresis determines the time period during which theUE TX power must stay below the UE TX powerthreshold before the RNC calls off the inter-frequencymeasurements caused by high UE TX power.



















Default value 13







RAN Parameters

4.7 FMCS Parameters

4.7.1 ActiveSetWeightingCoefficient (Active Set Weighting Coefficient)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 168. Active Set Weighting Coefficient

Parameter name: Active Set Weighting Coefficient

Abbreviated name: ActiveSetWeightingCoefficient

Managed object: FMCS


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Active Set Weighting Coefficient (W) is used to weighteither the measurement result of the best active set cell(M_best) or the sum of measurement results of allactive set cells (M_sum) when the UE calculates thereporting range for the events 1A (cell addition) and 1B(dropping of cell).

The formula is: W * M_sum + ( 1 - W )* M_best

This parameter is part of System Information Block11/12.

Range and step: 0...2 , step 0.1



Default value 0






4.7.2 AdditionReportingInterval (Addition Reporting Interval)

Related parameters: AdditionReportingInterval of FMCS, AdditionTime ofFMCS, AdditionWindow of FMCS, DropTime of FMCS,DropWindow of FMCS, MaxActiveSetSize of FMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 168. Active Set Weighting Coefficient (Continued)

Table 169. Addition Reporting Interval

Parameter name: Addition Reporting Interval

Abbreviated name: AdditionReportingInterval



Multiplicity: 1

Description: When a monitored cell enters the reporting range andtriggers event 1A (cell addition), the UE transmits aMeasurement Report to the RNC. If the RNC is not ableto add the monitored cell to the active set, the UEcontinues reporting after the initial report by reverting toperiodical measurement reporting. The parameterAddition Reporting Interval determines the intervalbetween periodical measurement reports when suchreporting is triggered by the event 1A.


Range and step: 0 (No periodical reporting), 1 (0.25 s. Not allowed), 2(0.5 s), 3 (1 s), 4 (2 s), 5 (4 s), 6 (8 s), 7 (16 s)


RAN Parameters

4.7.3 AdditionTime (Addition Time)


• No periodical reporting: internal_value = 0

• 0.25 s. Not allowed: internal_value = 1







Default value 2




Related parameters: ActiveSetWeightingCoefficient of FMCS, AdditionTimeof FMCS, AdditionWindow of FMCS, MaxActiveSetSizeof FMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 169. Addition Reporting Interval (Continued)

Table 170. Addition Time

Parameter name: Addition Time

Abbreviated name: AdditionTime



Multiplicity: 1



Description: When a monitored cell enters the reporting range(addition window), the cell must continuously stay withinthe reporting range for a given period of time before theUE can send a Measurement Report to the RNC inorder to add the cell into the active set (event 1A). Thelength of this period is controlled by the parameterAddition Time.




















Default value 6




Related parameters: ActiveSetWeightingCoefficient of FMCS,AdditionReportingInterval of FMCS, AdditionWindow ofFMCS, MaxActiveSetSize of FMCS

Table 170. Addition Time (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.7.4 AdditionWindow (Addition Window)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 170. Addition Time (Continued)

Table 171. Addition Window

Parameter name: Addition Window

Abbreviated name: AdditionWindow



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Addition Window determines the relative threshold(A_Win) used by the UE to calculate the reportingrange of event 1A. The threshold is either relative to theCPICH Ec/No measurement result of the best active setcell (M_best), or to the sum of active set measurementresults (M_sum), depending on the value of theparameter Active Set Weighting Coefficient (W). Whenthe CPICH Ec/No measurement result of a monitoredcell (M_new) enters the reporting range, the UEtransmits a Measurement Report to the RNC in order toadd the monitored cell into the active set:

M_new >= W * M_sum + ( 1 - W )* M_best - A_Win


Range and step: 0...14.5 dB, step 0.5 dB



Default value 2.5 dB




4.7.5 DropTime (Drop Time)



Related parameters: ActiveSetWeightingCoefficient of FMCS,AdditionReportingInterval of FMCS, AdditionTime ofFMCS, MaxActiveSetSize of FMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 171. Addition Window (Continued)

Table 172. Drop Time

Parameter name: Drop Time

Abbreviated name: DropTime



Multiplicity: 1

Description: When an active set cell leaves the reporting range(drop window), the cell must continuously stay outsidethe reporting range for a given period of time before theUE can send a Measurement Report to the RNC inorder to remove the cell from the active set (event 1B).The length of this period is controlled by the parameterDrop Time.




RAN Parameters


















Default value 12




Related parameters: ActiveSetWeightingCoefficient of FMCS, DropWindowof FMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 172. Drop Time (Continued)



4.7.6 DropWindow (Drop Window )

Table 173. Drop Window

Parameter name: Drop Window

Abbreviated name: DropWindow



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Drop Window determines the relative threshold(D_Win) which is used by the UE to calculate thereporting range of event 1B. The threshold is eitherrelative to the CPICH Ec/No measurement result of thebest active set cell (M_best) or to the sum of active setmeasurement results (M_sum), depending on the valueof the parameter Active Set Weighting Coefficient (W).When the CPICH Ec/No measurement result of anactive set cell (M_old) leaves the reporting range, theUE transmits a Measurement Report to the RNC inorder to remove the cell from the active set:

M_old <= W * M_sum + ( 1 - W )* M_best - D_Win





Default value 4 dB




Related parameters: ActiveSetWeightingCoefficient of FMCS, DropTime ofFMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




RAN Parameters

4.7.7 EcNoFilterCoefficient (CPICH Ec/No Filter Coefficient)

Table 174. CPICH Ec/No Filter Coefficient

Parameter name: CPICH Ec/No Filter Coefficient

Abbreviated name: EcNoFilterCoefficient



Multiplicity: 1

Description: In the CELL_DCH state the UE physical layermeasurement period for intra frequency CPICH Ec/Nomeasurements is 200 ms. The Filter Coefficientparameter controls the higher layer filtering of physicallayer CPICH Ec/No measurements before the eventevaluation and measurement reporting is performed bythe UE.

The higher layer filtering is described in 3GPP TS25.331 RRC Protocol Specification.


Range and step: 0 (Filtering period of 200 ms ), 1 (Filtering periodapproximates 300 ms), 2 (Filtering period approximates400 ms), 3 (Filtering period approximates 600 ms), 4(Filtering period approximates 800 ms), 5 (Filteringperiod approximates 1100 ms), 6 (Filtering periodapproximates 1600 ms)


• Filtering period of 200 ms : internal_value = 0

• Filtering period approximates 300 ms:internal_value = 1






Default value 3




4.7.8 FMCSId (FMCS identifier)






• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.331, RRC ProtocolSpecification (Intra-frequency measurementquantity)

Table 174. CPICH Ec/No Filter Coefficient (Continued)

Table 175. FMCS identifier

Parameter name: FMCS identifier

Abbreviated name: FMCSId



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the FMCS (object for intra-frequency Frequency Measurement Control) uniquelywithin RNC.




Default value -






RAN Parameters

4.7.9 HHoEcNoCancel (CPICH Ec/No HHO Cancellation)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RAC to EM

References: -

Table 175. FMCS identifier (Continued)

Table 176. CPICH Ec/No HHO Cancellation

Parameter name: CPICH Ec/No HHO Cancellation

Abbreviated name: HHoEcNoCancel



Multiplicity: 1

Description: If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) handovercaused by low measured absolute CPICH Ec/No isenabled, the RNC starts the inter-frequency or GSMmeasurement in compressed mode when all active setcells have triggered the reporting event 1F for CPICHEc/No. The RNC cancels the event 1F of an active setcell if the CPICH Ec/No measurement result of theactive set cell becomes better than or equal to thethreshold HHoEcNoCancel and the UE transmits thecorresponding event 1E triggered Measurement Reportto the RNC.

Note that once the RNC has started the inter-frequencyor inter-RAT (GSM) measurement for the purpose ofhard handover due to low measured absolute CPICHEc/No, the RNC does not break off the ongoingmeasurement, even if one or more active set cellstrigger the reporting event 1E for CPICH Ec/No.




Default value -20 dB



4.7.10 HHoEcNoCancelTime (CPICH Ec/No HHO Cancellation Time)




Related parameters: GSMcauseCPICHEcNo of FMCG,IFHOcauseCPICHEcNo of FMCI,HHoEcNoCancelTime of FMCS, HHoEcNoThreshold ofFMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 176. CPICH Ec/No HHO Cancellation (Continued)

Table 177. CPICH Ec/No HHO Cancellation Time

Parameter name: CPICH Ec/No HHO Cancellation Time

Abbreviated name: HHoEcNoCancelTime



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

Description: If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) handovercaused by low measured absolute CPICH Ec/No isenabled, the RNC starts the inter-frequency or GSMmeasurement in compressed mode when all active setcells have triggered the reporting event 1F for CPICHEc/No. The RNC cancels the event 1F of an active setcell if the CPICH Ec/No measurement result of theactive set cell becomes better than or equal to thethreshold HHoEcNoCancel and the UE transmits thecorresponding event 1E triggered Measurement Reportto the RNC.

The parameter HHoEcNoCancelTime determines thetime period during which the CPICH Ec/No of the activeset cell must stay better than the thresholdHHoEcNoCancel before the UE can trigger thereporting event 1E.

Note that once the RNC has started the inter-frequencyor inter-RAT (GSM) measurement for the purpose ofhard handover due to low measured absolute CPICHEc/No, the RNC does not break off the ongoingmeasurement, even if one or more active set cellstrigger the reporting event 1E for CPICH Ec/No.



















Default value 13

Table 177. CPICH Ec/No HHO Cancellation Time (Continued)



4.7.11 HHoEcNoThreshold (CPICH Ec/No HHO Threshold)




Related parameters: GSMcauseCPICHEcNo of FMCG,IFHOcauseCPICHEcNo of FMCI, HHoEcNoCancel ofFMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 177. CPICH Ec/No HHO Cancellation Time (Continued)

Table 178. CPICH Ec/No HHO Threshold

Parameter name: CPICH Ec/No HHO Threshold

Abbreviated name: HHoEcNoThreshold



Multiplicity: 1

Description: If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) handovercaused by low measured absolute CPICH Ec/No isenabled, the UE transmits an event 1F triggeredmeasurement report to the RNC when the CPICHEc/No measurement result of an active set cellbecomes worse than or equal to an absolute CPICHEc/No threshold.

The parameter HHoEcNoThreshold determines theabsolute CPICH Ec/No threshold which is used by theUE to trigger the reporting event 1F. When themeasured CPICH Ec/No of all active set cells hasbecome worse than or equal to the threshold inquestion, the RNC starts inter-frequency or inter-RAT(GSM) measurements in compressed mode for thepurpose of hard handover.


RAN Parameters

4.7.12 HHoEcNoTimeHysteresis (CPICH Ec/No HHO Time Hysteresis)








Related parameters: GSMcauseCPICHEcNo of FMCG,IFHOcauseCPICHEcNo of FMCI, HHoEcNoCancel ofFMCS, HHoEcNoTimeHysteresis of FMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 178. CPICH Ec/No HHO Threshold (Continued)

Table 179. CPICH Ec/No HHO Time Hysteresis

Parameter name: CPICH Ec/No HHO Time Hysteresis

Abbreviated name: HHoEcNoTimeHysteresis



Multiplicity: 1



Description: If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) handovercaused by low measured absolute CPICH Ec/No isenabled, the UE transmits an event 1F triggeredmeasurement report to the RNC when the CPICHEc/No measurement result of an active set cellbecomes worse than the thresholdHHoEcNoThreshold.

The parameter HHoEcNoTimeHysteresis determinesthe time period during which the CPICH Ec/No of theactive set cell must stay worse than the thresholdHHoEcNoThreshold before the UE can trigger thereporting event 1F. When the measured CPICH Ec/Noof all active set cells has become worse than thethreshold in question, the RNC starts inter-frequency orinter-RAT (GSM) measurements in compressed modefor the purpose of hard handover.



















Default value 12




Table 179. CPICH Ec/No HHO Time Hysteresis (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.7.13 HHoRscpCancel (CPICH RSCP HHO Cancellation)

Related parameters: GSMcauseCPICHEcNo of FMCG,IFHOcauseCPICHEcNo of FMCI, HHoEcNoThresholdof FMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 179. CPICH Ec/No HHO Time Hysteresis (Continued)

Table 180. CPICH RSCP HHO Cancellation

Parameter name: CPICH RSCP HHO Cancellation

Abbreviated name: HHoRscpCancel



Multiplicity: 1

Description: If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) handovercaused by low measured absolute CPICH RSCP isenabled, the RNC starts the inter-frequency or GSMmeasurement in compressed mode when all active setcells have triggered the reporting event 1F for CPICHRSCP. The RNC cancels the event 1F of an active setcell, if the CPICH RSCP measurement result of theactive set cell becomes better than or equal to thethreshold HHoRscpCancel and the UE transmits thecorresponding event 1E triggered measurement reportto the RNC.

Note, that once the RNC has started the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) measurement for thepurpose of hard handover due to low measuredabsolute CPICH RSCP, the RNC does not break off theongoing measurement, even if one or more active setcells trigger the reporting event 1E for CPICH RSCP.

Range and step: -115...-25 dBm, step 1 dBm



4.7.14 HHoRscpCancelTime (CPICH RSCP HHO Cancellation Time)



Default value -100 dBm




Related parameters: GSMcauseCPICHrscp of FMCG,IFHOcauseCPICHrscp of FMCI, HHoRscpCancelTimeof FMCS, HHoRscpThreshold of FMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 180. CPICH RSCP HHO Cancellation (Continued)

Table 181. CPICH RSCP HHO Cancellation Time

Parameter name: CPICH RSCP HHO Cancellation Time

Abbreviated name: HHoRscpCancelTime



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

Description: If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) handovercaused by low measured absolute CPICH RSCP isenabled, the RNC starts the inter-frequency or GSMmeasurement in compressed mode when all active setcells have triggered the reporting event 1F for CPICHRSCP. The RNC cancels the event 1F of an active setcell, if the CPICH RSCP measurement result of theactive set cell becomes better than or equal to thethreshold HHoRscpCancel and the UE transmits thecorresponding event 1E triggered measurement reportto the RNC.

The parameter HHoRscpCancelTime determines thetime period during which the CPICH RSCP of the activeset cell must stay better than the thresholdHHoRscpCancel before the UE can trigger thereporting event 1E.

Note, that once the RNC has started the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) measurement for thepurpose of hard handover due to low measuredabsolute CPICH RSCP, the RNC does not break off theongoing measurement, even if one or more active setcells trigger the reporting event 1E for CPICH RSCP.



















Default value 13

Table 181. CPICH RSCP HHO Cancellation Time (Continued)



4.7.15 HHoRscpFilterCoefficient (CPICH RSCP HHO Filter Coefficient)




Related parameters: GSMcauseCPICHrscp of FMCG,IFHOcauseCPICHrscp of FMCI, HHoRscpCancel ofFMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 181. CPICH RSCP HHO Cancellation Time (Continued)

Table 182. CPICH RSCP HHO Filter Coefficient

Parameter name: CPICH RSCP HHO Filter Coefficient

Abbreviated name: HHoRscpFilterCoefficient



Multiplicity: 1

Description: In the CELL_DCH state the UE physical layermeasurement period for intra-frequency CPICH RSCPmeasurements is 200 ms. The Filter Coefficientparameter controls the higher layer filtering of physicallayer CPICH RSCP measurements before the eventevaluation and measurement reporting is performed bythe UE. The CPICH RSCP measurement reports canbe used to trigger off inter-frequency or inter-RAT(GSM) measurements for the purpose of hardhandover.



RAN Parameters

Range and step: 0 (Filtering period of 200 ms), 1 (Filtering periodapproximates 300 ms), 2 (Filtering period approximates400 ms), 3 (Filtering period approximates 600 ms), 4(Filtering period approximates 800 ms), 5 (Filteringperiod approximates 1100 ms), 6 (Filtering periodapproximates 1600 ms)


• Filtering period of 200 ms: internal_value = 0







Default value 0







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 182. CPICH RSCP HHO Filter Coefficient (Continued)



4.7.16 HHoRscpThreshold (CPICH RSCP HHO Threshold)

Table 183. CPICH RSCP HHO Threshold

Parameter name: CPICH RSCP HHO Threshold

Abbreviated name: HHoRscpThreshold



Multiplicity: 1

Description: If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) handovercaused by low measured CPICH RSCP is enabled, theUE transmits an event 1F triggered measurementreport to the RNC when the CPICH RSCPmeasurement result of an active set cell becomesworse than or equal to an absolute CPICH RSCPthreshold.

The parameter HHoRscpThreshold determines theabsolute CPICH RSCP threshold which is used by theUE to trigger the reporting event 1F. When themeasured CPICH RSCP of all active set cells hasbecome worse than or equal to the threshold inquestion, the RNC starts inter-frequency or inter-RAT(GSM) measurements in compressed mode for thepurpose of hard handover.








Related parameters: GSMcauseCPICHrscp of FMCG,IFHOcauseCPICHrscp of FMCI, HHoRscpCancel ofFMCS, HHoRscpTimeHysteresis of FMCS


RAN Parameters

4.7.17 HHoRscpTimeHysteresis (CPICH RSCP HHO Time Hysteresis)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 183. CPICH RSCP HHO Threshold (Continued)

Table 184. CPICH RSCP HHO Time Hysteresis

Parameter name: CPICH RSCP HHO Time Hysteresis

Abbreviated name: HHoRscpTimeHysteresis



Multiplicity: 1

Description: If the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) handovercaused by low measured CPICH RSCP is enabled, theUE transmits an event 1F triggered measurementreport to the RNC when the CPICH RSCPmeasurement result of an active set cell becomesworse than the threshold HHoRscpThreshold.

The parameter HHoRscpTimeHysteresis determinesthe time period during which the CPICH RSCP of theactive set cell must stay worse than the thresholdHHoRscpThreshold before the UE can trigger thereporting event 1F. When the measured CPICH RSCPof all active set cells has become worse than thethreshold in question, the RNC starts inter-frequency orinter-RAT (GSM) measurements in compressed modefor the purpose of hard handover.





















Default value 12




Related parameters: GSMcauseCPICHrscp of FMCG,IFHOcauseCPICHrscp of FMCI, HHoRscpThreshold ofFMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 184. CPICH RSCP HHO Time Hysteresis (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.7.18 MaxActiveSetSize (Maximum Active Set Size)

Table 185. Maximum Active Set Size

Parameter name: Maximum Active Set Size

Abbreviated name: MaxActiveSetSize



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the maximum number ofcells which can participate in a soft/softer handover.

Reporting deactivation threshold indicates themaximum number of cells allowed in the active set inorder for the event 1A to trigger. The RNC calculatesthe deactivation threshold from the parameterMaxActiveSetSize:

Reporting Deactivation Threshold = MaxActiveSetSize -1

Reporting Deactivation Threshold parameter is part ofSystem Information Block 11/12.

Replacement activation threshold information elementindicates the minimum number of cells allowed in theactive set in order for the event 1C to trigger. Thethreshold equals to the maximum size of the active setwhich is controlled with the parameterMaxActiveSetSize.

Replacement Activation Threshold parameter is part ofSystem Information Block 11/12.




Default value 3




Related parameters: ActiveSetWeightingCoefficient of FMCS,AdditionReportingInterval of FMCS, AdditionTime ofFMCS, AdditionWindow of FMCS,ReplacementReportingInterval of FMCS,ReplacementTime of FMCS, ReplacementWindow ofFMCS



4.7.19 ReplacementReportingInterval (Replacement Reporting Interval)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 185. Maximum Active Set Size (Continued)

Table 186. Replacement Reporting Interval

Parameter name: Replacement Reporting Interval

Abbreviated name: ReplacementReportingInterval



Multiplicity: 1

Description: When the number of cells in the active set has reachedthe maximum, and a monitored cell becomes betterthan an active set cell, the UE transmits aMeasurement Report to the RNC in order to replace theactive cell with the monitored cell (event 1C). If the RNCis not able to replace the active cell with the monitoredcell, the UE continues reporting after the initial report byreverting to periodical measurement reporting. Theparameter Replacement Reporting Interval determinesthe interval of periodical measurement reports whensuch reporting is triggered by the event 1C.


Range and step: 0 (No periodical reporting), 1 (0.25 s. Not allowed), 2(0.5 s), 3 (1 s), 4 (2 s), 5 (4 s), 6 (8 s), 7 (16 s)


RAN Parameters

4.7.20 ReplacementTime (Replacement Time)


• No periodical reporting: internal_value = 0

• 0.25 s. Not allowed: internal_value = 1







Default value 2




Related parameters: MaxActiveSetSize of FMCS, ReplacementTime ofFMCS, ReplacementWindow of FMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 186. Replacement Reporting Interval (Continued)

Table 187. Replacement Time

Parameter name: Replacement Time

Abbreviated name: ReplacementTime



Multiplicity: 1



Description: When the number of cells in the active set has reachedthe maximum, and a monitored cell enters the reportingrange (replacement window), the monitored cell mustcontinuously stay within the reporting range for a givenperiod of time before the UE can send a MeasurementReport to the RNC in order to replace an active set cellwith the monitored cell (event 1C). The length of thisperiod is controlled by the parameter ReplacementTime.




















Default value 6




Related parameters: MaxActiveSetSize of FMCS,ReplacementReportingInterval of FMCS,ReplacementWindow of FMCS

Table 187. Replacement Time (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.7.21 ReplacementWindow (Replacement Window)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 187. Replacement Time (Continued)

Table 188. Replacement Window

Parameter name: Replacement Window

Abbreviated name: ReplacementWindow



Multiplicity: 1

Description: When the number of cells in the active set has reachedthe maximum specified by the parameterMaxActiveSetSize and a monitored cell becomes betterthan an active set cell, the UE transmits aMeasurement Report to the RNC in order to replace theactive cell with the monitored cell (event 1C).

The parameter Replacement Window determines themargin by which the CPICH Ec/No measurement resultof the monitored cell (MNew) must exceed the CPICHEc/No measurement result of the an active set cell(MInAS) before the UE can send the event 1C triggeredMeasurement Report to the RNC:

MNew >= MInAs + ReplacementWindow / 2





Default value 2 dB




4.8 HOPG Parameters

4.8.1 AdjgHCSpriority (Cell Re-selection HCS Priority)



Related parameters: MaxActiveSetSize of FMCS,ReplacementReportingInterval of FMCS,ReplacementTime of FMCS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 188. Replacement Window (Continued)

Table 189. Cell Re-selection HCS Priority

Parameter name: Cell Re-selection HCS Priority

Abbreviated name: AdjgHCSpriority

Managed object: HOPG


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the priority level of the GSM neighbour cell inthe hierarchical cell re-selection procedure. 0 indicatesthe lowest HCS priority and 7 indicates the highest HCSpriority. Lower HCS priority values are meant for largermacro cells and higher HCS priority values are meantfor smaller pico/micro cells.




Default value 0



RAN Parameters

4.8.2 AdjgHCSthreshold (Cell Re-selection HCS Threshold)






• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 189. Cell Re-selection HCS Priority (Continued)

Table 190. Cell Re-selection HCS Threshold

Parameter name: Cell Re-selection HCS Threshold

Abbreviated name: AdjgHCSthreshold



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the threshold which must be exceeded by theRSSI measurement result of the GSM neighbour cellbefore the hierarchical cell re-selection becomespossible.



internal_value = (gui_value + 110)








4.8.3 AdjgPenaltyTime (Cell Re-selection Penalty Time)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.133, Requirements forSupport of Radio Resource Management (FDD)

• GSM reference: TS 05.08, Radio Subsystem LinkControl


Table 190. Cell Re-selection HCS Threshold (Continued)

Table 191. Cell Re-selection Penalty Time

Parameter name: Cell Re-selection Penalty Time

Abbreviated name: AdjgPenaltyTime



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Determines the time period during which the TemporaryOffset 1 is applied in the cell re-selection procedure forthe GSM neighbour cell in question.



internal_value = gui_value/10

Default value 0 s






RAN Parameters

4.8.4 AdjgPriorityCoverage (Ncell Priority for Coverage HO)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 191. Cell Re-selection Penalty Time (Continued)

Table 192. Ncell Priority for Coverage HO

Parameter name: Ncell Priority for Coverage HO

Abbreviated name: AdjgPriorityCoverage



Multiplicity: 1

Description: If there are several GSM neighbour cells which meetthe required radio link properties for the coverage (orquality) reason handover at the same time, the RNCranks the potential target cells according to prioritylevels and selects the highest ranked GSM neighbourcell to be the target cell.

The priority level of a GSM neighbour cell is controlledby the parameter GSMncellPriorityCoverage. Therange of the parameter varies from zero to 7. Zero isthe lowest and 7 the highest priority level.




Default value 0






4.8.5 AdjgQoffset1 (Cell Re-selection Quality Offset 1 )




• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 192. Ncell Priority for Coverage HO (Continued)

Table 193. Cell Re-selection Quality Offset 1

Parameter name: Cell Re-selection Quality Offset 1

Abbreviated name: AdjgQoffset1



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter is used in the cell re-selection andranking between WCDMA and GSM cells. The value ofthis parameter is subtracted from the measured GSMcarrier RSSI of the neighbouring cell before the UEcompares the quality measure with the cell re-selection/ranking criteria.




Default value 0 dB






RAN Parameters

4.8.6 AdjgQrxlevMin (Cell Re-selection Minimum RX Level )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 193. Cell Re-selection Quality Offset 1 (Continued)

Table 194. Cell Re-selection Minimum RX Level

Parameter name: Cell Re-selection Minimum RX Level

Abbreviated name: AdjgQrxlevMin



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Determines the minimum required RSSI level which themeasurement result of the GSM neighbour cell mustexceed before the cell re-selection becomes possible.



internal_value = (gui_value - 1)/2








4.8.7 AdjgRxLevMinHO (Minimum RX Level for Coverage HO)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




• GSM reference: TS 05.08, Radio Subsystem LinkControl

Table 194. Cell Re-selection Minimum RX Level (Continued)

Table 195. Minimum RX Level for Coverage HO

Parameter name: Minimum RX Level for Coverage HO

Abbreviated name: AdjgRxLevMinHO



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the minimum required GSMRSSI level which the averaged RSSI value of the GSMneighbour cell must exceed before the coverage (orquality) reason handover to GSM is possible.










RAN Parameters

4.8.8 AdjgTempOffset1 (Cell Re-selection Temporary Offset 1)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 195. Minimum RX Level for Coverage HO (Continued)

Table 196. Cell Re-selection Temporary Offset 1

Parameter name: Cell Re-selection Temporary Offset 1

Abbreviated name: AdjgTempOffset1



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter is used in the cell ranking betweenGSM and WCDMA cells when the GSM neighbour cellhas the same HCS priority level as the serving cell.

If the GSM neighbour cell has a different HCS prioritylevel, the offset value is applied for the HCS cell re-selection between GSM and WCDMA cells. The offsetis subtracted (during Penalty Time) from the measuredRSSI level of the GSM neighbour cell.

The alternative values are the following: 3 dB, 6 dB, 9dB, 12 dB, 15 dB, 18 dB, 21 dB and 'Infinity'.

Range and step: 0 (3 dB), 1 (6 dB), 2 (9 dB), 3 (12 dB), 4 (15 dB), 5 (18dB), 6 (21 dB), 7 (100 dB. Infinity)


• 3 dB: internal_value = 0







• 100 dB. Infinity: internal_value = 7

Default value 0




4.8.9 HOPGId (HOPG Identifier)



Related parameters: AdjgPenaltyTime of HOPG



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 196. Cell Re-selection Temporary Offset 1 (Continued)

Table 197. HOPG Identifier

Parameter name: HOPG Identifier

Abbreviated name: HOPGId



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the HOPG (object for inter-system Handover Path) uniquely within RNC.




Default value -






RAN Parameters

4.9 HOPI Parameters

4.9.1 AdjiEcNoMargin (CPICH Ec/No Margin for IFHO )



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 197. HOPG Identifier (Continued)

Table 198. CPICH Ec/No Margin for IFHO

Parameter name: CPICH Ec/No Margin for IFHO

Abbreviated name: AdjiEcNoMargin

Managed object: HOPI


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the margin by which theaveraged CPICH Ec/No measurement result of the bestinter-frequency neighbour cell must exceed theaveraged CPICH Ec/No measurement result of the bestactive set cell before the quality reason inter-frequencyhandover is possible.




Default value 3 dB




Related parameters: InterFreqMeasAveWindow of FMCI



4.9.2 AdjiHCSpriority (Cell Re-selection HCS Priority)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 198. CPICH Ec/No Margin for IFHO (Continued)



Abbreviated name: AdjiHCSpriority



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the priority level of the inter-frequencyneighbour cell in the hierarchical cell re-selectionprocedure. 0 indicates the lowest HCS priority and 7indicates the highest HCS priority. Lower HCS priorityvalues are meant for larger macro cells and higher HCSpriority values are meant for smaller pico/micro cells.




Default value 0






RAN Parameters

4.9.3 AdjiHCSthreshold (Cell Re-selection HCS Threshold)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC







Abbreviated name: AdjiHCSthreshold



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the threshold level which must be exceeded bythe CPICH Ec/No of the inter-frequency neighbour cellbefore the hierarchical cell re-selection becomespossible.



internal_value = (gui_value + 24) * 2








4.9.4 AdjiMinEcNo (Minimum CPICH Ec/No for IFHO )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC






Table 201. Minimum CPICH Ec/No for IFHO

Parameter name: Minimum CPICH Ec/No for IFHO

Abbreviated name: AdjiMinEcNo



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the minimum requiredCPICH Ec/No level which the averaged measurementresult of the best inter-frequency neighbour cell mustexceed before the coverage reason inter-frequencyhandover is possible.



internal_value = (gui_value + 24.5) * 2







RAN Parameters

4.9.5 AdjiMinRSCP (Minimum CPICH RSCP for IFHO )



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 201. Minimum CPICH Ec/No for IFHO (Continued)

Table 202. Minimum CPICH RSCP for IFHO

Parameter name: Minimum CPICH RSCP for IFHO

Abbreviated name: AdjiMinRSCP



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the minimum requiredCPICH RSCP level which the averaged measurementresult of the best inter-frequency neighbour cell mustexceed before the quality reason inter-frequencyhandover is possible.











• EM to RNC


References: -



4.9.6 AdjiPenaltyTime (Cell Re-selection Penalty Time)



Abbreviated name: AdjiPenaltyTime



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the time period during which the TemporaryOffset 1/2 is applied in the cell re-selection procedurefor the inter-frequency neighbour cell.




Default value 0 s







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





RAN Parameters

4.9.7 AdjiPlossMargin (Pathloss Margin for IFHO )

4.9.8 AdjiPriorityCoverage (Ncell Priority for Coverage IFHO )

Table 204. Pathloss Margin for IFHO

Parameter name: Pathloss Margin for IFHO

Abbreviated name: AdjiPlossMargin



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the margin by which theaveraged propagation loss of the best active set cellmust exceed the averaged propagation loss of the bestinter-frequency neighbour cell before the coveragereason inter-frequency handover is possible.




Default value 6 dB







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 205. Ncell Priority for Coverage IFHO

Parameter name: Ncell Priority for Coverage IFHO

Abbreviated name: AdjiPriorityCoverage




4.9.9 AdjiPriorityQuality (Ncell Priority for Quality IFHO )


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The inter-frequency measurement procedure measuresone frequency at a time. If there is more than onecarrier frequency to be measured, the RNC selects asubset of inter-frequency neighbour cells (having thesame UTRA RF channel number) which are measuredfirst.

In case of a coverage reason handover, themeasurement order is controlled by the parameterInterFreqNcellPriorityCoverage. The range of theparameter varies from zero to 7. Zero is the lowest and7 the highest priority level.




Default value 0







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 205. Ncell Priority for Coverage IFHO (Continued)

Table 206. Ncell Priority for Quality IFHO

Parameter name: Ncell Priority for Quality IFHO

Abbreviated name: AdjiPriorityQuality



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.9.10 AdjiQoffset1 (Cell Re-selection Quality Offset 1 )

Description: The inter-frequency measurement procedure measuresone frequency at a time. If there is more than onecarrier frequency to be measured, the RNC selects asubset of inter-frequency neighbour cells (having thesame UTRA RF channel number) which are measuredfirst.

In case of a quality reason handover, the measurementorder is controlled by the parameterInterFreqNcellPriorityQuality. The range of theparameter varies from zero to 7. Zero is the lowest and7 the highest priority level.




Default value 0







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 206. Ncell Priority for Quality IFHO (Continued)



Abbreviated name: AdjiQoffset1



Multiplicity: 1



4.9.11 AdjiQoffset2 (Cell Re-selection Quality Offset 2)

Description: This parameter is used in the cell re-selection andranking between WCDMA cells. The value of thisparameter is subtracted from the measured CPICHRSCP of the inter-frequency neighbour cell before theUE compares the quality measure with the cell re-selection/ranking criteria.




Default value 0 dB







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC







Abbreviated name: AdjiQoffset2



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.9.12 AdjiQqualMin (Cell Re-selection Minimum Quality )

Description: This parameter is used in the cell re-selection andranking between WCDMA cells. The value of thisparameter is subtracted from the measured CPICHEc/No of the inter-frequency neighbour cell before theUE compares the quality measure with the cell re-selection/ranking criteria.




Default value 0 dB







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





Table 209. Cell Re-selection Minimum Quality

Parameter name: Cell Re-selection Minimum Quality

Abbreviated name: AdjiQqualMin



Multiplicity: 1



4.9.13 AdjiQrxlevMin (Cell Re-selection Minimum RX Level )

Description: Determines the minimum required CPICH Ec/No levelwhich must be exceeded by the measurement result ofthe inter-frequency neighbour cell before the cell re-selection becomes possible.











• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 209. Cell Re-selection Minimum Quality (Continued)



Abbreviated name: AdjiQrxlevMin



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Determines the minimum required CPICH RSCP levelwhich must be exceeded by the measurement result ofthe inter-frequency neighbour cell before the cell re-selection becomes possible.


RAN Parameters

4.9.14 AdjiTempOffset1 (Cell Re-selection Temporary Offset 1)











• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC







Abbreviated name: AdjiTempOffset1



Multiplicity: 1



Description: This parameter is used in the cell ranking betweenGSM and WCDMA cells when the inter-frequencyneighbour cell has the same HCS priority level as theserving cell.

If the neighbour cell has a different HCS priority level,the offset value is applied for the HCS cell re-selectionbetween GSM and WCDMA cells. The offset issubtracted (during Penalty Time) from the measuredCPICH RSCP of the inter-frequency neighbour cell.












Default value 0




Related parameters: AdjiPenaltyTime of HOPI



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC






RAN Parameters

4.9.15 AdjiTempOffset2 (Cell Re-selection Temporary Offset 2)



Abbreviated name: AdjiTempOffset2



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter is used in the cell ranking betweenWCDMA cells when the inter-frequency neighbour cellhas the same HCS priority level as the serving cell.

If the neighbour cell has a different HCS priority level,the offset value is applied for the HCS cell re-selectionbetween WCDMA cells. The offset is subtracted (duringPenalty Time) from the measured CPICH Ec/No of theinter-frequency neighbour cell.


Range and step: 0 (2 dB), 1 (3 dB), 2 (4 dB), 3 (6 dB), 4 (8 dB), 5 (10 dB),6 (12 dB), 7 (100 dB. Infinity)










Default value 0




Related parameters: AdjiPenaltyTime of HOPI



4.9.16 HOPIId (HOPI Identifier)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





Table 213. HOPI Identifier

Parameter name: HOPI Identifier

Abbreviated name: HOPIId



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the HOPI (object for inter-frequency Handover Path) uniquely within RNC.




Default value -






RAN Parameters

4.10 HOPS Parameters

4.10.1 AdjsHCSpriority (Cell Re-selection HCS Priority)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 213. HOPI Identifier (Continued)



Abbreviated name: AdjsHCSpriority

Managed object: HOPS


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the priority level of the neighbouring cell in thehierarchical cell re-selection procedure. 0 indicates thelowest HCS priority and 7 indicates the highest HCSpriority. Lower HCS priority values are meant for largermacro cells and higher HCS priority values are meantfor smaller pico/micro cells.




Default value 0







4.10.2 AdjsHCSthreshold (Cell Re-selection HCS Threshold)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC







Abbreviated name: AdjsHCSthreshold



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the threshold level which must be exceeded bythe CPICH Ec/No of the neighbouring cell before thehierarchical cell re-selection becomes possible.










RAN Parameters

4.10.3 AdjsPenaltyTime (Cell Re-selection Penalty Time)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC








Abbreviated name: AdjsPenaltyTime



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the time period during which the TemporaryOffset 1/2 is applied in the cell re-selection procedurefor the neighbour cell in question.




Default value 0 s







4.10.4 AdjsQoffset1 (Cell Re-selection Quality Offset 1 )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 216. Cell Re-selection Penalty Time (Continued)



Abbreviated name: AdjsQoffset1



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter is used in the cell re-selection andranking between WCDMA cells. The value of thisparameter is subtracted from the measured CPICHRSCP of the neighbour cell before the UE comparesthe quality measure with the cell re-selection/rankingcriteria.




Default value 0 dB






RAN Parameters

4.10.5 AdjsQoffset2 (Cell Re-selection Quality Offset 2)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC







Abbreviated name: AdjsQoffset2



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter is used in the cell re-selection andranking between WCDMA cells. The value of thisparameter is subtracted from the measured CPICHEc/No of the neighbour cell before the UE comparesthe quality measure with the cell re-selection/rankingcriteria.




Default value 0 dB







4.10.6 AdjsQqualMin (Cell Re-selection Minimum Quality )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





Table 219. Cell Re-selection Minimum Quality

Parameter name: Cell Re-selection Minimum Quality

Abbreviated name: AdjsQqualMin



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Determines the minimum required CPICH Ec/No levelwhich must be exceeded by the measurement result ofthe neighbouring cell before the cell re-selectionbecomes possible.










RAN Parameters

4.10.7 AdjsQrxlevMin (Cell Re-selection Minimum RX Level )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 219. Cell Re-selection Minimum Quality (Continued)



Abbreviated name: AdjsQrxlevMin



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Determines the minimum required CPICH RSCP levelwhich must be exceeded by the measurement result ofthe neighbouring cell before the cell re-selectionbecomes possible.











4.10.8 AdjsTempOffset1 (Cell Re-selection Temporary Offset 1)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC







Abbreviated name: AdjsTempOffset1



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter is used in the cell ranking betweenGSM and WCDMA cells when the neighbour cell hasthe same HCS priority level as the serving cell.

If the neighbour cell has a different HCS priority level,the offset value is applied for the HCS cell re-selectionbetween GSM and WCDMA cells. The offset issubtracted (during Penalty Time) from the measuredCPICH RSCP of the neighbour cell.




RAN Parameters

4.10.9 AdjsTempOffset2 (Cell Re-selection Temporary Offset 2)










Default value 0




Related parameters: AdjsPenaltyTime of HOPS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC







Abbreviated name: AdjsTempOffset2



Multiplicity: 1



Description: This parameter is used in the cell ranking betweenWCDMA cells when the neighbour cell has the sameHCS priority level as the serving cell.

If the neighbour cell has a different HCS priority level,the offset value is applied for the HCS cell re-selectionbetween WCDMA cells. The offset is subtracted (duringPenalty Time) from the measured CPICH Ec/No of theneighbour cell.


Range and step: 0 (2 dB), 1 (3 dB), 2 (4 dB), 3 (6 dB), 4 (8 dB), 5 (10 dB),6 (12 dB), 7 (100 dB. Infinity)










Default value 0




Related parameters: AdjsPenaltyTime of HOPS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC






RAN Parameters

4.10.10 EcNoAveragingWindow (CPICH Ec/No Averaging Window)

4.10.11 EnableInterRNCsho (Enable Inter-RNC Soft Handover)

Table 223. CPICH Ec/No Averaging Window

Parameter name: CPICH Ec/No Averaging Window

Abbreviated name: EcNoAveragingWindow



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the number of eventtriggered periodic intra-frequency measurement reportsfrom which the RNC calculates the averaged CPICHEc/No values.











• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 224. Enable Inter-RNC Soft Handover

Parameter name: Enable Inter-RNC Soft Handover

Abbreviated name: EnableInterRNCsho





4.10.12 EnableRRCRelease (Enable RRC Connection Release)

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter indicates whether the neighbouring cell canparticipate in a soft handover, if it is controlled by aRNC other than the local RNC.



• False => 0

• True => 1








• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 224. Enable Inter-RNC Soft Handover (Continued)

Table 225. Enable RRC Connection Release

Parameter name: Enable RRC Connection Release

Abbreviated name: EnableRRCRelease



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.10.13 HHOMarginAverageEcNo (HHO Margin for Average Ec/No)

Description: When the intra-frequency neighbour cell in questionenters the reporting range and triggers either event 1A(cell addition) or event 1C (cell replacement), the UEshall transmit a Measurement Report to the RNC inorder to add the neighbouring cell to the active set. Ifthe RNC is not able to add the neighbouring cell to theactive set, the parameter Enable RRC ConnectionRelease indicates whether a RRC connection release(excluding emergency calls) is required in order to avoidexcessive uplink interference due to non-optimum fastclosed loop power control.



• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: ReleaseMarginAverageEcNo of HOPS,ReleaseMarginPeakEcNo of HOPS



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 225. Enable RRC Connection Release (Continued)

Table 226. HHO Margin for Average Ec/No

Parameter name: HHO Margin for Average Ec/No

Abbreviated name: HHOMarginAverageEcNo



Multiplicity: 1



4.10.14 HHOMarginPeakEcNo (HHO Margin for Peak Ec/No)

Description: This parameter determines the maximum alloweddifference between the averaged CPICH Ec/No of theneighbouring cell and the averaged CPICH Ec/No ofthe best active cell in situations when an inter-RNC softhandover is not possible between these cells. If thedifference between the averaged CPICH Ec/No valuesexceeds the value of the parameter, the RNC performsan intra-frequency hard handover in order to avoidexcessive uplink interference due to non-optimum fastclosed loop power control.




Default value 1 dB




Related parameters: HHOMarginPeakEcNo of HOPS



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 226. HHO Margin for Average Ec/No (Continued)

Table 227. HHO Margin for Peak Ec/No

Parameter name: HHO Margin for Peak Ec/No

Abbreviated name: HHOMarginPeakEcNo



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.10.15 HOPSId (HOPS Identifier)

Description: This parameter determines the maximum alloweddifference between the CPICH Ec/No of the neighbourcell and the CPICH Ec/No of the best active cell insituations when an inter-RNC soft handover is notpossible between these cells. If the difference in CPICHEc/No values exceeds the value of the parameter, theRNC performs an intra-frequency hard handover inorder to avoid excessive uplink interference due to non-optimum fast closed loop power control.




Default value 2 dB




Related parameters: HHOMarginAverageEcNo of HOPS



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 227. HHO Margin for Peak Ec/No (Continued)

Table 228. HOPS Identifier

Parameter name: HOPS Identifier

Abbreviated name: HOPSId



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the HOPS (object for intra-frequency Handover Path) uniquely within RNC.




4.10.16 ReleaseMarginAverageEcNo (Release Margin for Average Ec/No)



Default value -







• EM to RNC


• Planner to RAC

• RAC to EM

References: -

Table 228. HOPS Identifier (Continued)

Table 229. Release Margin for Average Ec/No

Parameter name: Release Margin for Average Ec/No

Abbreviated name: ReleaseMarginAverageEcNo



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the maximum alloweddifference between the averaged CPICH Ec/No of theneighbouring cell and the averaged CPICH Ec/No ofthe best active cell in situations when the RNC is notable to perform a soft handover between these cells. Ifthe difference between the averaged CPICH Ec/Novalues exceeds the value of the parameter, the RNCreleases the RRC connection in order to avoidexcessive uplink interference due to non-optimum fastclosed loop power control.



RAN Parameters

4.10.17 ReleaseMarginPeakEcNo (Release Margin for Peak Ec/No)







Related parameters: EnableRRCRelease of HOPS,ReleaseMarginPeakEcNo of HOPS



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 229. Release Margin for Average Ec/No (Continued)

Table 230. Release Margin for Peak Ec/No

Parameter name: Release Margin for Peak Ec/No

Abbreviated name: ReleaseMarginPeakEcNo



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the maximum alloweddifference between the CPICH Ec/No of the neighbourcell and the CPICH Ec/No of the best active cell insituations when the RNC is not able to perform a softhandover between these cells. If the difference betweenCPICH Ec/No values exceeds the value of theparameter, the RNC releases the RRC connection inorder to avoid excessive uplink interference due to non-optimum fast closed loop power control.







4.11 RNC Parameters

4.11.1 A2EA (AAL type 2 end point address for Iur)




Related parameters: EnableRRCRelease of HOPS,ReleaseMarginAverageEcNo of HOPS



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 230. Release Margin for Peak Ec/No (Continued)

Table 231. AAL type 2 end point address for Iur

Parameter name: AAL type 2 end point address for Iur

Abbreviated name: A2EA

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.11.2 ActivationTimeOffset (Offset for activation time)

Description: This parameter defines the A2EA address of the RNC.It is used in locating the free ATM (AAL2 VCC)resources between the RNCs.

The following AFI fields can be used for A2EA addressof the RNC:

- AFI 49, private numbering plan

- AFI 45, E.164 ATM format

- AFI 39, DCC ATM format

- AFI 47, ICD ATM format

The A2EA address should be given in long formatincluding the F separators if applicable. At the adjacentRNC site the short format of the address is used withdigit analysis configuration by MML commands.

Length of the digit sequence will be 40 in the system.The additional digits are initialized with F digits whenthe digit sequence is stored into the system.




Default value -







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 231. AAL type 2 end point address for Iur (Continued)

Table 232. Offset for activation time

Parameter name: Offset for activation time

Abbreviated name: ActivationTimeOffset

Managed object: RNC



4.11.3 BTSfrozenMaxTimer (Supervision timer to defrost frozen WBTS)

Parameter group: PSParameters

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Connection Frame Number (CFN) is used in NBAP andRRC messages, when a radio link is reconfigured. It isused to indicate the activation time of thereconfiguration, and it is set by the PS. The CFN, whichis set to the "activation time" field in L3 messages, is(the CFN provided by FP + (ActivationTimeOffset +SignalingDelayOffset)/10) mod 256.ActivationTimeOffset part represent the processingdelay of RNC and BTS. The SignalingDelayOffset isRNC internal parameter that implies a required offsetbased on e.g. the SRB bit rate, the actual procedureand the lenght of a RRC message.

Range and step: 0...2550 ms, step 10 ms



Default value 300 ms


Related functions: Packet Scheduler





• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 232. Offset for activation time (Continued)

Table 233. Supervision timer to defrost frozen WBTS

Parameter name: Supervision timer to defrost frozen WBTS

Abbreviated name: BTSfrozenMaxTimer

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: ACConfiguration


RAN Parameters

4.11.4 CMmasterSwitch (Compressed mode master switch)

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This timer ensures that, once frozen, a BTS is notlocked to frozen state because a defrost command ismissing or arrives too late. Timer defines the maximumtime a BTS can be frozen due to one RRC connectionor RAB establishment. If the timer is set to 0 s, a BTScannot be frozen at all, and the RNC does not makeany forced releases of NRT DCH or RT RAB due to anemergency call, pre-emption or any RT call.

Range and step: 0...10 s, step 0.1 s



Default value 3 s


Related functions: Admission Control





• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 233. Supervision timer to defrost frozen WBTS (Continued)

Table 234. Compressed mode master switch

Parameter name: Compressed mode master switch

Abbreviated name: CMmasterSwitch

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines whether or not compressedmode is used on the system level.




4.11.5 CellReselectionObservingTime (Cell Reselection Observing Time)


• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL,GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC, HLSModeSelectionof RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM of RNC,MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 234. Compressed mode master switch (Continued)

Table 235. Cell Reselection Observing Time

Parameter name: Cell Reselection Observing Time

Abbreviated name: CellReselectionObservingTime

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -


RAN Parameters

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The timer is set when the first Cell Update messagedue to 'cell reselection' is received while UE is inCELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state. In expiry of the timer,the counter MaxCellReselections is reset.

Below is an example of target RRC state selectionwhen value 3 is used for MaxCellReselections:

Velocity Cell radius Cell Update Target RRC state

km/h km frequency

50 1012 minutesCELL_PCH


75 10 8 minutesURA_PCH


100 10 6 minutesURA_PCH


Range and step: 1...60 min, step 1 min



Default value 30 min




Related parameters: MaxCellReselections of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 235. Cell Reselection Observing Time (Continued)



4.11.6 CrHandlingPolicyDL (Downlink capacity request handling policy)

Table 236. Downlink capacity request handling policy

Parameter name: Downlink capacity request handling policy

Abbreviated name: CrHandlingPolicyDL

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the criteria which are taken intoaccount when the capacity requests are arranged forDCH scheduling.

Range and step: 1 (arrival time only), 2 (arrival time and bearer class), 3(arrival time, bearer class and traffic handling pr)


• arrival time only: internal_value = 1

• arrival time and bearer class: internal_value = 2

• arrival time, bearer class and traffic handling pr:internal_value = 3

Default value 2




Related parameters: CrHandlingPolicyUL of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.11.7 CrHandlingPolicyUL (Uplink capacity request handling policy)

Table 237. Uplink capacity request handling policy

Parameter name: Uplink capacity request handling policy

Abbreviated name: CrHandlingPolicyUL

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the criteria which are taken intoaccount when the capacity requests are arranged forDCH scheduling.

Range and step: 1 (arrival time only), 2 (arrival time and bearer class), 3(arrival time, bearer class and traffic handling pr)


• arrival time only: internal_value = 1

• arrival time and bearer class: internal_value = 2

• arrival time, bearer class and traffic handling pr:internal_value = 3

Default value 2




Related parameters: CrHandlingPolicyDL of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.11.8 CrQueuingTimeDL (Maximum downlink capacity request queuingtime)

4.11.9 CrQueuingTimeUL (Maximum uplink capacity request queuing time)

Table 238. Maximum downlink capacity request queuing time

Parameter name: Maximum downlink capacity request queuing time

Abbreviated name: CrQueuingTimeDL

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines how long a downlink capacityrequest can stay in the queue before it is permanentlyremoved.

Range and step: 1...30 sec, step 1 sec



Default value 4 sec




Related parameters: CrQueuingTimeUL of RNC, TrafVolPendingTimeDL ofRNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 239. Maximum uplink capacity request queuing time

Parameter name: Maximum uplink capacity request queuing time

Abbreviated name: CrQueuingTimeUL

Managed object: RNC


RAN Parameters

4.11.10 DLpuncturingLimit (Downlink puncturing limit )


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines how long an uplink capacityrequest can stay in the queue before it is permanentlyremoved.

Range and step: 1...30 sec, step 1 sec



Default value 4 sec




Related parameters: CrQueuingTimeDL of RNC, TrafVolPendingTimeUL ofRNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 239. Maximum uplink capacity request queuing time (Continued)

Table 240. Downlink puncturing limit

Parameter name: Downlink puncturing limit

Abbreviated name: DLpuncturingLimit

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the maximum puncturing ratioallowed to be used in DL DCH's. Value 1.0 means thatno puncturing is used.

Range and step: 0 (0.4), 1 (0.44), 2 (0.48), 3 (0.52), 4 (0.56), 5 (0.6), 6(0.64), 7 (0.68. default), 8 (0.72), 9 (0.76), 10 (0.8), 11(0.84), 12 (0.88), 13 (0.92), 14 (0.96), 15 (1)




• 0.4: internal_value = 0







• 0.68. default: internal_value = 7









Default value 7




Related parameters: ULpuncturingLimit of RNC


Interfaces: • RNC to WBTS

• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.433, UTRAN Iub InterfaceNBAP Signalling

Table 240. Downlink puncturing limit (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.11.11 EnableULQualDetRep (Quality deterioration report from UL OLPCcontroller)

Table 241. Quality deterioration report from UL OLPC controller

Parameter name: Quality deterioration report from UL OLPC controller

Abbreviated name: EnableULQualDetRep

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: PCConfiguration

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter enables or disables the qualitydeterioration report from UL OLPC controllerprocedure.

When enabled, it may initiate a bearer reconfigurationprocedure; or if the serving cell (or cells participating insoft handover) has neighboring cells in another carrierfrequency or system, the RNC may tell the mobilestation to start inter-frequency/system measurementswhen it receives the quality deterioration report from theUL outer loop PC controller.



• False => 0

• True => 1



Related functions: Power Control





• EM to RNC


References: -



4.11.12 ExpectReorderingPDCP (Expect Reordering for PDCP )

Table 242. Expect Reordering for PDCP

Parameter name: Expect Reordering for PDCP

Abbreviated name: ExpectReorderingPDCP

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines whether the headercompression algorithm shall reorder PDCP SDUs ornot. Parameter is used by the PDCP headercompression algorithm.

Range and step: 0 (Reordering not expected), 1 (Reordering expected)


• Reordering not expected: internal_value = 0

• Reordering expected: internal_value = 1

Default value 0




Related parameters: FmaxPeriodPDCP of RNC, FmaxTimePDCP of RNC,HeaderCompressionMethod of RNC, MaxHeaderPDCPof RNC, NonTCPspacePDCP of RNC, TCPspacePDCPof RNC



• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE

References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.331, RRC ProtocolSpecification (PDCP info)


RAN Parameters

4.11.13 FmaxPeriodPDCP (F Max Period for PDCP)

Table 243. F Max Period for PDCP

Parameter name: F Max Period for PDCP

Abbreviated name: FmaxPeriodPDCP

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the largest number ofcompressed non-TCP headers that may be sentwithout sending a full header. Parameter is used by thePDCP header compression algorithm.




Default value 256




Related parameters: ExpectReorderingPDCP of RNC, FmaxTimePDCP ofRNC, HeaderCompressionMethod of RNC,MaxHeaderPDCP of RNC, NonTCPspacePDCP ofRNC, TCPspacePDCP of RNC



• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE




4.11.14 FmaxTimePDCP (F Max Time for PDCP )

Table 244. F Max Time for PDCP

Parameter name: F Max Time for PDCP

Abbreviated name: FmaxTimePDCP

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Compressed UDCP/IP or TCP/IP headers may not besent more than the number of seconds given by thevalue of this parameter after sending the last fullheader. The parameter is used by the PDCP headercompression algorithm.




Default value 5 s




Related parameters: ExpectReorderingPDCP of RNC, FmaxPeriodPDCP ofRNC, HeaderCompressionMethod of RNC,MaxHeaderPDCP of RNC, NonTCPspacePDCP ofRNC, TCPspacePDCP of RNC



• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



RAN Parameters

4.11.15 GainFactorControlPartPRACHmessage (Gain factor for control partof PRACH message)

Table 245. Gain factor for control part of PRACH message

Parameter name: Gain factor for control part of PRACH message

Abbreviated name: GainFactorControlPartPRACHmessage

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the gain factor for the control part of a PRACHmessage.

The PRACH physical channel data bit rates 15, 30, 60or 120 ks/s are supported. There are four possiblespreading factors (256, 128, 64 or 32) for the data partof a PRACH message. Therefore, a gain factor valuehas to be defined for each data part symbol rate.

The amplitude ratio of the control part of a PRACHmessage and the data part of a PRACH message - witha particular data part symbol rate - is defined as a ratioof the gain factor for the control part of the PRACHmessage (BetaC in 3GPP specs) to the gain factor forthe data part of the PRACH message (BetaD in 3GPPspecs).

This parameter is part of System Information Block 5.

Child parameters: • PrachBetaC120

• PrachBetaC15

• PrachBetaC30

• PrachBetaC60


-

Default value -




Related parameters: GainFactorDataPartPRACHmessage of RNC



4.11.15.1 PrachBetaC120 (Gain factor for control part of PRACH message with 120 ksps )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.211, Physical channelsand mapping of transport channels onto physicalchannels (FDD)


• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.213, Spreading andmodulation (FDD)

Table 245. Gain factor for control part of PRACH message (Continued)

Table 246. Gain factor for control part of PRACH message with 120 ksps

Parameter name: Gain factor for control part of PRACH message with120 ksps

Abbreviated name: PrachBetaC120

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the gain factor for the control part of a PRACHmessage when the data part symbol rate is 120 ks/s.




Default value 10




Related parameters: GainFactorControlPartPRACHmessage of RNC


RAN Parameters




• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.211, Physical channelsand mapping of transport channels onto physicalchannels (FDD)



Parameter name: Gain factor for control part of PRACH message with 15ksps


Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1





Default value 13










• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC









Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1





Default value 12






RAN Parameters




• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.213, Spreading andmodulation (FDD)







Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1





Default value 11







4.11.16 GainFactorDataPartPRACHmessage (Gain factor for data part ofPRACH message)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC






Table 250. Gain factor for data part of PRACH message

Parameter name: Gain factor for data part of PRACH message

Abbreviated name: GainFactorDataPartPRACHmessage

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the gain factor for the data part of a PRACHmessage.

The PRACH physical channel data bit rates 15, 30, 60or 120 ks/s are supported. There are four possiblespreading factors (256, 128, 64 or 32) for the data partof a PRACH message. Therefore, a gain factor valuehas to be defined for each data part symbol rate.

The amplitude ratio of the control part of a PRACHmessage and the data part of a PRACH message - witha particular data part symbol rate - is defined as a ratioof the gain factor for the control part of the PRACHmessage (BetaC in 3GPP specs) to the gain factor forthe data part of the PRACH message (BetaD in 3GPPspecs).



RAN Parameters

4.11.16.1 PrachBetaD120 (Gain factor for data part of PRACH message with 120 ksps )

Child parameters: • PrachBetaD120

• PrachBetaD15

• PrachBetaD30

• PrachBetaD60


-

Default value -







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





Table 250. Gain factor for data part of PRACH message (Continued)

Table 251. Gain factor for data part of PRACH message with 120 ksps

Parameter name: Gain factor for data part of PRACH message with 120ksps

Abbreviated name: PrachBetaD120

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the gain factor for the data part of a PRACHmessage when the data part symbol rate is 120 ks/s.







Default value 15







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.213, Spreading andmodulation (FDD)







Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1





Default value 15


RAN Parameters








• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC









Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1





Default value 15










• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC









Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1





Default value 15






RAN Parameters

4.11.17 GapPositionSingleFrame (Gap position single frame)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC






Table 255. Gap position single frame

Parameter name: Gap position single frame

Abbreviated name: GapPositionSingleFrame

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the position of the gapinside a frame in case of single frame compressedmode.




Default value 4


Related functions: Packet Scheduler, Admission Control




4.11.18 GlobalRNCid (Global RNC identifier)

Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, HLSModeSelection of RNC,LowerULAMRmodeCM of RNC, MinDLAMRmodeCMof RNC, PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.215, Physical Layer -Measurements (FDD)

Table 255. Gap position single frame (Continued)

Table 256. Global RNC identifier

Parameter name: Global RNC identifier

Abbreviated name: GlobalRNCid

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter is used to identify an RNC globally.

Child parameters: • PLMNid

• RncId


-

Default value -



RAN Parameters

4.11.18.1 PLMNid (PLMN identity)






• EM to RNC

• MSC to RNC




Table 256. Global RNC identifier (Continued)

Table 257. PLMN identity

Parameter name: PLMN identity

Abbreviated name: PLMNid

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: A Public Land Mobile Network is uniquely identified byits PLMN identity. PLMNid consists of Mobile CountryCode (MCC) and Mobile Network Code (MNC).

Child parameters: • MCC

• MNC

• MNCLength


-

Default value -







MCC (Mobile Country Code)



• RNC to MSC

• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





Table 257. PLMN identity (Continued)



Abbreviated name: MCC

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Unique country identification. MCC consists of threedigits. MCC together with MNC identifies the PLMNuniquely (globally).




Default value -




Related parameters: PLMNid of RNC, MNC of RNC


RAN Parameters

MNC (Mobile Network Code)



• RNC to MSC

• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC








Abbreviated name: MNC

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Unique network identification within country. MNCconsists of two or three digits. MNC together with MCCidentifies the PLMN uniquely (globally).




Default value -




Related parameters: PLMNid of RNC, MCC of RNC, MNCLength of RNC



MNCLength (Mobile Network Code Length)



• RNC to MSC

• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC








Abbreviated name: MNCLength

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1







Default value 2




Related parameters: PLMNid of RNC, MNC of RNC


RAN Parameters

4.11.18.2 RncId (RNC Identifier)



• EM to RNC







Abbreviated name: RncId

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: A unique identification for an RNC node within theUTRAN. The RNC identifier together with the PLMNidentifier is used to globally identify the RNC. The RNCid is used in the Iub, Iur and Iu interfaces.





Default value -




Related parameters: GlobalRNCid of RNC



4.11.19 GsmHandoverAMR (Handover of AMR Service to GSM)



• RNC to MSC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


• Planner to RNC

• RNC to WBTS

• MSC to RNC





Table 261. RNC Identifier (Continued)

Table 262. Handover of AMR Service to GSM

Parameter name: Handover of AMR Service to GSM

Abbreviated name: GsmHandoverAMR

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

Description: This parameter indicates whether an inter-RAThandover to GSM is allowed for circuit switched (CS)voice services.

The alternative values of the parameter are thefollowing:

- No; handover to GSM is not allowed for CS voiceservices. The handover is also prohibited if a CS voiceservice is a part of multiservice.

- Yes; handover to GSM is allowed for CS voiceservices. In case of multiservice, a handover to GSMmust be allowed for all CS and PS services whichparticipate in the multiservice before the handover ispossible.

- Priority; handover to GSM is allowed for CS voiceservices. The handover is also allowed if a CS voiceservice is a part of multiservice.

Range and step: 0 (No), 1 (Yes), 2 (Priority)


• No: internal_value = 0

• Yes: internal_value = 1

• Priority: internal_value = 2

Default value 1




Related parameters: GsmHandoverCS of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 262. Handover of AMR Service to GSM (Continued)



4.11.20 GsmHandoverCS (Handover of CS Service to GSM)

Table 263. Handover of CS Service to GSM

Parameter name: Handover of CS Service to GSM

Abbreviated name: GsmHandoverCS

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether an inter-RAThandover to GSM is allowed for circuit switched (CS)data services.


- No; handover to GSM is not allowed for CS dataservices. The handover is also prohibited if a CS dataservice is a part of multiservice.

- Yes; handover to GSM is allowed for CS data services.In case of multiservice, a handover to GSM must beallowed for all CS and PS services which participate inthe multiservice before the handover is possible.

- Priority; handover to GSM is allowed for CS dataservices. The handover is also allowed if a CS dataservice is a part of multiservice.

Range and step: 0 (No), 1 (Yes), 2 (Priority)




• Priority: internal_value = 2

Default value 0




Related parameters: GsmHandoverAMR of RNC


RAN Parameters

4.11.21 GsmHandoverNrtPS (Handover of NRT PS Service to GSM)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 263. Handover of CS Service to GSM (Continued)

Table 264. Handover of NRT PS Service to GSM

Parameter name: Handover of NRT PS Service to GSM

Abbreviated name: GsmHandoverNrtPS

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether an inter-RAThandover (cell change) to GSM/GPRS is allowed fornon-real time packet switched (PS) data services inCELL_DCH state of connected mode.


- No; cell change to GSM/GPRS is not allowed for non-real time PS data services. The handover/cell changeto GSM/GPRS is also prohibited if a non-real time PSdata service is a part of multiservice.

- Yes; cell change to GSM/GPRS is allowed for non-realtime PS data services. In case of multiservice, ahandover/cell change to GSM/GPRS must be allowedfor all CS and PS services which participate in themultiservice before the handover/cell change ispossible.

Range and step: 0 (No), 1 (Yes)




Default value 0




4.11.22 GsmHandoverRtPS (Handover of RT PS Service to GSM)



Related parameters: GsmHandoverAMR of RNC, GsmHandoverCS of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 264. Handover of NRT PS Service to GSM (Continued)

Table 265. Handover of RT PS Service to GSM

Parameter name: Handover of RT PS Service to GSM

Abbreviated name: GsmHandoverRtPS

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates whether an inter-RAThandover (cell change) to GSM/GPRS is allowed forreal time packet switched (PS) data services inCELL_DCH state of connected mode.


- No; cell change to GSM/GPRS is not allowed for realtime PS data services. The handover/cell change toGSM/GPRS is also prohibited if a real time PS dataservice is a part of multiservice.

- Yes; cell change to GSM/GPRS is allowed for real timePS data services. In case of multiservice, ahandover/cell change to GSM/GPRS must be allowedfor all CS and PS services which participate in themultiservice before the handover/cell change ispossible.



RAN Parameters

4.11.23 HLSModeSelection (Higher Layer Scheduling mode selection)




Default value 0




Related parameters: GsmHandoverAMR of RNC, GsmHandoverCS of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 265. Handover of RT PS Service to GSM (Continued)

Table 266. Higher Layer Scheduling mode selection

Parameter name: Higher Layer Scheduling mode selection

Abbreviated name: HLSModeSelection

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter controls, on the system level, whethercompressed mode by HLS (single frame) is allowed touse if possible or is HLS (double frame) used instead,provided that HLS is possible at all.



• False => 0

• True => 1



Related functions: Admission Control, Packet Scheduler




4.11.24 HeaderCompressionMethod (Header compression algorithm ofPDCP )

Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,LowerULAMRmodeCM of RNC, MinDLAMRmodeCMof RNC, PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 266. Higher Layer Scheduling mode selection (Continued)

Table 267. Header compression algorithm of PDCP

Parameter name: Header compression algorithm of PDCP

Abbreviated name: HeaderCompressionMethod

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines whether the headercompression function of the PDCP is employed or not.If it is employed, the parameter defines the headercompression algorithm.

Range and step: 0 (Header compression not used), 1 (AlgorithmRFC2507 used)


RAN Parameters

4.11.25 InactTmrNRT_RB_Setup (Inactivity timer in NRT RB setup)


• Header compression not used: internal_value = 0

• Algorithm RFC2507 used: internal_value = 1

Default value 0




Related parameters: ExpectReorderingPDCP of RNC, FmaxPeriodPDCP ofRNC, FmaxTimePDCP of RNC, MaxHeaderPDCP ofRNC, NonTCPspacePDCP of RNC, TCPspacePDCP ofRNC



• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE


Table 267. Header compression algorithm of PDCP (Continued)

Table 268. Inactivity timer in NRT RB setup

Parameter name: Inactivity timer in NRT RB setup

Abbreviated name: InactTmrNRT_RB_Setup

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.11.26 InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH (Inactivity timer for downlink DCH)

Description: The timer is set after a DCH for a signaling link isallocated in RRC connection setup phase. The timer isreset when any DL/UL activity detected (i.e. capasityrequest received from the MS or MAC entity of RNC).

Timer is also used in all cases when the MS is inCELL_DCH state and there is a RAB AssignmentRequest received from the PS CN.

In expiry of the timer (no capasity request received fromthe MS or MAC entity of RNC), the state transition fromCELL_DCH to CELL_FACH is initiated when also the'SignallingLinkInactivity Timer' has expired (and no RTRB(s), nor another active NRT RB(s) exists at thismoment).




Default value 5 s




Related parameters: SignallingLinkInactivityTimer of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 268. Inactivity timer in NRT RB setup (Continued)

Table 269. Inactivity timer for downlink DCH

Parameter name: Inactivity timer for downlink DCH

Abbreviated name: InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

Description: The time indicating how long the radio and transmissionresources are reserved after silence detection ondownlink DCH before release procedures.

Default values:

8 kbps: 5 s

16 kbps: 5 s

32 kbps: 5 s

64 kbps: 3 s

128 kbps: 2 s

256 kbps: 2 s

320 kbps: 2 s

384 kbps: 2 s

Child parameters: • InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH128

• InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH16








-

Default value -




Related parameters: InactivityTimerUplinkDCH of RNC,MSActivitySupervision of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 269. Inactivity timer for downlink DCH (Continued)



4.11.26.1 InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH128 (Inactivity timer for downlink 128kbps DCH)


Table 270. Inactivity timer for downlink 128kbps DCH

Parameter name: Inactivity timer for downlink 128kbps DCH

Abbreviated name: InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH128

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The time indicating how long the radio and transmissionresources are reserved after silence detection ondownlink DCH before release procedures. Timer isdefined separately for each bit rate.

Parameter value 255 (infinity) means that NRT DCHinactivity supervision is not used.




Default value 2 s




Related parameters: InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -




Managed object: RNC



RAN Parameters


Multiplicity: 1






Default value 5 s







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 271. Inactivity timer for downlink 16kbps DCH (Continued)




Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1









Default value 2 s







• EM to RNC


References: -





Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1






Default value 5 s





RAN Parameters





• EM to RNC


References: -





Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1






Default value 2 s







• EM to RNC


References: -








Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1






Default value 2 s







• EM to RNC


References: -




Managed object: RNC



RAN Parameters


Multiplicity: 1






Default value 3 s







• EM to RNC


References: -





Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1






4.11.27 InactivityTimerUplinkDCH (Inactivity timer for uplink DCH)



Default value 5 s







• EM to RNC


References: -


Table 278. Inactivity timer for uplink DCH

Parameter name: Inactivity timer for uplink DCH

Abbreviated name: InactivityTimerUplinkDCH

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The time indicating how long the radio and transmissionresources are reserved after silence detection on uplinkDCH before release procedures.

Default values:

8 kbps: 5 s

16 kbps: 5 s

32 kbps: 5 s

64 kbps: 3 s

128 kbps: 2 s

256 kbps: 2 s

320 kbps: 2 s

384 kbps: 2 s


RAN Parameters

4.11.27.1 InactivityTimerUplinkDCH128 (Inactivity timer for uplink 128kbps DCH)

Child parameters: • InactivityTimerUplinkDCH128

• InactivityTimerUplinkDCH16








-

Default value -




Related parameters: InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH of RNC,MSActivitySupervision of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 278. Inactivity timer for uplink DCH (Continued)

Table 279. Inactivity timer for uplink 128kbps DCH

Parameter name: Inactivity timer for uplink 128kbps DCH

Abbreviated name: InactivityTimerUplinkDCH128

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The time indicating how long the radio and transmissionresources are reserved after silence detection on uplinkDCH before release procedures. Timer is definedseparately for each bit rate.








Default value 2 s




Related parameters: InactivityTimerUplinkDCH of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 279. Inactivity timer for uplink 128kbps DCH (Continued)




Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1






Default value 5 s




RAN Parameters






• EM to RNC


References: -





Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1






Default value 2 s










• EM to RNC


References: -





Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1






Default value 5 s







• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters






Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1






Default value 2 s







• EM to RNC


References: -




Managed object: RNC





Multiplicity: 1






Default value 2 s







• EM to RNC


References: -





Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1





RAN Parameters




Default value 3 s







• EM to RNC


References: -





Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1






Default value 5 s






4.11.28 IuList (Core Network (Iu interface) list)




• EM to RNC


References: -


Table 287. Core Network (Iu interface) list

Parameter name: Core Network (Iu interface) list

Abbreviated name: IuList

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The list contains the data related to the Core networkinterface. One item on the list defines one connectionfrom the RNC towards the Core Network.

Child parameters: • IuDATree

• IuItem

• TRelocOverall

• TRelocPrep


-

Default value -






RAN Parameters

4.11.28.1 IuDATree (Iu-CS Digit analysis tree)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 287. Core Network (Iu interface) list (Continued)

Table 288. Iu-CS Digit analysis tree

Parameter name: Iu-CS Digit analysis tree

Abbreviated name: IuDATree

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Tells in which Digit Analysis Tree the digit analyses forthe Iu-CS interface are created. Digit analyses arecreated with MML (RDC) commands for the Iu-CSinterface, and the tree value used has to be the samethat is given with this parameter. The value of the tree isnot to be changed after the digit analyses are createdfor the Iu-CS interface. The recommended value for theIu-CS digit analysis tree is 3.




Default value 3




Related parameters: IuList of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.11.28.2 IuItem (Iu item information)

Table 289. Iu item information

Parameter name: Iu item information

Abbreviated name: IuItem

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 2

Description: Iu item information.

Child parameters: • CNDRXLength

• CNDomainIndicator

• CSAttachDetachAllowed

• CS_T3212

• MSActivitySupervision

• NetworkInd

• PS_NMO

• RelocationSupport

• SignPointCode

• TDataFwd

• TRafC

• TRatC

• TigOR

• TinTR


-

Default value -




Related parameters: IuList of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

CNDRXLength (CN domain specific DRX cycle length)

Table 290. CN domain specific DRX cycle length

Parameter name: CN domain specific DRX cycle length

Abbreviated name: CNDRXLength

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The DRX cycle length used for CN domain to countpaging occasions for discontinuous reception. Thisparameter is given for CS domain and PS domainseparately.

(The duration of the DRX cycle is 2 <power> k frames,where 'k' is the used DRX cycle length coefficient forCN.)


Range and step: 6 (640 ms), 7 (1280 ms), 8 (2560 ms), 9 (5120 ms)






Default value 6




Related parameters: IuItem of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC






CNDomainIndicator (CN Domain Indicator)

Table 291. CN Domain Indicator

Parameter name: CN Domain Indicator

Abbreviated name: CNDomainIndicator

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Indicates the CN domain from which the messageoriginates, or to which the message will be sent.

This parameter is also part of System Information Block1 (SIB1).

Range and step: 0 (Circuit Switched), 1 (Packet Switched)


• Circuit Switched: internal_value = 0

• Packet Switched: internal_value = 1

Default value -







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• Planner to RAC




RAN Parameters

CSAttachDetachAllowed (Attach-detach allowed)

Table 292. Attach-detach allowed

Parameter name: Attach-detach allowed

Abbreviated name: CSAttachDetachAllowed

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines whether IMSI attach and detach are allowed ornot. Given only for CS domain. Part of CS domainspecific NAS System information in SIB1. The value"Not defined" shall be used for PS domain.

Range and step: 0 (MSs shall not apply IMSI attach and detachprocedu), 1 (MSs shall apply IMSI attach and detachprocedure), 255 (Not Defined)


• MSs shall not apply IMSI attach and detachprocedu: internal_value = 0

• MSs shall apply IMSI attach and detach procedure:internal_value = 1

• Not Defined: internal_value = 255

Default value 1







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



• 3GPP Reference: TS 24.008, Mobile radio interfacelayer 3 specification; Core Network Protocols



CS_T3212 (T3212)

Table 293. T3212

Parameter name: T3212

Abbreviated name: CS_T3212

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The timeout value, in decihours (6 min), for periodiclocation updating. Given only for CS domain. (Part ofCS domain specific NAS System information in SIB1).

The value 0 is used for an infinite timeout value, that is,periodic location updating is not used.

Range and step: 0...255 decihours, step 1 decihours



Default value 0 decihours







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 24.008, Mobile radio interfacelayer 3 specification; Core Network Protocols



RAN Parameters

MSActivitySupervision (MS activity supervision timer)

Table 294. MS activity supervision timer

Parameter name: MS activity supervision timer

Abbreviated name: MSActivitySupervision

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: MSActivitySupervision timer is used in RRC statesCELL_PCH and URA_PCH for supervising theinactivity of NRT RAB(s). Timer is started when a statetransition to either of these states is executed.MSActivitySupervision timer is stopped when anyactivity of NRT RAB(s) is detected and the MS is movedto CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state. Timer is restarted(from the initial value) when the inactivity of NRTRAB(s) detected again and the MS is moved back tothe CELL_PCH or URA_PCH again.

In expiry of the MSActivitySupervision timer when thefirst "inactive state indication" (i.e. Cell/URA Update,which does not cause the (re)initiation of the signalingor data flow) is received from the MS, the RNC asksSGSN to release the Iu connection.

Note: If the parameter value is set to zero:

- state transition to Cell_PCH/URA_PCH is not allowedwhen inactivity is detected in Cell_FACH state, the MSwill be switched to the Idle Mode

- when the DCH specific inactivity timers(InactivityTimerUplinkDCH andInactivityTimerDownlinkDCH) is/are set to value ?DCHinactivity supervision not used?, the MS will beswitched to the Idle Mode within 5 minutes (an internalfixed-value timer in RRC entity) when inactivity isdetected in Cell_DCH state.

Range and step: 0...1440 min, step 1 min



Default value 30 min






NetworkInd (Network indicator)

Related parameters: InactivityTimerDownlinkDCH of RNC,InactivityTimerUplinkDCH of RNC, IuItem of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 294. MS activity supervision timer (Continued)

Table 295. Network indicator

Parameter name: Network indicator

Abbreviated name: NetworkInd

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Network indicator defines the signalling network towhich the signalling point belongs.

Range and step: 0 (international network 0), 4 (international network 1),8 (national network 0), 12 (national network 1), 255 (notin use)


• international network 0: internal_value = 0


• national network 0: internal_value = 8


• not in use: internal_value = 255

Default value -






RAN Parameters

PS_NMO (Network Mode of Operation)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 295. Network indicator (Continued)

Table 296. Network Mode of Operation

Parameter name: Network Mode of Operation

Abbreviated name: PS_NMO

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: In Operation Mode I it is possible to have combined CSand PS side paging via SGSN. In Operation Mode II thecombined paging procedure is not possible (and neitherare combined attach procedures). Used only for the PSdomain. The value "Not defined" shall be used for CSdomain. NMO is part of PS CN domain specific NASSystem information in SIB1.

Range and step: 0 (Network Mode of Operation I), 1 (Network Mode ofOperation II), 255 (Not Defined)


• Network Mode of Operation I: internal_value = 0

• Network Mode of Operation II: internal_value = 1

• Not Defined: internal_value = 255

Default value 1







RelocationSupport (Serving RNC Relocation Support)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE

References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 24.008, Mobile radio interfacelayer 3 specification; Core Network Protocols

• 3GPP Reference: TS 23.060, General Packet RadioService (GPRS) Service description; Stage 2

Table 296. Network Mode of Operation (Continued)

Table 297. Serving RNC Relocation Support

Parameter name: Serving RNC Relocation Support

Abbreviated name: RelocationSupport

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Identifies whether the Core Network supports therelocation of SRNC or not.

Range and step: 0 (Not supported), 1 (Supported)


• Not supported: internal_value = 0

• Supported: internal_value = 1

Default value 1






RAN Parameters

SignPointCode (Signalling point code)



• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.413, UTRAN Iu InterfaceRANAP Signalling (Relocation procedures)

Table 297. Serving RNC Relocation Support (Continued)

Table 298. Signalling point code

Parameter name: Signalling point code

Abbreviated name: SignPointCode

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The code that uniquely identifies the signalling point inthe signalling network.




Default value -




Related parameters: IuItem of RNC, NetworkInd of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -



TDataFwd (T DATAfwd)

TRafC (TRafC)

Table 299. T DATAfwd

Parameter name: T DATAfwd

Abbreviated name: TDataFwd

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The timer is set when a RANAP:SRNS Data ForwardCommand message (or a RANAP:RelocationCommand message) is received from the PS CN. Thetimer is internally stopped in the SRNC when theRANAP:SRNS Data Forwarding procedure has beencompleted.




Default value 4 s







• EM to RNC



Table 300. TRafC

Parameter name: TRafC

Abbreviated name: TRafC

Managed object: RNC


RAN Parameters

TRatC (TRatC)

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter specifies the maximum time for Resetprocedure in the RNC.




Default value 60 s







• EM to RNC



Table 300. TRafC (Continued)

Table 301. TRatC

Parameter name: TRatC

Abbreviated name: TRatC

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter specifies a guard period in the RNCbefore sending a RANAP:RESET ACKNOWLEDGEmessage.




Default value 15 s



TigOR (TigOR)







• EM to RNC



Table 301. TRatC (Continued)

Table 302. TigOR

Parameter name: TigOR

Abbreviated name: TigOR

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter is a timer, which is used to determinewhen the additional level of traffic reduction in CoreNetwork overload should take place. While this timer isrunning all OVERLOAD messages or signalling pointcongested information received by the RNC areignored.




Default value 5 s






RAN Parameters

TinTR (TinTR)



• EM to RNC



Table 302. TigOR (Continued)

Table 303. TinTR

Parameter name: TinTR

Abbreviated name: TinTR

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This timer is used to determine when the Core Networkoverload can be considered cleared. While this timer isrunning, the RNC is not allowed to increase traffic.




Default value 15 s







• EM to RNC





4.11.28.3 TRelocOverall (T RelocOverall)

Table 304. T RelocOverall

Parameter name: T RelocOverall

Abbreviated name: TRelocOverall

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Specifies the maximum time for the protection of overallRelocation procedure in the source RNC. The timer isset in the source RNC when a RANAP:RelocationCommand message is received. The timer is stoppedwhen a RANAP:Iu Release Command is received, orthe relocation procedure is cancelled. The timer is set inthe target RNC when a RANAP:Relocation RequestAcknowledge message is sent. The timer is stoppedwhen a RANAP:Relocation Complete message is sent,or the relocation procedure is cancelled.




Default value 8 s




Related parameters: IuList of RNC, TRelocPrep of RNC



• EM to RNC




RAN Parameters

4.11.28.4 TRelocPrep (T RelocPrep)

Table 305. T RelocPrep

Parameter name: T RelocPrep

Abbreviated name: TRelocPrep

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Specifies the maximum time for Relocation Preparationprocedure in the source RNC. The timer is set when aRANAP:Relocation Required message is sent. Thetimer is stopped when a RANAP:Relocation Commandor a Relocation Preparation Failure message isreceived.




Default value 6 s




Related parameters: IuList of RNC, TRelocOverall of RNC



• EM to RNC





4.11.29 IuRelComWaitNoRABs (Time supervision for inactive signalingconnection towards the PS-CN)

Table 306. Time supervision for inactive signaling connection towards the PS-CN

Parameter name: Time supervision for inactive signaling connectiontowards the PS-CN

Abbreviated name: IuRelComWaitNoRABs

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

Description: This timer defines whether it is allowed to maintain aninactive signaling connection towards the PS-CN andhow long the RNC keeps the connection before the IuRelease Request procedure.

Timer is used for supervising the reception of IuRelease Command from the SGSN when:

- The last NRT-RAB for the MS has been released inCELL_DCH state or in CELL_FACH state.

- A signaling connection is established towards the PS-CN and there is no RAB setup executed within the timesupervision RANAPprocInitWait.

Timer is started if/when:

- The SGSN releases the last RAB for the MS inCELL_DCH / CELL_FACH state. If the RAB release isexecuted in CELL_DCH state, the MS is switched toCELL_FACH state (if allowed).

- When the RANAPprocInitWait expires after a NASsignaling sequence between the MS and the SGSN inCELL_DCH state. The MS is switched to CELL_FACHstate (if allowed).

In expiry of the timer and if not a new RAB AssignmentRequest (or any other relevant RANAP procedure) or IuRelease Command is received from the SGSN, theRRC entity initiates the Iu Release Request procedureand the MS is switched to the Idle Mode. In RAN1.5 theMS is not switched to CELL/URA_PCH state during theIuRelComWaitNoRABs.

Default value notes: When the signaling connectiontowards the SGSN is maintained, this will significantlyreduce the time consumed for signaling (RRC, NBAP,RANAP) when the next service establishment(activation of the new PDP-context) or NAS signalingsequence (e.g. SMS) is executed. Also the signalingload of the network will be reduced when compared topaging and/or RRC Connection establishment of anIdle Mode MS.

NOTE: the value of IuRelComWaitNoRABs >>RANAPprocInitWait. If the value '0 seconds' is used, aninactive signaling connection is not allowed and the Iurelease is immediately (or after an expiry of theRANAPprocInitWait) requested from the SGSN.

Range and step: 0 (0 s), 1 (10 s), 2 (20 s), 3 (30 s. default), 4 (60 s), 5(120 s), 6 (300 s), 7 (600 s)

Table 306. Time supervision for inactive signaling connection towards the PS-CN (Continued)



4.11.30 IubDATree (Iub Digit analysis tree)





• 30 s. default: internal_value = 3





Default value 3




Related parameters: RANAPprocInitWait of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 306. Time supervision for inactive signaling connection towards the PS-CN (Continued)

Table 307. Iub Digit analysis tree

Parameter name: Iub Digit analysis tree

Abbreviated name: IubDATree

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Tells in which Digit Analysis Tree the digit analyses forthe Iub interface are created. Digit analyses are createdby the system for the Iub interface when creating theRouting and Digit analysis for the AAL2 connections.The recommended value for the Iub tree is 1.



RAN Parameters

4.11.31 IurList (Neighbour RNC (Iur interface) list)



Default value 1




Related parameters: DATree of COCO



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 307. Iub Digit analysis tree (Continued)

Table 308. Neighbour RNC (Iur interface) list

Parameter name: Neighbour RNC (Iur interface) list

Abbreviated name: IurList

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter is a collection of Iur-interfaces related toone RNC.

Child parameters: • IurDATree

• IurItem


-

Default value -







4.11.31.1 IurDATree (Iur Digit analysis tree)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 308. Neighbour RNC (Iur interface) list (Continued)

Table 309. Iur Digit analysis tree

Parameter name: Iur Digit analysis tree

Abbreviated name: IurDATree

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter tells in which Digit Analysis Tree thedigit analyses for the Iur interface will be created. Digitanalyses are created with MML (RDC) commands forthe Iur interface. The value of the tree is not be changedwhen digit analyses are created for the Iur interface.The recommended value for the Iur tree is 2.




Default value 2




Related parameters: IurList of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.11.31.2 IurItem (Iur item information)

IurUPSupport (User Plane support of Iur connection)

Table 310. Iur item information

Parameter name: Iur item information

Abbreviated name: IurItem

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 32

Description: This parameter consists of all the needed informationfrom the neighbour RNC.

Child parameters: • IurUPSupport

• NRncId

• NRncNetworkInd

• NRncRelocationSupport

• NRncSignPointCode


-

Default value -




Related parameters: IurList of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 311. User Plane support of Iur connection

Parameter name: User Plane support of Iur connection

Abbreviated name: IurUPSupport

Managed object: RNC



NRncId (Neighbour RNC identifier)

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates a user plane proceduresupport of the Iur connection. This information is givenseparately for each neighboring RNC.

If the user plane is not supported between SRNC andDRNC, initiation of a soft handover procedure is notpossible.





Default value 1




Related parameters: IurList of RNC, IurItem of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 311. User Plane support of Iur connection (Continued)

Table 312. Neighbour RNC identifier

Parameter name: Neighbour RNC identifier

Abbreviated name: NRncId

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the neighbour RNC. A uniqueidentification for an RNC node within the UTRAN.



RAN Parameters

NRncNetworkInd (Network indicator of neighbour RNC)



Default value -




Related parameters: RncId of RNC, IurItem of RNC



• EM to RNC


• Planner to RAC




Table 312. Neighbour RNC identifier (Continued)

Table 313. Network indicator of neighbour RNC

Parameter name: Network indicator of neighbour RNC

Abbreviated name: NRncNetworkInd

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Network indicator defines the signalling network towhich the signalling point belongs.

Range and step: 0 (international network 0), 4 (international network 1),8 (national network 0), 12 (national network 1), 255 (notin use)



NRncRelocationSupport (Serving RNC Relocation Support of neighbour RNC)






• not in use: internal_value = 255

Default value -




Related parameters: IurItem of RNC, NetworkInd of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 313. Network indicator of neighbour RNC (Continued)

Table 314. Serving RNC Relocation Support of neighbour RNC

Parameter name: Serving RNC Relocation Support of neighbour RNC

Abbreviated name: NRncRelocationSupport

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies whether a neighboring RNCsupports relocation of SRNC or not.





Default value 1





RAN Parameters

NRncSignPointCode (Signalling point code of neighbour RNC)

Related parameters: IurItem of RNC, RelocationSupport of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.413, UTRAN Iu InterfaceRANAP Signalling (Relocation procedures)

Table 314. Serving RNC Relocation Support of neighbour RNC (Continued)

Table 315. Signalling point code of neighbour RNC

Parameter name: Signalling point code of neighbour RNC

Abbreviated name: NRncSignPointCode

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The code that uniquely identifies the signalling point inthe signalling network.




Default value -




Related parameters: IurItem of RNC, NRncNetworkInd of RNC,SignPointCode of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.11.32 LimitedPowerIncrease (Limited Power Increase)

Table 316. Limited Power Increase

Parameter name: Limited Power Increase

Abbreviated name: LimitedPowerIncrease

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter is used in Optimized downlink Power Controlfor NRT users. Parameter enables/disables LimitedPower Increase. If the limited power increase is used,BTS shall use the limited power increase algorithm.



• False => 0

• True => 1








• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.214, Physical layerprocedures (FDD)

• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.433, UTRAN Iub InterfaceNBAP Signalling


RAN Parameters

4.11.33 LowerRxTxTimeDiff (Lower Rx-Tx TD Threshold)

Table 317. Lower Rx-Tx TD Threshold

Parameter name: Lower Rx-Tx TD Threshold

Abbreviated name: LowerRxTxTimeDiff

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Lower Rx-Tx TD Threshold defines the absolutethreshold which is used by the UE to trigger thereporting event 6G due to UE Rx-Tx time difference.

The UE sends an event 6G triggered measurementreport to the RNC when the UE Rx-Tx time differencefor a radio link included in the active set becomessmaller than the threshold. The RNC uses themeasurement report to adjust the DL DPCH air-interface timing of the radio link. The RNC adjusts theDL DPCH air-interface timing by replacing the old radiolink (which triggered the reporting event 6G) by a newradio link (with renewed air-interface timing) in thesame active set cell.

Range and step: 768...896 chips, step 1 chips



Default value 874 chips




Related parameters: UpperRxTxTimeDiff of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





4.11.34 LowerULAMRmodeCM (Compressed Mode: Lower uplink AMRmode)

Table 318. Compressed Mode: Lower uplink AMR mode

Parameter name: Compressed Mode: Lower uplink AMR mode

Abbreviated name: LowerULAMRmodeCM

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the lower AMR mode to beused in uplink compressed mode. Uplink compressedmode method for AMR service is SF/2 and lower AMRmode adding to AMR TFSs. ParameterLowerULAMRModeCM defines directly lower AMRmode to be used. SF/2 as such allows gap, but lowerAMR mode is added to reduce power increase. UE canautomatically use lower AMR mode if UE Tx power isapproaching its maximum.

Range and step: 1 (12.2 kbit/s. default), 2 (10.2 kbit/s), 3 (7.95 kbit/s), 4(7.4 kbit/s), 5 (6.7 kbit/s), 6 (5.9 kbit/s), 7 (5.15 kbit/s), 8(4.75 kbit/s)


• 12.2 kbit/s. default: internal_value = 1

• 10.2 kbit/s: internal_value = 2







Default value 1





RAN Parameters

4.11.35 MaxCellReselections (Max cell reselections)

Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM ofRNC, PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 318. Compressed Mode: Lower uplink AMR mode (Continued)

Table 319. Max cell reselections

Parameter name: Max cell reselections

Abbreviated name: MaxCellReselections

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Maximum allowed number of Cell Reselections inCELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state before transition toURA_PCH state.

Amount of cell reselection is counted in bothCELL_FACH and CELL_PCH states. When the MS is inCELL_FACH state, the value of counterMaxCellReselections cannot be used as a trigger forCELL_FACH to URA_PCH transition, but it is usedwhen deciding a target state after the MAC-c entity hassent an inactivity indication to Layer 3.

Range and step: 0...100 times, step 1 times



Default value 0 times



4.11.36 MaxHeaderPDCP (Max Header for PDCP)




Related parameters: CellReselectionObservingTime of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 319. Max cell reselections (Continued)

Table 320. Max Header for PDCP

Parameter name: Max Header for PDCP

Abbreviated name: MaxHeaderPDCP

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the largest UDCP/IP or TCP/IPheader size in octets that may be compressed. Theparameter is used by the PDCP header compressionalgorithm.

Range and step: 60...4096 octets, step 1 octets



Default value 168 octets




Related parameters: ExpectReorderingPDCP of RNC, FmaxPeriodPDCP ofRNC, FmaxTimePDCP of RNC,HeaderCompressionMethod of RNC,NonTCPspacePDCP of RNC, TCPspacePDCP of RNC


RAN Parameters

4.11.37 MinDLAMRmodeCM (Compressed Mode: Minimum alloweddownlink AMR mode)



• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE


Table 320. Max Header for PDCP (Continued)

Table 321. Compressed Mode: Minimum allowed downlink AMR mode

Parameter name: Compressed Mode: Minimum allowed downlink AMRmode

Abbreviated name: MinDLAMRmodeCM

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the minimum allowed downlinkAMR mode in compressed mode. RNC calculateswhich is biggest allowed AMR mode which enables gapwith the aid of puncturing (note also RNP parameterDLPuncturingLimit). Puncturing is used only for AMRservice when reason for compressed mode is too highdownlink RL Tx power. Double frame (4 slots out of 15)gap is requested. This new lower AMR mode candidatehas to belong to the set of modes allowed by both Iuinterface and MinDLAMRModeCM parameter. If gapcan not be obtained with allowed AMR mode andpuncturing, compressed mode SF/2 is used.

Range and step: 1 (12.2 kbit/s. default value), 2 (10.2 kbit/s), 4 (7.95kbit/s), 8 (7.4 kbit/s), 16 (6.7 kbit/s), 32 (5.9 kbit/s), 64(5.15 kbit/s), 128 (4.75 kbit/s)



4.11.38 N300 (N300)


• 12.2 kbit/s. default value: internal_value = 1








Default value 1




Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, DLpuncturingLimit of RNC,GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC, HLSModeSelectionof RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 321. Compressed Mode: Minimum allowed downlink AMR mode

Table 322. N300

Parameter name: N300

Abbreviated name: N300

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.11.39 N302 (N302)

Description: RRC CONNECTION REQUEST retransmissioncounter (MS counter).





Default value 3




Related parameters: T300 of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 322. N300 (Continued)

Table 323. N302



Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: CELL UPDATE/URA UPDATE retransmission counter(MS counter).







4.11.40 N304 (N304)

Default value 3







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 324. N304



Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: UE CAPABILITY INFORMATION retransmissioncounter (MS counter).





Default value 2






RAN Parameters

4.11.41 N308 (N308)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 325. N308



Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This counter is used to define the maximum number ofretransmissions of the RRC CONNECTION RELEASECOMPLETE message by the MS when the MS is inCELL_DCH state.




Default value 2







4.11.42 NonTCPspacePDCP (Non-TCP Space for PDCP )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 326. Non-TCP Space for PDCP

Parameter name: Non-TCP Space for PDCP

Abbreviated name: NonTCPspacePDCP

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the maximum Context Identifier(CID) value for non-TCP connections. The parameter isused by the PDCP header compression algorithm.








Related parameters: ExpectReorderingPDCP of RNC, FmaxPeriodPDCP ofRNC, FmaxTimePDCP of RNC,HeaderCompressionMethod of RNC, MaxHeaderPDCPof RNC, TCPspacePDCP of RNC


RAN Parameters

4.11.43 PCrangeDL (Radio link downlink power control range)



• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE


Table 326. Non-TCP Space for PDCP (Continued)

Table 327. Radio link downlink power control range

Parameter name: Radio link downlink power control range

Abbreviated name: PCrangeDL

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the downlink power controlrange in relation to the maximum allocatedtransmission power of the radio link. The minimumtransmisson power is achieved by subtracting the valueof the parameter from the maximum transmissionpower of the radio link. However, the minimum BTSoutput power of the code channel defines the absolutelower limit for the minimum transmission power.

Range and step: 0...25 dB, step 1 dB



Default value 15 dB






4.11.44 PowerControlAlgorithm (Power control algorithm for combiningdownlink TPC commands)

Related parameters: PtxDLabsMax of WCEL, PtxDPCHmax of WBTS,PtxDPCHmin of WBTS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 327. Radio link downlink power control range (Continued)

Table 328. Power control algorithm for combining downlink TPC commands

Parameter name: Power control algorithm for combining downlink TPCcommands

Abbreviated name: PowerControlAlgorithm

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter specifies the algorithm that is to beused by the UE to interpret downlink TPC commands.

Note: The optimum power control step size (DTPC)varies depending on the speed at which the UE ismoving.

Algorithm 1 with a power control step size of 1dB caneffectively track a typical Rayleigh fading channel up toa Doppler frequency of about 55Hz, which correspondsto a mobile speed of about 30km/h. At the higher speedup to about 80 km/h a power control step size of 2dBgives better results.

Algorithm 2 performs better than Algorithm 1 when theUE moves faster than 80km/h or slower than 3km/h.

Range and step: 1 (algorithm 1), 2 (algorithm 2)


• algorithm 1: internal_value = 1

• algorithm 2: internal_value = 2

Default value 1


RAN Parameters

4.11.45 PowerMarginCMcodeHalving (Compressed Mode: Power margin forhalving the spreading code)




Related parameters: UplinkInnerLoopPCStepSize of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.214, Physical layerprocedures (FDD)

Table 328. Power control algorithm for combining downlink TPC commands

Table 329. Compressed Mode: Power margin for halving the spreading code

Parameter name: Compressed Mode: Power margin for halving thespreading code

Abbreviated name: PowerMarginCMcodeHalving

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines how many dB below themaximum downlink radiolink power the actual downlinkradiolink power has to be before the compressed modemethod halving of the spreading code in downlink ispossible. If this condition is not satisfied, the nextcompressed mode method is used, if possible. Note,that if halving the spreading code is the lastcompressed mode method option, then power levelsare not checked at all.

Range and step: 0...10 dB, step 0.25 dB





4.11.46 PrxNoiseMaxTuneAbsolute (Absolute limit in uplink noiseautotuning)

Default value 3 dB




Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 329. Compressed Mode: Power margin for halving the spreading code

Table 330. Absolute limit in uplink noise autotuning

Parameter name: Absolute limit in uplink noise autotuning

Abbreviated name: PrxNoiseMaxTuneAbsolute

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: LCConfiguration

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter sets absolute limit for uplink noiseautotuning compared to PrxNoise value. E.g. Operatorsets PrxNoise initial value to ?101,5 dBm andparameter PrxNoiseMaxTuneAbsolute is set to value2dB. This limits PrxNoise value between ?99,5 dBmand ?103,5 dBm.




Default value 20 dB



RAN Parameters

4.11.47 RANAPprocInitWait (RANAP initiation timer)

Related functions: Load Control


Related parameters: PrxNoise of WCEL, PrxNoiseAutotuning of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 330. Absolute limit in uplink noise autotuning (Continued)

Table 331. RANAP initiation timer

Parameter name: RANAP initiation timer

Abbreviated name: RANAPprocInitWait

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



Description: Timer is used for supervising a reception of a RANAPprocedure (RAB Assignment Request, Iu ReleaseCommand, etc.) from the CS/PS-CN during thesignaling connection establishment phase inCELL_FACH and CELL_DCH states.

Timer is started when the Initial UE message isforwarded towards the CS/PS-CN. Timer is stoppedwhen a RANAP procedure (e.g. RAB Assignment) isreceived from the CN.

In expiry of the timer:

- If the connection was established towards the PS-CN,there doesn?t exist any RABs for this MS and thesupervision timer IuRelComWaitNoRABs is set to '0seconds', a release of the Iu connection is requestedfrom the SGSN and the MS is switched to the IdleMode. Otherwise the MS is handled as defined by theIuRelComWaitNoRABs.

- If the connection was established towards the CS-CN,there is no signaling connection towards the PS-CN, arelease of the established Iu connection is requestedfrom the MSC and the MS is switched to the Idle Mode.

- If there exists a connection towards the PS-CN for thisMS, a release of the established Iu connection isrequested from the MSC and the MS is ? depending onthe current RRC state ? switched to or kept in theCELL_FACH state (or switched to CELL/URA_PCHstate there exists inactive NRT-RAB(s) for this MS).




Default value 10 s




Related parameters: IuRelComWaitNoRABs of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 331. RANAP initiation timer (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.11.48 RNCName (RNC name)

4.11.49 RNCTimeStamp (Time stamp)

Table 332. RNC name

Parameter name: RNC name

Abbreviated name: RNCName

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter can be used for identification of theRNC. The maximum length of the name is 15 ASCIIchars.




Default value -




Related parameters: RncId of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 333. Time stamp

Parameter name: Time stamp

Abbreviated name: RNCTimeStamp

Managed object: RNC



4.11.49.1 RNCDay (Time stamp day)

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter identifies the time when the RNC object (orany other object beneath it in object hierarchy) wasmodified the last time.

RNC time stamp is updated every time when any of theRNW objects is updated.

The value for the parameter can not be modified by theuser.

Child parameters: • RNCDay

• RNCHours

• RNCHundreths

• RNCMinutes

• RNCMonth

• RNCSeconds

• RNCYear


-

Default value -






Interfaces: • RNC to RAC


References: -

Table 333. Time stamp (Continued)

Table 334. Time stamp day

Parameter name: Time stamp day

Abbreviated name: RNCDay

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -


RAN Parameters

4.11.49.2 RNCHours (Time stamp hours)

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter identifies the day when the RNC object (orany other object beneath it in object hierarchy) wasmodified the last time.



Range and step: 1...31 day, step 1 day



Default value -




Related parameters: RNCTimeStamp of RNC




References: -

Table 334. Time stamp day (Continued)

Table 335. Time stamp hours

Parameter name: Time stamp hours

Abbreviated name: RNCHours

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter identifies the hour of time when the RNCobject (or any other object beneath it in objecthierarchy) was modified the last time.





4.11.49.3 RNCHundreths (Time stamp hundredths of seconds)

Range and step: 0...23 hour, step 1 hour



Default value -








References: -

Table 335. Time stamp hours (Continued)

Table 336. Time stamp hundredths of seconds

Parameter name: Time stamp hundredths of seconds

Abbreviated name: RNCHundreths

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter identifies the hundredths of seconds of timewhen the RNC object (or any other object beneath it inobject hierarchy) was modified the last time.



Range and step: 0...99 hundredths, step 1 hundredths



Default value -




RAN Parameters

4.11.49.4 RNCMinutes (Time stamp minutes)






References: -

Table 336. Time stamp hundredths of seconds (Continued)

Table 337. Time stamp minutes

Parameter name: Time stamp minutes

Abbreviated name: RNCMinutes

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter identifies the minutes of time when the RNCobject (or any other object beneath it in objecthierarchy) was modified the last time.



Range and step: 0...59 minute(s), step 1 minute(s)



Default value -








References: -



4.11.49.5 RNCMonth (Time stamp month)

4.11.49.6 RNCSeconds (Time stamp seconds)

Table 338. Time stamp month

Parameter name: Time stamp month

Abbreviated name: RNCMonth

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter identifies the month when the RNC object(or any other object beneath it in object hierarchy) wasmodified the last time.



Range and step: 1...12 month, step 1 month



Default value -








References: -

Table 339. Time stamp seconds

Parameter name: Time stamp seconds

Abbreviated name: RNCSeconds

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -


RAN Parameters

4.11.49.7 RNCYear (Time stamp year)

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter identifies the seconds of time when the RNCobject (or any other object beneath it in objecthierarchy) was modified the last time.



Range and step: 0...59 second(s), step 1 second(s)



Default value -








References: -

Table 339. Time stamp seconds (Continued)

Table 340. Time stamp year

Parameter name: Time stamp year

Abbreviated name: RNCYear

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter identifies the year when the RNC object (orany other object beneath it in object hierarchy) wasmodified the last time.





4.11.50 RNCcongNumberofReAttempts (Re-attempts to hunt resources)

Range and step: 1980...2100 year, step 1 year



Default value -








References: -

Table 340. Time stamp year (Continued)

Table 341. Re-attempts to hunt resources

Parameter name: Re-attempts to hunt resources

Abbreviated name: RNCcongNumberofReAttempts

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines how many re-attempts the RNCshall perform when hunting congested logical orhardware resources. This operation is performed onlyfor emergency calls, in case of pre-emption, and for allRT calls. If the parameter is set to 0, no re-attempts areallowed.




Default value 2




RAN Parameters

4.11.51 RTservicesForPS (PS domain RT service)





• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 341. Re-attempts to hunt resources (Continued)

Table 342. PS domain RT service

Parameter name: PS domain RT service

Abbreviated name: RTservicesForPS

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines whether PS domain RTservices are available in the RNC or not. RT servicesuse either 'conversational' or 'streaming' traffic classRAB. This parameter is significant in both theassignment of RAB and the relocation of the servingRNC.

Range and step: 0 (PS RT services not available), 1 (PS conversationalservice available), 2 (PS streaming service available), 3(PS RT services available)


• PS RT services not available: internal_value = 0

• PS conversational service available: internal_value= 1

• PS streaming service available: internal_value = 2

• PS RT services available: internal_value = 3

Default value 0






4.11.52 SIB11_priority (Priority for SIB11)




• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 342. PS domain RT service (Continued)

Table 343. Priority for SIB11

Parameter name: Priority for SIB11

Abbreviated name: SIB11_priority

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The priority of the system information block, which isused by the scheduling algorithm in the RNC to giveprecedence to the SIB.

1 = highest priority

4 = lowest priority




Default value 4







• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters






Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4 = lowest priority




Default value 4







• EM to RNC


References: -




Managed object: RNC




Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4 = lowest priority




Default value 4







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 345. Priority for SIB18 (Continued)




Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters


Description: The priority of the system information block 1, which isused by the scheduling algorithm in the RNC to giveprecedence to the SIB.


4 = lowest priority




Default value 2







• EM to RNC


References: -





Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4 = lowest priority







Default value 2







• EM to RNC


References: -





Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4 = lowest priority




Default value 3





RAN Parameters





• EM to RNC


References: -





Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4 = lowest priority




Default value 3







• EM to RNC


References: -







Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4 = lowest priority




Default value 1







• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -


RAN Parameters

4.11.60 SignallingLinkInactivityTimer (Signalling link inactivity timer)

Table 351. Signalling link inactivity timer

Parameter name: Signalling link inactivity timer

Abbreviated name: SignallingLinkInactivityTimer

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The timer is used for inactivity detection of thesignalling link in CELL_DCH state. The timer is set afterinactivity of the signalling link is detected and resetwhen any activity detected.

In expiry of the timer, a state transition from CELL_DCHto CELL_FACH state is initiated when also thecorresponding RB inactivity timer(s) expired.




Default value 2 s




Related parameters: InactTmrNRT_RB_Setup of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.11.61 StandAloneDCCHBitRate (Signalling radio bearer bit rate at RRCconnection establishment)

Table 352. Signalling radio bearer bit rate at RRC connection establishment

Parameter name: Signalling radio bearer bit rate at RRC connectionestablishment

Abbreviated name: StandAloneDCCHBitRate

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter defines the bit rate to be used for thesignalling radio bearer at the RRC connectionestablishment. This bit rate is used for RRC signallinguntil a RAB has been established for the RRCconnection.

Range and step: 34 (3.4 kbit/s), 136 (13.6 kbit/s)




Default value 34







• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.11.62 T300 (T300)

Table 353. T300


Abbreviated name: T300

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The RRC CONNECTION REQUEST retransmissiontimer (MS timer).


Range and step: 0 (100 ms), 1 (200 ms), 2 (400 ms), 3 (600 ms), 4 (800ms), 5 (1000 ms), 6 (1200 ms), 7 (1400 ms), 8 (1600ms), 9 (1800 ms), 10 (2000 ms), 11 (3000 ms), 12(4000 ms), 13 (6000 ms), 14 (8000 ms)

















Default value 11




Related parameters: N300 of RNC



4.11.63 T302 (T302)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: 3GPP TS 25.331 v. 3.6.0

Table 353. T300 (Continued)

Table 354. T302



Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The CELL UPDATE/URA UPDATE retransmission timer(MS timer).


Range and step: 0 (100 ms), 1 (200 ms), 2 (400 ms), 3 (600 ms), 4 (800ms), 5 (1000 ms), 6 (1200 ms), 7 (1400 ms), 8 (1600ms), 9 (1800 ms), 10 (2000 ms), 11 (3000 ms), 12(4000 ms), 13 (6000 ms), 14 (8000 ms)


RAN Parameters

4.11.64 T304 (T304)

















Default value 12







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 355. T304



Managed object: RNC



4.11.65 T305 (T305)

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The UE CAPABILITY INFORMATION retransmissiontimer (MS timer).


Range and step: 0 (100 ms), 1 (200 ms), 2 (400 ms), 3 (1000 ms), 4(2000 ms)







Default value 4







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 356. T305



Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.11.66 T307 (T307)

Description: The periodic cell update/URA update timer (MS timer).


Range and step: 0 (infinity, no update), 1 (5 min), 2 (10 min), 3 (30 min),4 (60 min), 5 (120 min), 6 (360 min), 7 (720 min)


• infinity, no update: internal_value = 0

• 5 min: internal_value = 1







Default value 3







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 357. T307



Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.11.67 T308 (T308)

Description: The timer for transition to idle mode, when the timerT305 has expired, and the MS detects an "out ofservice area" (MS timer).


Range and step: 0 (5 s), 1 (10 s), 2 (15 s), 3 (20 s), 4 (30 s), 5 (40 s), 6(50 s)









Default value 4







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 358. T308



Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.11.68 T309 (T309)

Description: The RRC CONNECTION RELEASE COMPLETEretransmission timer.


Range and step: 0 (40 ms), 1 (80 ms), 2 (160 ms), 3 (320 ms)






Default value 2







• EM to RNC

• RAC to RNC

• Planner to RNC




Table 359. T309



Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The timer for supervising successful connectionestablishment in case of an inter-RAT cell re-selection(MS timer).




4.11.69 T316 (T316)

Range and step: 1...8 seconds, step 1 seconds



Default value 5 seconds







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 360. T316



Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This timer is started when the UE detects an "out ofservice area" in URA_PCH or CELL_PCH state. Thistimer is stopped when the UE detects an "in servicearea". When the timer expires the UE initiates cellupdate procedure (MS timer).


Range and step: 0 (0 seconds), 1 (10 seconds), 2 (20 seconds), 3 (30seconds), 4 (40 seconds), 5 (50 seconds), 6 (999seconds. infinity)


RAN Parameters

4.11.70 T317 (T317)


• 0 seconds: internal_value = 0






• 999 seconds. infinity: internal_value = 6

Default value 3







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 361. T317



Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This timer is started when the T316 expires and the UEdetects an "out of service area". This timer is stoppedwhen the UE detects an "in service area". When thetimer expires the UE transits to idle mode (MS timer).




4.11.71 TCPspacePDCP (TCP Space for PDCP )

Range and step: 0 (0 s), 1 (10 s), 2 (30 s), 3 (60 s), 4 (180 s), 5 (600 s), 6(1200 s), 7 (1800 s)










Default value 4







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 362. TCP Space for PDCP

Parameter name: TCP Space for PDCP

Abbreviated name: TCPspacePDCP

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the maximum Context Identifier(CID) value for TCP connections. The parameter isused by the PDCP header compression algorithm.


RAN Parameters

4.11.72 TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm (Transmision gap pattern length in caseof double frame: AMR service and GSM measurement)








Related parameters: ExpectReorderingPDCP of RNC, FmaxPeriodPDCP ofRNC, FmaxTimePDCP of RNC,HeaderCompressionMethod of RNC, MaxHeaderPDCPof RNC, NonTCPspacePDCP of RNC



• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE


Table 362. TCP Space for PDCP (Continued)

Table 363. Transmision gap pattern length in case of double frame: AMRservice and GSM measurement

Parameter name: Transmision gap pattern length in case of double frame:AMR service and GSM measurement

Abbreviated name: TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1



Description: This parameter defines the length of transmission gappattern for GSM inter-RAT measurement in case ofcompressed mode with double frame gap and UE usingAMR service.




Default value 4




Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 363. Transmision gap pattern length in case of double frame: AMRservice and GSM measurement (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.11.73 TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq (Transmision gap pattern length incase of double frame: AMR service and IF measurement)

Table 364. Transmision gap pattern length in case of double frame: AMRservice and IF measurement

Parameter name: Transmision gap pattern length in case of double frame:AMR service and IF measurement

Abbreviated name: TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the length of transmission gappattern for WCDMA inter-frequency measurement incase of compressed mode with double frame gap andUE using AMR service.




Default value 4




Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq of RNC



4.11.74 TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm (Transmision gap pattern length incase of double frame: NRT PS service and GSM measurement)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.215, Physical Layer -Measurements (FDD)

Table 364. Transmision gap pattern length in case of double frame: AMRservice and IF measurement (Continued)

Table 365. Transmision gap pattern length in case of double frame: NRT PSservice and GSM measurement

Parameter name: Transmision gap pattern length in case of double frame:NRT PS service and GSM measurement

Abbreviated name: TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the length of transmission gappattern for GSM inter-RAT measurement in case ofcompressed mode with double frame gap and UE usingnon-real time packet scheduled data service.




Default value 4





RAN Parameters

4.11.75 TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq (Transmision gap pattern lengthin case of double frame: NRT PS service and IF measurement)

Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 365. Transmision gap pattern length in case of double frame: NRT PSservice and GSM measurement (Continued)

Table 366. Transmision gap pattern length in case of double frame: NRT PSservice and IF measurement

Parameter name: Transmision gap pattern length in case of double frame:NRT PS service and IF measurement

Abbreviated name: TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1



Description: This parameter defines the length of transmission gappattern for WCDMA inter-frequency measurement incase of compressed mode with double frame gap andUE using non-real time packet scheduled data service.




Default value 4




Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 366. Transmision gap pattern length in case of double frame: NRT PSservice and IF measurement (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.11.76 TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm (Transmision gap pattern length in caseof single frame: AMR service and GSM measurement)

Table 367. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: AMRservice and GSM measurement

Parameter name: Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame:AMR service and GSM measurement

Abbreviated name: TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the length of transmission gappattern for GSM inter-RAT measurement in case ofcompressed mode with single frame gap and UE usingAMR service.




Default value 4




Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq of RNC



4.11.77 TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq (Transmision gap pattern length incase of single frame: AMR service and IF measurement)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 367. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: AMRservice and GSM measurement (Continued)

Table 368. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: AMRservice and IF measurement

Parameter name: Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame:AMR service and IF measurement

Abbreviated name: TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the length of transmission gappattern for WCDMA inter-frequency measurement incase of compressed mode with single frame gap andUE using AMR service.




Default value 4





RAN Parameters

4.11.78 TGPLsingleframeCSgsm (Transmision gap pattern length in case ofsingle frame: CS service and GSM measurement)

Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 368. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: AMRservice and IF measurement (Continued)

Table 369. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: CS serviceand GSM measurement

Parameter name: Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame:CS service and GSM measurement

Abbreviated name: TGPLsingleframeCSgsm

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1



Description: This parameter defines the length of transmission gappattern for GSM inter-RAT measurement in case ofcompressed mode with single frame gap and UE usingcircuit switched data service.




Default value 4




Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 369. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: CS serviceand GSM measurement (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.11.79 TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq (Transmision gap pattern length incase of single frame: CS service and IF measurement)

Table 370. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: CS serviceand IF measurement

Parameter name: Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame:CS service and IF measurement

Abbreviated name: TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the length of transmission gappattern for WCDMA inter-frequency measurement incase of compressed mode with single frame gap andUE using circuit switched data service.




Default value 4




Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq of RNC



4.11.80 TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm (Transmision gap pattern length incase of single frame: NRT PS service and GSM measurement)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 370. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: CS serviceand IF measurement (Continued)

Table 371. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: NRT PSservice and GSM measurement

Parameter name: Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame:NRT PS service and GSM measurement

Abbreviated name: TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the length of transmission gappattern for GSM inter-RAT measurement in case ofcompressed mode with single frame gap and UE usingnon-real time packet scheduled service.




Default value 4





RAN Parameters

4.11.81 TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq (Transmision gap pattern lengthin case of single frame: NRT PS service and IF measurement)

Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 371. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: NRT PSservice and GSM measurement (Continued)

Table 372. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: NRT PSservice and IF measurement

Parameter name: Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame:NRT PS service and IF measurement

Abbreviated name: TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1



Description: This parameter defines the length of transmission gappattern for WCDMA inter-frequency measurement incase of compressed mode with single frame gap andUE using non-real time packet scheduled service.




Default value 4




Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 372. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: NRT PSservice and IF measurement (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.11.82 TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm (Transmision gap pattern length in caseof single frame: RT PS service and GSM measurement)

Table 373. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: RT PSservice and GSM measurement

Parameter name: Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame:RT PS service and GSM measurement

Abbreviated name: TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the length of transmission gappattern for GSM inter-RAT measurement in case ofcompressed mode with single frame gap and UE usingreal time packet scheduled service.




Default value 4




Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq of RNC



4.11.83 TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq (Transmision gap pattern length incase of single frame: RT PS service and IF measurement)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 373. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: RT PSservice and GSM measurement (Continued)

Table 374. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: RT PSservice and IF measurement

Parameter name: Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame:RT PS service and IF measurement

Abbreviated name: TGPLsingleframeRTPSinterFreq

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the length of transmission gappattern for WCDMA inter-frequency measurement incase of compressed mode with single frame gap andUE using real time packet scheduled service.




Default value 4





RAN Parameters

4.11.84 ToAWE_CCH (Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for commonchannels)

Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL,MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLdoubleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeAMRinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeCSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSgsm of RNC,TGPLsingleframeNRTPSinterFreq of RNC,TGPLsingleframeRTPSgsm of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 374. Transmision gap pattern length in case of single frame: RT PSservice and IF measurement (Continued)

Table 375. Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for common channels

Parameter name: Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for common channels

Abbreviated name: ToAWE_CCH

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.11.85 ToAWE_NRT_DCH_tti10 (Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for NRTDCH (TTI 10))

Description: This parameter defines the ending point of the receivingwindow. DL data frames are expected to be receivedbefore this window endpoint. This parameter is forcommon channels FACH and PCH.




Default value 10 ms




Related parameters: ToAWS_CCH of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.427, UTRAN Iub/Iurinterface user plane protocol for DCH data streams

Table 375. Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for common channels (Continued)

Table 376. Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for NRT DCH (TTI 10)

Parameter name: Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for NRT DCH (TTI 10)

Abbreviated name: ToAWE_NRT_DCH_tti10

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters


Description: This parameter defines the ending point of the receivingwindow. DL data frames are expected to be receivedbefore this window endpoint. This parameter is for NonReal Time dedicated channel configured to 10 mstransmission time interval.




Default value 10 ms




Related parameters: ToAWS_NRT_DCH_tti10 of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.427, UTRAN Iub/Iurinterface user plane protocol for DCH data streams


Table 376. Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for NRT DCH (TTI 10) (Continued)




Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1








Default value 10 ms







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC








Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.11.88 ToAWE_RT_DCH_tti10 (Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for RTDCH (TTI 10))





Default value 10 ms







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





Table 379. Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for RT DCH (TTI 10)

Parameter name: Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for RT DCH (TTI 10)

Abbreviated name: ToAWE_RT_DCH_tti10

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1




Description: This parameter defines the ending point of the receivingwindow. DL data frames are expected to be receivedbefore this window endpoint. This parameter is for RealTime dedicated channel configured to 10 mstransmission time interval.




Default value 10 ms




Related parameters: ToAWS_RT_DCH_tti10 of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 379. Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for RT DCH (TTI 10) (Continued)




Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters






Default value 10 ms







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC








Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.11.91 ToAWE_Speech (Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for speechservices)





Default value 10 ms







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





Table 382. Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for speech services

Parameter name: Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for speech services

Abbreviated name: ToAWE_Speech

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.11.92 ToAWS_CCH (Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for commonchannels)

Description: This parameter defines the ending point of the receivingwindow. DL data frames are expected to be receivedbefore this window endpoint. This parameter is used forspeech service, informed by RANAP specificationsspeech indicator and/or transfer delay requirements100 ms and below.




Default value 5 ms




Related parameters: ToAWS_Speech of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 382. Time of Arrival Window Endpoint for speech services (Continued)

Table 383. Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for common channels

Parameter name: Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for common channels

Abbreviated name: ToAWS_CCH

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.11.93 ToAWS_NRT_DCH_tti10 (Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for NRTDCH (TTI 10))

Description: This parameter defines the starting point for thereceiving window supported by BTS. DL data framesare expected to be received after this window startpoint. This parameter is for common channels FACHand PCH.




Default value 25 ms




Related parameters: ToAWE_CCH of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 383. Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for common channels

Table 384. Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for NRT DCH (TTI 10)

Parameter name: Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for NRT DCH (TTI10)

Abbreviated name: ToAWS_NRT_DCH_tti10

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters


Description: This parameter defines the starting point for thereceiving window supported by BTS. DL data framesare expected to be received after this window startpoint. This parameter is for Non Real Time dedicatedchannel configured to 10 ms transmission time interval.




Default value 25 ms




Related parameters: ToAWE_NRT_DCH_tti10 of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC








Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1








Default value 25 ms







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC








Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.11.96 ToAWS_RT_DCH_tti10 (Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for RTDCH (TTI 10))





Default value 25 ms







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





Table 387. Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for RT DCH (TTI 10)

Parameter name: Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for RT DCH (TTI 10)

Abbreviated name: ToAWS_RT_DCH_tti10

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1




Description: This parameter defines the starting point for thereceiving window supported by BTS. DL data framesare expected to be received after this window startpoint. This parameter is for Real Time dedicatedchannel configured to 10 ms transmission time interval.




Default value 25 ms




Related parameters: ToAWE_RT_DCH_tti10 of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 387. Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for RT DCH (TTI 10) (Continued)




Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters






Default value 25 ms







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC








Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.11.99 ToAWS_Speech (Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for speechservices)





Default value 25 ms







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





Table 390. Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for speech services

Parameter name: Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for speech services

Abbreviated name: ToAWS_Speech

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.11.100 TrafVolPendingTimeDL (Downlink traffic volume measurementpending time after trigger)

Description: This parameter defines the starting point for thereceiving window supported by BTS. DL data framesare expected to be received after this window startpoint. This parameter is used for speech service,informed by RANAP specifications speech indicatorand/or transfer delay requirements 100 ms and below.




Default value 15 ms




Related parameters: ToAWE_Speech of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 390. Time of Arrival Window Startpoint for speech services (Continued)

Table 391. Downlink traffic volume measurement pending time after trigger

Parameter name: Downlink traffic volume measurement pending timeafter trigger

Abbreviated name: TrafVolPendingTimeDL

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1



4.11.101 TrafVolPendingTimeUL (Uplink traffic volume measurementpending time after trigger)

Description: This parameter indicates the period of time, in seconds,during which it is forbidden to send any new downlinkcapacity requests with the same RB id, even if thetriggering condition is fulfilled again.

Range and step: 25 (250 ms), 50 (500 ms), 100 (1000 ms), 200 (2000ms), 400 (4000 ms), 800 (8000 ms), 1600 (16000 ms)









Default value 200




Related parameters: TrafVolThresholdDLLow of WCEL, CrQueuingTimeDLof RNC, TrafVolThresholdDLHigh of RNC,TrafVolTimeToTriggerDL of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 391. Downlink traffic volume measurement pending time after trigger

Table 392. Uplink traffic volume measurement pending time after trigger

Parameter name: Uplink traffic volume measurement pending time aftertrigger

Abbreviated name: TrafVolPendingTimeUL

Managed object: RNC



RAN Parameters

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates the period of time, in seconds,during which it is forbidden to send any new trafficvolume measurement reports with the samemeasurement ID, even if the triggering condition isfulfilled again.

This parameter also indicates the period during whichthe UE blocks DTCH transmissions on the RACH aftera measurement report is triggered.

Parameter is sent to UE using an RRC:MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.

Range and step: 25 (250 ms), 50 (500 ms), 100 (1000 ms), 200 (2000ms), 400 (4000 ms), 800 (8000 ms), 1600 (16000 ms)









Default value 200




Related parameters: TrafVolThresholdULLow of WCEL, CrQueuingTimeULof RNC, TrafVolThresholdULHigh of RNC,TrafVolTimeToTriggerUL of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 392. Uplink traffic volume measurement pending time after trigger



4.11.102 TrafVolThresholdDLHigh (Downlink traffic volume measurementhigh threshold)

Table 393. Downlink traffic volume measurement high threshold

Parameter name: Downlink traffic volume measurement high threshold

Abbreviated name: TrafVolThresholdDLHigh

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the threshold of data in the RLCbuffer of RB in bytes which triggers downlink trafficvolume measurement report (capacity request) onMAC, when UE is in a Cell_DCH state and the initial bitrate DCH is allocated for the radio bearer.

Range and step: 0 (0 bytes), 8 (8 bytes), 16 (16 bytes), 32 (32 bytes), 64(64 bytes), 128 (128 bytes), 256 (256 bytes), 512 (512bytes), 1024 (1 KB), 2048 (2 KB), 3072 (3 KB), 4096 (4KB)


• 0 bytes: internal_value = 0








• 1 KB: internal_value = 1024




Default value 1024




Related parameters: TrafVolThresholdDLLow of WCEL,TrafVolPendingTimeDL of RNC,TrafVolTimeToTriggerDL of RNC


RAN Parameters

4.11.103 TrafVolThresholdULHigh (Uplink traffic volume measurement highthreshold)



• EM to RNC


• RNC to UE

References: -

Table 393. Downlink traffic volume measurement high threshold (Continued)

Table 394. Uplink traffic volume measurement high threshold

Parameter name: Uplink traffic volume measurement high threshold

Abbreviated name: TrafVolThresholdULHigh

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the threshold of data in RLCbuffer of RB in bytes. This threshold triggers the uplinktraffic volume measurement report when the UE is in aCell_DCH state and the initial bit rate DCH is allocatedfor the radio bearer.

The parameter is sent to the UE using the RRC:MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.

Range and step: 0 (8 bytes), 1 (16 bytes), 2 (32 bytes), 3 (64 bytes), 4(128 bytes), 5 (256 bytes), 6 (512 bytes), 7 (1024 bytes.1 KB), 8 (2048 bytes. 2 KB), 9 (3072 bytes. 3 KB), 10(4096 bytes. 4 KB)



4.11.104 TrafVolTimeToTriggerDL (Downlink traffic volume measurementtime to trigger)









• 1024 bytes. 1 KB: internal_value = 7




Default value 7




Related parameters: TrafVolThresholdULLow of WCEL,TrafVolPendingTimeUL of RNC,TrafVolTimeToTriggerUL of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 394. Uplink traffic volume measurement high threshold (Continued)

Table 395. Downlink traffic volume measurement time to trigger

Parameter name: Downlink traffic volume measurement time to trigger

Abbreviated name: TrafVolTimeToTriggerDL

Managed object: RNC



RAN Parameters

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines, in ms, the period of timebetween the timing of event detection and the timing ofsending a downlink capacity request.

Range and step: 0 (0 ms), 10 (10 ms), 20 (20 ms), 40 (40 ms), 60 (60ms), 80 (80 ms), 100 (100 ms), 120 (120 ms), 160 (160ms), 200 (200 ms), 240 (240 ms), 320 (320 ms), 640(640 ms), 1280 (1280 ms), 2560 (2560 ms), 5000 (5000ms)


















Default value 0




Related parameters: TrafVolThresholdDLLow of WCEL,TrafVolPendingTimeDL of RNC,TrafVolThresholdDLHigh of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 395. Downlink traffic volume measurement time to trigger (Continued)



4.11.105 TrafVolTimeToTriggerUL (Uplink traffic volume measurement timeto trigger)

Table 396. Uplink traffic volume measurement time to trigger

Parameter name: Uplink traffic volume measurement time to trigger

Abbreviated name: TrafVolTimeToTriggerUL

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines, in ms, the period of timebetween the timing of event detection and the timing ofsending a traffic volume measurement report.

This parameter is sent to the UE using an RRC:MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.

Range and step: 0 (0 ms), 10 (10 ms), 20 (20 ms), 40 (40 ms), 60 (60ms), 80 (80 ms), 100 (100 ms), 120 (120 ms), 160 (160ms), 200 (200 ms), 240 (240 ms), 320 (320 ms), 640(640 ms), 1280 (1280 ms), 2560 (2560 ms), 5000 (5000ms)


















Default value 0




RAN Parameters

4.11.106 ULQualDetRepThreshold (UL quality deterioration reportingthreshold)


Related parameters: TrafVolThresholdULLow of WCEL,TrafVolPendingTimeUL of RNC,TrafVolThresholdULHigh of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 396. Uplink traffic volume measurement time to trigger (Continued)

Table 397. UL quality deterioration reporting threshold

Parameter name: UL quality deterioration reporting threshold

Abbreviated name: ULQualDetRepThreshold

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: If the uplink SIR target has reached the maximum, andthe uplink SIR Target modification commands, receivedby the outer loop PC controller from the current activePC Entity during ULQualDetRepThreshold seconds,are all greater than zero, then the uplink outer loop PCcontroller sends a quality deterioration report to HC.The quality deterioration message to the HC isperiodically repeated, with ULQualDetREpTresholddefining the period, until eiher the quality target isresumed, meaning that the condition specified above isno longer met, or further actions are taken by HC.

Range and step: 0.5...5 s, step 0.5 s



Default value 5 s



4.11.107 UL_DL_activation_timer (UL/DL activation timer)







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 397. UL quality deterioration reporting threshold (Continued)

Table 398. UL/DL activation timer

Parameter name: UL/DL activation timer

Abbreviated name: UL_DL_activation_timer

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This timer is used on MAC -c to detect idle periods ondata transmission (NRT RBs and SRBs) for the UE,which is in Cell_FACH state. Based on this timer theMAC -c shall give the No_Data indication to the RRC,which further can change the state of the RRC fromCell_FACH state to the Cell_PCH state (or URA_PCHstate).










RAN Parameters

4.11.108 ULpuncturingLimit (Uplink puncturing limit )



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 398. UL/DL activation timer (Continued)

Table 399. Uplink puncturing limit

Parameter name: Uplink puncturing limit

Abbreviated name: ULpuncturingLimit

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the maximum puncturing ratioallowed to be used in UL DCH's. Value 1.0 means thatno puncturing is used. Value 0.68 corresponds topuncturing from 1/3 coding rate to coding rate.

Range and step: 0 (0.4), 1 (0.44), 2 (0.48), 3 (0.52), 4 (0.56), 5 (0.6), 6(0.64), 7 (0.68. default), 8 (0.72), 9 (0.76), 10 (0.8), 11(0.84), 12 (0.88), 13 (0.92), 14 (0.96), 15 (1)











• 0.68. default: internal_value = 7









Default value 7




Related parameters: DLpuncturingLimit of RNC



• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 399. Uplink puncturing limit (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.11.109 UTRANorigPagingRep (UTRAN originated paging repetition)

Table 400. UTRAN originated paging repetition

Parameter name: UTRAN originated paging repetition

Abbreviated name: UTRANorigPagingRep

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: After the first UTRAN originated paging message(RRC:PAGING TYPE 1) is sent to the MS inCELL_PCH or URA_PCH state and no response(RRC:Cell Update with cause value 'Paging Response')received from MS, the UTRAN originated pagingmessage is repeated as defined by this parameter.Repetition is made using an interval defined by theparameter 'UTRAN originated paging repetitioninterval'.








Related parameters: UTRANorigPagingRepInterv of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.11.110 UTRANorigPagingRepInterv (UTRAN originated paging repetitioninterval )

Table 401. UTRAN originated paging repetition interval

Parameter name: UTRAN originated paging repetition interval

Abbreviated name: UTRANorigPagingRepInterv

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Repetition interval of UTRAN originated pagingprocedure is a multiply of UTRAN DRX Cycle Length ofan individual MS. If the MS has not responded to a lastpaging procedure, the repeated paging message issent during the next awake period of the MS. Theshortest repetition period is one UTRAN DRX CycleLength.

Note: If the UTRAN DRX Cycle Length is reduced fromthe default value, then this parameter must beincreased accordingly.








Related parameters: UTRAN_DRX_length of WCEL, UTRANorigPagingRepof RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.11.111 UlScrCodeMax (Uplink scrambling code maximum value)

Table 402. Uplink scrambling code maximum value

Parameter name: Uplink scrambling code maximum value

Abbreviated name: UlScrCodeMax

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the maximum value of theuplink scrambling code.

The uplink scrambling code is unique for each MS andit is used continuously, even if the frequency ischanged. The first 0?8191 scrambling codes arereserved to be used in inter-RAT handovers from GSMto UTRAN.

All uplink physical channels are subjected to scramblingwith a complex-valued scrambling code. The UL DPCHwill be scrambled with a long scrambling code.




Default value 2000000




Related parameters: UlScrCodeMin of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -



4.11.112 UlScrCodeMin (Uplink scrambling code minimum value)

Table 403. Uplink scrambling code minimum value

Parameter name: Uplink scrambling code minimum value

Abbreviated name: UlScrCodeMin

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the minimum value of the uplinkscrambling code.

The uplink scrambling code is unique for each MS andit is used continuously, even if the frequency ischanged. The first 0?8191 scrambling codes arereserved to be used in inter-RAT handovers from GSMto UTRAN.

All uplink physical channels are subjected to scramblingwith a complex-valued scrambling code. The UL DPCHwill be scrambled with a long scrambling code.




Default value 1000000




Related parameters: UlScrCodeMax of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.11.113 UpLinkInitialTransmitPowerMode (Initial transmit power in uplinkcompressed mode)

Table 404. Initial transmit power in uplink compressed mode

Parameter name: Initial transmit power in uplink compressed mode

Abbreviated name: UpLinkInitialTransmitPowerMode

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This RNC based parameter is used by the UE when inuplink compressed mode. The UE applies a change inthe transmit power of the uplink DPCCH at thebeginning of the first slot after an uplink transmissiongap, with respect to the uplink DPCCH power in themost recently transmitted uplink slot. The value ofRESUME (in dB) is determined by the UE according tothis parameter value.



• False => 0

• True => 1








• EM to RNC





4.11.114 UpLinkRecoveryPeriodPowerMode (Recovery Period Power in ULCompressed Mode)

Table 405. Recovery Period Power in UL Compressed Mode

Parameter name: Recovery Period Power in UL Compressed Mode

Abbreviated name: UpLinkRecoveryPeriodPowerMode

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This RNC based parameter is used by the UE when incompressed mode. The Recovery Period Powerparameter value defines the mode of the uplink powercontrol algorithm and the uplink power step size, aftereach transmission gap (within the compressed frames),during the recovery period (the recovery period lengthis the minimum value of the transmission gap lengthand 7 slots). If set to "0", the mode of the uplink powercontrol algorithm and the uplink power step size are notchanged.

Range and step: 0 (Not Used), 1 (Used)


• Not Used: internal_value = 0

• Used: internal_value = 1

Default value 0







• EM to RNC




RAN Parameters

4.11.115 UpperRxTxTimeDiff (Upper Rx-Tx TD Threshold)

Table 406. Upper Rx-Tx TD Threshold

Parameter name: Upper Rx-Tx TD Threshold

Abbreviated name: UpperRxTxTimeDiff

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the absolute threshold which isused by the UE to trigger the reporting event 6F due toUE Rx-Tx time difference.

The MS sends an event 6F triggered measurementreport to the RNC when the UE Rx-Tx time differencefor a radio link included in the active set becomes largerthan the threshold. The RNC uses the measurementreport to adjust the DL DPCH air-interface timing of theradio link. The RNC adjusts the DL DPCH air-interfacetiming by replacing the old radio link (which triggeredthe reporting event 6F) by a new radio link (withrenewed air-interface timing) in the same active set cell.




Default value 1174 chips




Related parameters: LowerRxTxTimeDiff of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





4.11.116 WaitTimeRRC (Wait time in RRC connection request rejection)

Table 407. Wait time in RRC connection request rejection

Parameter name: Wait time in RRC connection request rejection

Abbreviated name: WaitTimeRRC

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the value of the parameter Wait Time includedin the RRC: RRC Connection Reject message. The MSwaits for at least the duration of the time periodspecified in the parameter before it sends a new RRC:RRC Connection Request message, or enters idlemode if the maximum number of attempts has alreadybeen reached. Value 0 of the parameter indicates thatrepeated requests are not allowed.

The value of the parameter is dependant on the valueof the Establishment Cause received originally in theRRC: RRC Connection Request message. Causevalues are classified to particular cause groups, andeach group corresponds to a management parameter:WaitTimeRRCconversational, WaitTimeRRCstreaming,WaitTimeRRCinteractive, WaitTimeRRCbackground,WaitTimeRRCsubscribed, WaitTimeRRCemergency,WaitTimeRRCinterRATreselection,WaitTimeRRCregistration,WaitTimeRRChighPrioritySignalling,WaitTimeRRClowPrioritySignalling,WaitTimeRRCunknown, WaitTimeRRCother.

Child parameters: • WaitTimeRRCbackground

• WaitTimeRRCconversational

• WaitTimeRRCemergency

• WaitTimeRRChighPrioritySignalling

• WaitTimeRRCinterRATreselection

• WaitTimeRRCinteractive

• WaitTimeRRClowPrioritySignalling

• WaitTimeRRCother

• WaitTimeRRCregistration

• WaitTimeRRCstreaming

• WaitTimeRRCsubscribed

• WaitTimeRRCunknown


RAN Parameters

4.11.116.1 WaitTimeRRCbackground (RRC wait time for background causes )


-

Default value -







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 407. Wait time in RRC connection request rejection (Continued)

Table 408. RRC wait time for background causes

Parameter name: RRC wait time for background causes

Abbreviated name: WaitTimeRRCbackground

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the value of the Wait Time included in the RRC:RRC Connection Reject message, when theEstablishment Cause value received originally in theRRC: RRC Connection Request message is:Originating Background Call, Terminating BackgroundCall.




Default value 5 s





4.11.116.2 WaitTimeRRCconversational (RRC wait time for conversational causes )


Related parameters: WaitTimeRRC of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 408. RRC wait time for background causes (Continued)

Table 409. RRC wait time for conversational causes

Parameter name: RRC wait time for conversational causes

Abbreviated name: WaitTimeRRCconversational

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the value of the Wait Time included in the RRC:RRC Connection Reject message, when theEstablishment Cause value received originally in theRRC: RRC Connection Request message is:

Originating Conversational Call, TerminatingConversational Call.




Default value 3 s






RAN Parameters

4.11.116.3 WaitTimeRRCemergency (RRC wait time for emergency causes )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 409. RRC wait time for conversational causes (Continued)

Table 410. RRC wait time for emergency causes

Parameter name: RRC wait time for emergency causes

Abbreviated name: WaitTimeRRCemergency

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the value of the Wait Time included in the RRC:RRC Connection Reject message, when theEstablishment Cause value received originally in theRRC: RRC Connection Request message is:Emergency Call.




Default value 1 s







4.11.116.4 WaitTimeRRChighPrioritySignalling (RRC wait time for high priority signallingcauses )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 410. RRC wait time for emergency causes (Continued)

Table 411. RRC wait time for high priority signalling causes

Parameter name: RRC wait time for high priority signalling causes

Abbreviated name: WaitTimeRRChighPrioritySignalling

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the value of the Wait Time included in the RRC:RRC Connection Reject message, when theEstablishment Cause value received originally in theRRC: RRC Connection Request message is:Originating high priority signalling, Terminating highpriority signalling.




Default value 1 s






RAN Parameters

4.11.116.5 WaitTimeRRCinterRATreselection (RRC wait time for inter-RAT re-selectioncauses )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 411. RRC wait time for high priority signalling causes (Continued)

Table 412. RRC wait time for inter-RAT re-selection causes

Parameter name: RRC wait time for inter-RAT re-selection causes

Abbreviated name: WaitTimeRRCinterRATreselection

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the value of the Wait Time included in the RRC:RRC Connection Reject message, when theEstablishment Cause value received originally in theRRC: RRC Connection Request message is: Inter-RATcell re-selection, Inter-RAT cell change order.




Default value 3 s







4.11.116.6 WaitTimeRRCinteractive (RRC wait time for interactive causes )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 412. RRC wait time for inter-RAT re-selection causes (Continued)

Table 413. RRC wait time for interactive causes

Parameter name: RRC wait time for interactive causes

Abbreviated name: WaitTimeRRCinteractive

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the value of the Wait Time included in the RRC:RRC Connection Reject message, when theEstablishment Cause value received originally in theRRC: RRC Connection Request message is:Originating Interactive Call, Terminating Interactive Call.




Default value 5 s






RAN Parameters

4.11.116.7 WaitTimeRRClowPrioritySignalling (RRC wait time for low priority signallingcauses )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 413. RRC wait time for interactive causes (Continued)

Table 414. RRC wait time for low priority signalling causes

Parameter name: RRC wait time for low priority signalling causes

Abbreviated name: WaitTimeRRClowPrioritySignalling

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the value of the Wait Time included in the RRC:RRC Connection Reject message, when theEstablishment Cause value received originally in theRRC: RRC Connection Request message is:Originating low priority signalling, Terminating lowpriority signalling.




Default value 5 s







4.11.116.8 WaitTimeRRCother (RRC wait time for other causes )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 414. RRC wait time for low priority signalling causes (Continued)

Table 415. RRC wait time for other causes

Parameter name: RRC wait time for other causes

Abbreviated name: WaitTimeRRCother

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the value of the Wait Time included in the RRC:RRC Connection Reject message, when theEstablishment Cause value received originally in theRRC: RRC Connection Request message is: Call re-establishment.




Default value 0 s






RAN Parameters

4.11.116.9 WaitTimeRRCregistration (RRC wait time for registration causes )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 415. RRC wait time for other causes (Continued)

Table 416. RRC wait time for registration causes

Parameter name: RRC wait time for registration causes

Abbreviated name: WaitTimeRRCregistration

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the value of the Wait Time included in the RRC:RRC Connection Reject message, when theEstablishment Cause value received originally in theRRC: RRC Connection Request message is:Registration, Detach.




Default value 1 s







4.11.116.10 WaitTimeRRCstreaming (RRC wait time for streaming causes )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 416. RRC wait time for registration causes (Continued)

Table 417. RRC wait time for streaming causes

Parameter name: RRC wait time for streaming causes

Abbreviated name: WaitTimeRRCstreaming

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the value of the Wait Time included in the RRC:RRC Connection Reject message, when theEstablishment Cause value received originally in theRRC: RRC Connection Request message is:Originating Streaming Call, Terminating Streaming Call.




Default value 3 s






RAN Parameters

4.11.116.11 WaitTimeRRCsubscribed (RRC wait time for subscribed causes )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 417. RRC wait time for streaming causes (Continued)

Table 418. RRC wait time for subscribed causes

Parameter name: RRC wait time for subscribed causes

Abbreviated name: WaitTimeRRCsubscribed

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the value of the Wait Time included in the RRC:RRC Connection Reject message, when theEstablishment Cause value received originally in theRRC: RRC Connection Request message is:Originating Subscribed Traffic Call.




Default value 3 s







4.11.116.12 WaitTimeRRCunknown (RRC wait time for unknown causes )



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 418. RRC wait time for subscribed causes (Continued)

Table 419. RRC wait time for unknown causes

Parameter name: RRC wait time for unknown causes

Abbreviated name: WaitTimeRRCunknown

Managed object: RNC


Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the value of the Wait Time included in the RRC:RRC Connection Reject message, when theEstablishment Cause value received originally in theRRC: RRC Connection Request message is:Terminating ? cause unknown.




Default value 1 s






RAN Parameters

4.12 WBTS Parameters

4.12.1 ATMInterfaceID (ATM interface identifier)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 419. RRC wait time for unknown causes (Continued)

Table 420. ATM interface identifier

Parameter name: ATM interface identifier

Abbreviated name: ATMInterfaceID

Managed object: WBTS

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The ATM interface identifier identifies the ATM externalinterface used for the VP/VC Link termination point.ATM interface id, VPI and C-NBAP VCI forms an uniquereference to the COCO object if the COCO id is notused as a reference.




Default value -



Modification: Requires object locking

Related parameters: ATMInterfaceID of COCO, COCOId of WBTS, VCI ofWBTS, VPI of WBTS



4.12.2 COCOId (Connection Configuration Identifier)



• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

References: -

Table 420. ATM interface identifier (Continued)

Table 421. Connection Configuration Identifier

Parameter name: Connection Configuration Identifier

Abbreviated name: COCOId


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter identifies the Connection Configurationobject for the Iub interface in the RNW database of theRNC. The COCO identifier is used as a reference to theCOCO object containing the Iub link configuration forthe WBTS.




Default value -




Related parameters: COCOId of COCO, ATMInterfaceID of WBTS, VCI ofWBTS, VPI of WBTS


RAN Parameters

4.12.3 LoadControlPeriodPS (PS load control period)



• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

References: -

Table 421. Connection Configuration Identifier (Continued)

Table 422. PS load control period

Parameter name: PS load control period

Abbreviated name: LoadControlPeriodPS



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the period how often PS canperform load control actions in the certain cell.








Related parameters: SchedulingPeriod of WBTS



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.12.4 PSAveragingWindowSize (Load measurement averaging windowsize for packet scheduling)

Table 423. Load measurement averaging window size for packet scheduling

Parameter name: Load measurement averaging window size for packetscheduling

Abbreviated name: PSAveragingWindowSize



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines how many PrxTotal/PtxTotalmeasurements that are received in the NBAP: RADIORESOURCE INDICATION - messages, are included inthe sliding window used in averaging.




Default value 5




Related parameters: RRIndPeriod of WBTS, SchedulingPeriod of WBTS,WinACRABsetupDL of WBTS, WinACRABsetupUL ofWBTS



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.12.5 PrxAlpha (Type of measurement filter for uplink total receivedpower)

Table 424. Type of measurement filter for uplink total received power

Parameter name: Type of measurement filter for uplink total receivedpower

Abbreviated name: PrxAlpha



Multiplicity: 1

Description: PrxAlpha defines the type of measurement filter usedfor the total received wideband power (PrxTotal) in acell.

If the value is 0, pure sliding window mean filter is usedand if the value is 0.5, sliding window median filter isused. If the value is between 0 - 0.5, trimmed meanfilter is used.

Range and step: 0...0.5 , step 0.05



Default value 0


Related functions: Admission Control, Load Control, Packet Scheduler


Related parameters: PrxMeasAveWindow of WBTS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -



4.12.6 PrxMeasAveWindow (Number of frames to be used averaging inPrxTotal measurement)

Table 425. Number of frames to be used averaging in PrxTotal measurement

Parameter name: Number of frames to be used averaging in PrxTotalmeasurement

Abbreviated name: PrxMeasAveWindow



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the number of frames used forlong term averaging at the BS of the short term (framebased) averages of PrxTotal measurements.

Range and step: 10...200 Frames, step 1 Frames



Default value 10 Frames


Related functions: Packet Scheduler, Load Control, Admission Control


Related parameters: PrxAlpha of WBTS



• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.12.7 PtxAlpha (Type of measurement filter for downlink total transmittedpower)

Table 426. Type of measurement filter for downlink total transmitted power

Parameter name: Type of measurement filter for downlink totaltransmitted power

Abbreviated name: PtxAlpha



Multiplicity: 1

Description: PtxAlpha defines the type of measurement filter for thetotal transmitted power (PtxTotal) in a cell.

If the value is 0, pure sliding window mean filter is usedand if the value is 0.5, sliding window median filter isused. If the value is between 0 - 0.5, trimmed meanfilter is used.

Range and step: 0...0.5 , step 0.05



Default value 0


Related functions: Load Control, Admission Control, Packet Scheduler


Related parameters: PtxMeasAveWindow of WBTS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -



4.12.8 PtxDPCHmax (DPCH downlink transmission power maximum value)

Table 427. DPCH downlink transmission power maximum value

Parameter name: DPCH downlink transmission power maximum value

Abbreviated name: PtxDPCHmax



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter defines the maximum code channel outputpower for the power control dynamic range of BTS. Thepower control dynamic range of BTS is the differencebetween the maximum and the minimum transmitoutput power of a code channel. The maximumtransmission power is calculated by adding the value ofthe parameter to the BTS maximum output power(Pmax in dBm).




Default value -3 dB


Related functions: Admission Control, Power Control, Packet Scheduler


Related parameters: CPICHtoRefRABoffset of WCEL, DLreferenceBitRateof WCEL, DLreferenceTargetBLER of WCEL,PtxDLabsMax of WCEL, PtxDPCHmin of WBTS,PCrangeDL of RNC


RAN Parameters

4.12.9 PtxDPCHmin (DPCH downlink transmission power minimum value)



• EM to RNC


• AC to PS

• AC to PC

References: • 3GPP Reference: TR 25.922, Radio resourcemanagement strategies (allowable transmissionpower)

• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.104, UTRA (BS) FDD;Radio transmission and Reception (power controldynamic range)

Table 427. DPCH downlink transmission power maximum value (Continued)

Table 428. DPCH downlink transmission power minimum value

Parameter name: DPCH downlink transmission power minimum value

Abbreviated name: PtxDPCHmin



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter defines the minimum code channel outputpower for the power control dynamic range of BTS. Thepower control dynamic range of BTS is the differencebetween the maximum and the minimum transmitoutput power of a code channel. Minimum transmissionpower is calculated by adding the value of theparameter to the BTS maximum output power (Pmax indBm).

Range and step: -60...-28 dB, step 1 dB





Related functions: Admission Control, Power Control, Packet Scheduler




4.12.10 PtxMeasAveWindow (Number of frames to be used averaging inPtxTotal measurement)

Related parameters: CPICHtoRefRABoffset of WCEL, DLreferenceBitRateof WCEL, DLreferenceTargetBLER of WCEL,PtxDPCHmax of WBTS, PCrangeDL of RNC



• EM to RNC


• AC to PS

• AC to PC

References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.104, UTRA (BS) FDD;Radio transmission and Reception (power controldynamic range)

• 3GPP Reference: TR 25.922, Radio resourcemanagement strategies (allowable transmissionpower)

Table 428. DPCH downlink transmission power minimum value (Continued)

Table 429. Number of frames to be used averaging in PtxTotal measurement

Parameter name: Number of frames to be used averaging in PtxTotalmeasurement

Abbreviated name: PtxMeasAveWindow



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the number of frames used forlong term averaging at the BS of short term averages ofthe PtxTotal measurements.

Range and step: 10...200 radio fram, step 1 radio fram



Default value 10 radio fram


Related functions: Admission Control, Packet Scheduler, Load Control


RAN Parameters

4.12.11 RACHloadIndicationPeriod (RACH load indication period)


Related parameters: PtxAlpha of WBTS



• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC


References: -

Table 429. Number of frames to be used averaging in PtxTotal measurement

Table 430. RACH load indication period

Parameter name: RACH load indication period

Abbreviated name: RACHloadIndicationPeriod



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the reporting period of thePRACHs in a BTS. The BTS may report load figures tothe RNC in every Nth (N=1-20) NBAP Radio ResourceIndication message. Value 0 of the parameter meansthat the BTS does not report the load information forRACH.




Default value 1


Related functions: Admission Control, Load Control


Related parameters: RACHnormalLoadBS of WCEL, RACHoverLoadBS ofWCEL, RRIndPeriod of WBTS,WinRACHnormalLoadBS of WBTS,WinRACHoverLoadBS of WBTS



4.12.12 RLMeasRepPeriod (Radio link measurement reporting period)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


References: -

Table 430. RACH load indication period (Continued)

Table 431. Radio link measurement reporting period

Parameter name: Radio link measurement reporting period

Abbreviated name: RLMeasRepPeriod



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the reporting period of theRadio link measurements. The measurement reportincludes transmitted code power. It is used as an inputfor defining initial power for PS and AC. The reportaffects the accuracy of PS and AC initial powerdefinition.

Value 0 of the parameter means OFF.






Related functions: Admission Control, Handover Control, Power Control




RAN Parameters

4.12.13 RRIndPeriod (Radio Resource Indication Period)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 431. Radio link measurement reporting period (Continued)

Table 432. Radio Resource Indication Period

Parameter name: Radio Resource Indication Period

Abbreviated name: RRIndPeriod



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the reporting period of theRadio Resource Indication messages, which are usedfor cell based load measurements.

The BTS informs the RNC about the current load at theradio interface from the radio resource point of view andthe load of every RACH in each cell.

For that purpose the BTS sends periodically a RadioResource Indication message to the RNC. The RNCsends the reporting parameters to the BTS in aConfiguration Data message. These parameters areRadio resource indication reporting period and RACHload indication period.

In the Radio Resource Indication message the BTSreports periodically the total uplink interference powerof the cells, the total transmitted power of the cell andRACH load.








4.12.14 SchedulingPeriod (Scheduling period)



Related parameters: RACHloadIndicationPeriod of WBTS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 432. Radio Resource Indication Period (Continued)

Table 433. Scheduling period

Parameter name: Scheduling period

Abbreviated name: SchedulingPeriod



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines how often the packet schedulermakes scheduling decisions, and when it can startdoing allocations.








Related parameters: LoadControlPeriodPS of WBTS,PSAveragingWindowSize of WBTS, RRIndPeriod ofWBTS


RAN Parameters

4.12.15 VCI (Virtual Channel Identifier)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 433. Scheduling period (Continued)

Table 434. Virtual Channel Identifier

Parameter name: Virtual Channel Identifier

Abbreviated name: VCI


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This identifies a particular virtual channel link for agiven virtual path connection (VPC). This VCI value is areference to C-NBAP link in the connectionconfiguration object. VCI together with ATM interface idand VPI forms an unique reference to the COCO objectif the COCO id is not used as a reference.




Default value -




Related parameters: CNBAPVCI of COCO, ATMInterfaceID of WBTS,COCOId of WBTS, VPI of WBTS



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.12.16 VPI (Virtual Path Identifier)

Table 435. Virtual Path Identifier

Parameter name: Virtual Path Identifier

Abbreviated name: VPI


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This identifies a group of virtual channel links, at agiven reference point, that share the same virtual pathconnection (VPC). ATM interface id, VPI and C-NBAPVCI forms an unique reference to the COCO object ifthe COCO id is not used as a reference.




Default value -




Related parameters: COCOVPI of COCO, ATMInterfaceID of WBTS,COCOId of WBTS, VCI of WBTS



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.12.17 WBTSId (WBTS Identifier)

4.12.18 WBTSName (WCDMA BTS name)

Table 436. WBTS Identifier

Parameter name: WBTS Identifier

Abbreviated name: WBTSId



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the WBTS uniquely under itscontrolling RNC.




Default value -







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 32.106-5, TelecommunicationManagement; Configuration Management; Part 5:Basic Configuration Management IRP

Table 437. WCDMA BTS name

Parameter name: WCDMA BTS name

Abbreviated name: WBTSName




4.12.19 WBTSTimeStamp (Time stamp)


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter can be used for identification of theWCDMA BTS (Node B). The maximum length of thename is 15 ASCII chars.




Default value -




Related parameters: WBTSId of WBTS



• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


References: -

Table 437. WCDMA BTS name (Continued)



Abbreviated name: WBTSTimeStamp


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.12.19.1 WBTSDay (Time stamp day)

Description: Parameter identifies the time when the WBTS object (orany other object beneath it in object hierarchy) wasmodified the last time.

WBTS time stamp is updated every time when anyWCEL or ADJS or ADJI or ADJG object under it hasbeen changed.


Child parameters: • WBTSDay

• WBTSHours

• WBTSHundreths

• WBTSMinutes

• WBTSMonth

• WBTSSeconds

• WBTSYear


-

Default value -








References: -

Table 438. Time stamp (Continued)



Abbreviated name: WBTSDay


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.12.19.2 WBTSHours (Time stamp hours)

Description: Parameter identifies the day when the WBTS object (orany other object beneath it in object hierarchy) wasmodified the last time.






Default value -




Related parameters: WBTSTimeStamp of WBTS




References: -

Table 439. Time stamp day (Continued)



Abbreviated name: WBTSHours


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.12.19.3 WBTSHundreths (Time stamp hundredths of seconds)

Description: Parameter identifies the hour of time when the WBTSobject (or any other object beneath it in objecthierarchy) was modified the last time.






Default value -








References: -




Abbreviated name: WBTSHundreths


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.12.19.4 WBTSMinutes (Time stamp minutes)

Description: Parameter identifies the hundredths of seconds of timewhen the WBTS object (or any other object beneath itin object hierarchy) was modified the last time.






Default value -








References: -




Abbreviated name: WBTSMinutes


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.12.19.5 WBTSMonth (Time stamp month)

Description: Parameter identifies the minutes of time when theWBTS object (or any other object beneath it in objecthierarchy) was modified the last time.






Default value -








References: -

Table 442. Time stamp minutes (Continued)



Abbreviated name: WBTSMonth


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.12.19.6 WBTSSeconds (Time stamp seconds)

Description: Parameter identifies the month when the WBTS object(or any other object beneath it in object hierarchy) wasmodified the last time.






Default value -








References: -

Table 443. Time stamp month (Continued)



Abbreviated name: WBTSSeconds


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.12.19.7 WBTSYear (Time stamp year)

Description: Parameter identifies the seconds of time when theWBTS object (or any other object beneath it in objecthierarchy) was modified the last time.






Default value -








References: -




Abbreviated name: WBTSYear


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.12.20 WinACRABsetupDL (DL measurement averaging window for AC)

Description: Parameter identifies the year when the WBTS object (orany other object beneath it in object hierarchy) wasmodified the last time.






Default value -








References: -


Table 446. DL measurement averaging window for AC

Parameter name: DL measurement averaging window for AC

Abbreviated name: WinACRABsetupDL



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.12.21 WinACRABsetupUL (UL measurement averaging window for AC)

Description: This parameter determines the DL load measurementaveraging window size in number of NBAP: RadioResource Indication message periods. This window isused in averaging the total transmission powermeasurement results of a cell that are received from theBTS in the NBAP: Radio Resource Indicationmessages. Sliding type of window is used: the oldestmeasurement result is removed when a new one isreceived from BTS.




Default value 5




Related parameters: PSAveragingWindowSize of WBTS, RRIndPeriod ofWBTS



• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


References: -

Table 446. DL measurement averaging window for AC (Continued)

Table 447. UL measurement averaging window for AC

Parameter name: UL measurement averaging window for AC

Abbreviated name: WinACRABsetupUL



Multiplicity: 1



4.12.22 WinRACHnormalLoadBS (Window for RACH normal loadmeasurement )

Description: This parameter determines the UL load measurementaveraging window size in number of NBAP: RadioResource Indication message periods. This window isused in averaging the total wideband interferencepower measurement results received from BTS in theNBAP: Radio Resource Indication messages. Slidingtype of window is used: the oldest measurement resultis removed when a new one is received from BTS.




Default value 5




Related parameters: PSAveragingWindowSize of WBTS, RRIndPeriod ofWBTS



• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


References: -

Table 447. UL measurement averaging window for AC (Continued)

Table 448. Window for RACH normal load measurement

Parameter name: Window for RACH normal load measurement

Abbreviated name: WinRACHnormalLoadBS



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.12.23 WinRACHoverLoadBS (Window for RACH overload measurement )

Description: Parameter defines the comparison window size forRACH normal load detection in RACH load indicationperiods. The RACH load is considered normal when allRACH load measurement results received during theperiod determined by the parameter are below thethreshold RACHnormalLoadBS. The RACH loadreporting period is determined by a BTS configurationdata parameter, and is a multiple of the the radioresource indication period.




Default value 5


Related functions: Load Control, Admission Control


Related parameters: RACHnormalLoadBS of WCEL, RACHoverLoadBS ofWCEL, RACHloadIndicationPeriod of WBTS,WinRACHoverLoadBS of WBTS



• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


References: -

Table 448. Window for RACH normal load measurement (Continued)

Table 449. Window for RACH overload measurement

Parameter name: Window for RACH overload measurement

Abbreviated name: WinRACHoverLoadBS



Multiplicity: 1



4.13 WCEL Parameters

4.13.1 ACBarredList (Access Class Barred list)

Description: Parameter defines the comparison window size forRACH overload detection in RACH load indicationperiods. The RACH is considered overloaded when allRACH load measurement results received during theperiod determined by the parameter exceed thethreshold RACHOverLoadBS. The RACH loadreporting period is determined by a BTS configurationdata parameter, and is a multiple of the radio resourceindication period.




Default value 1




Related parameters: RACHnormalLoadBS of WCEL, RACHoverLoadBS ofWCEL, RACHloadIndicationPeriod of WBTS,WinRACHnormalLoadBS of WBTS



• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


References: -

Table 449. Window for RACH overload measurement (Continued)

Table 450. Access Class Barred list

Parameter name: Access Class Barred list

Abbreviated name: ACBarredList

Managed object: WCEL


RAN Parameters

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: 'Access Class Barred list' information defines for eachof the 16 Access Classes (AC0, AC1,...AC15) whetheraccess is barred or not .

'Access Class Barred list' uses binary notation of 16bits where

- bit 0 indicates if access is barred or not for AC0



...


If a bit is set to 1, the corresponding Access Class is'barred'.

If a bit is set to 0, the corresponding Access Class is'not barred'.

If Access Class 10 is indicated as barred in a cell, UEswith Access Class 0 to 9 or without an IMSI are notallowed to initiate emergency calls in this cell. For UEswith Access Classes 11 to 15, emergency calls are notallowed if both Access Class 10 and the relevantAccess Class (11 to 15) are barred. Otherwise,emergency calls are allowed for those UEs.


Range and step: -


-

Default value 0




Related parameters: SIB3Compmask6 of WCEL

Table 450. Access Class Barred list (Continued)



4.13.2 AICHTraTime (AICH Transmission Timing)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 22.011, Service accessibility


Table 450. Access Class Barred list (Continued)

Table 451. AICH Transmission Timing

Parameter name: AICH Transmission Timing

Abbreviated name: AICHTraTime


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: AICH transmission timing defines the delay betweenthe reception of a PRACH access slot including acorrectly detected preamble and the transmission of theAcquisition Indicator in the AICH:

0 = Delay is 0 access slots; AI is transmitted in the 1stAICH access slot after the PRACH access slot.

1 = Delay is 1 access slot; AI is transmitted in the 2nd

AICH access slot after the PRACH access slot.




Default value 0






RAN Parameters

4.13.3 AMRModeDL (AMR mode downlink)



• RNC to WBTS

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• Planner to RAC

• RAC to EM




Table 451. AICH Transmission Timing (Continued)

Table 452. AMR mode downlink

Parameter name: AMR mode downlink

Abbreviated name: AMRModeDL



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the default AMR modes for acell in downlink. Only one downlink AMR mode per cellis allowed.

Range and step: -


-

Default value 1







4.13.4 AMRModeUL (AMR mode uplink)



• EM to RNC


• Planner to RAC

References: -

Table 452. AMR mode downlink (Continued)

Table 453. AMR mode uplink

Parameter name: AMR mode uplink

Abbreviated name: AMRModeUL



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the default AMR modes for acell in uplink. Two simultaneous uplink AMR modes percell are allowed. If the two modes are equal, then onlyone mode is used.

Range and step: -


-

Default value 1







• EM to RNC


• Planner to RAC

References: -


RAN Parameters

4.13.5 AdminCellState (Administrative Cell State)

Table 454. Administrative Cell State

Parameter name: Administrative Cell State

Abbreviated name: AdminCellState


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Each logical cell recource in the RNC has anadministrative state, which the operator can change.

In the RNC RNW configuration managementfunctionality there may be restrictions for unlocking alogical cell (e.g. incomplete configuration).

Range and step: 0 (Locked), 1 (Unlocked)




Default value 0







• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 32.106, 3G ConfigurationManagement



4.13.6 AllowedPreambleSignatures (Allowed preamble signatures)

Table 455. Allowed preamble signatures

Parameter name: Allowed preamble signatures

Abbreviated name: AllowedPreambleSignatures


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The preamble part in a PRACH channel carries one of16 different orthogonal complex signatures. Allowedpreamble signatures specifies which signatures areused in a cell.

Allowed preamble signatures uses binary notation,where bit 0 indicates if the signature #0 is allowed, bit 1indicates if the signature #1 is allowed, etc. If a bit is setto 1, the corresponding signature is allowed.

BTS Restriction:

A maximum of four signatures can be allowed.

Range and step: -


-

Default value 15






RAN Parameters

4.13.7 AllowedRACHSubChannels (Allowed RACH subchannels)



• RNC to WBTS

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





Table 455. Allowed preamble signatures (Continued)

Table 456. Allowed RACH subchannels

Parameter name: Allowed RACH subchannels

Abbreviated name: AllowedRACHSubChannels


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: A RACH sub-channel defines a sub-set of the total setof access slots. There are a total of 12 RACH sub-channels.

Bit 0 = Sub Channel Number 0


...


Range and step: -


-

Default value 4095





4.13.8 AltScramblingCodeCM (Compressed Mode: Alternative scramblingcode)





• RNC to WBTS

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





Table 456. Allowed RACH subchannels (Continued)

Table 457. Compressed Mode: Alternative scrambling code

Parameter name: Compressed Mode: Alternative scrambling code

Abbreviated name: AltScramblingCodeCM



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines whether the alternativescrambling code is allowed to be used in case ofcompressed mode method halving the spreading factor.



• False => 0

• True => 1






RAN Parameters

4.13.9 CId (Cell identifier)

Related parameters: MaxNumbUECMcoverHO of WCEL, CMmasterSwitchof RNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 457. Compressed Mode: Alternative scrambling code (Continued)

Table 458. Cell identifier

Parameter name: Cell identifier

Abbreviated name: CId



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter identifies the cell within a RNC.





Default value -







4.13.10 CPICHtoRefRABoffset (Offset of the P-CPICH and reference servicepowers)



• RNC to WBTS

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC




Table 458. Cell identifier (Continued)

Table 459. Offset of the P-CPICH and reference service powers

Parameter name: Offset of the P-CPICH and reference service powers

Abbreviated name: CPICHtoRefRABoffset



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the offset of the primary CPICHtransmission power, and the maximum DL transmissionpower of the reference service channel in DL powerallocation. The maximum transmission power of thereference service is calculated (in dBm) by subtractingthe value of the parameter from the transmission powerof the primary CPICH.




Default value 2 dB





RAN Parameters

4.13.11 CableLoss (Cable Loss)

Related parameters: DLreferenceBitRate of WCEL, DLreferenceTargetBLERof WCEL, PtxDLabsMax of WCEL, PtxDPCHmax ofWBTS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 459. Offset of the P-CPICH and reference service powers (Continued)

Table 460. Cable Loss

Parameter name: Cable Loss

Abbreviated name: CableLoss



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter defines the difference in DL linkloss inrelation to the UL linkloss when the mast head amplifieris used. Its value is subtracted from the antennaconnector power value of the primary CPICH read fromthe management parameter PtxPrimaryCPICH, whileproducing the CPICH power value for the needs of theUL open loop power control.




Default value 3 dB


Related functions: Admission Control, Power Control


Related parameters: MHA of WCEL, PtxPrimaryCPICH of WCEL



4.13.12 CellBarred (Cell Barred)



• RAC to RNC

• RAC to WBTS

• EM to RNC

• EM to WBTS



• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.141, Base stationconformance testing (FDD)

Table 460. Cable Loss (Continued)

Table 461. Cell Barred

Parameter name: Cell Barred

Abbreviated name: CellBarred


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines whether the cell is barred or not.

A barred cell is a cell where a UE is not allowed tocamp on. Emergency calls shall be allowed in all cellswhose barred status is "not barred". When cell status is"barred", the UE is not permitted to select/re-select thecell, not even for emergency calls.


Range and step: 0 (Barred), 1 (Not barred)


• Barred: internal_value = 0

• Not barred: internal_value = 1

Default value 1





RAN Parameters

4.13.13 CellRange (Cell range)

Related parameters: IntraFreq_Cell_Reselect_Ind of WCEL,SIB3Compmask6 of WCEL, TBarred of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS



Table 461. Cell Barred (Continued)

Table 462. Cell range

Parameter name: Cell range

Abbreviated name: CellRange


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the maximum range of the cell, i.e. themaximum distance from the cell site where a UE canhave a radio connection to the cell including softhandover situations.

The maximum cell range can be 20 km when using twoantennas and AICH Transmission Timing has value 1. IfAICH Transmission Timing has value 0 or four antennasare used the maximum value can be 10 km.

Note: Changing the parameter value will start the cellshutdown procedure in the BTS.

Range and step: 100...20000 m, step 100 m



Default value -



4.13.14 Cell_Reserved (Cell Reserved for operator use)



Modification: Cell shutdown is needed

Related parameters: AICHTraTime of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RAC to WBTS

References: -

Table 462. Cell range (Continued)

Table 463. Cell Reserved for operator use

Parameter name: Cell Reserved for operator use

Abbreviated name: Cell_Reserved


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines whether the cell is reserved for operator use ornot. A reserved cell is a cell on which camping is notallowed, except for particular UEs, if so indicated.

When cell status is "not barred" and "not reserved" foroperator use the UE may select/re-select this cellduring the cell selection and cell re-selectionprocedures in Idle mode and in Connected mode.

When cell status is "not barred" and "reserved" foroperator use, the UEs assigned to Access Class 11 or15 may select/re-select this cell if in the home PLMN.UEs assigned to Access Class in the range 0 to 9 and12 to 14 shall behave as if cell status "barred" isindicated.


Range and step: 0 (Reserved), 1 (Not reserved)


RAN Parameters

4.13.15 CodeTreeOptTimer (Code tree optimisation timer)


• Reserved: internal_value = 0

• Not reserved: internal_value = 1

Default value 1




Related parameters: CellBarred of WCEL, SIB3Compmask6 of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 463. Cell Reserved for operator use (Continued)

Table 464. Code tree optimisation timer

Parameter name: Code tree optimisation timer

Abbreviated name: CodeTreeOptTimer



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the timer value that triggerscode tree optimisation, if it is not triggered otherwise.




Default value 3600 s




4.13.16 CodeTreeOptimisation (Code tree optimisation)



Related parameters: CodeTreeOptimisation of WCEL, CodeTreeUsage ofWCEL, MaxCodeReleases of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 464. Code tree optimisation timer (Continued)

Table 465. Code tree optimisation

Parameter name: Code tree optimisation

Abbreviated name: CodeTreeOptimisation



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter indicates if rearrangement can beapplied to a specific cell.



• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: CodeTreeOptTimer of WCEL, CodeTreeUsage ofWCEL, MaxCodeReleases of WCEL


RAN Parameters

4.13.17 CodeTreeUsage (Code Tree Usage)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 465. Code tree optimisation (Continued)

Table 466. Code Tree Usage

Parameter name: Code Tree Usage

Abbreviated name: CodeTreeUsage



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the minimum usage of code treebefore rearrangement is applied to a specific cell.

Range and step: 0...100 %, step 1 %



Default value 25 %




Related parameters: CodeTreeOptTimer of WCEL, CodeTreeOptimisation ofWCEL, MaxCodeReleases of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.13.18 DLreferenceBitRate (Downlink bit rate of the reference service)

Table 467. Downlink bit rate of the reference service

Parameter name: Downlink bit rate of the reference service

Abbreviated name: DLreferenceBitRate



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the downlink bit rate of thereference service. Reference service is used in thedetermination of the maximum downlink code channeltransmission power.

The service is considered to be AMR speech, if the bitrate is one of the followings: 12.2, 10.2, 7.95, 7.4, 6.7,5.9, 5.15, 4.75 (kbit/s). Otherwise the service is dataservice.

Range and step: 0.01...16000 kbit/s , step 0.01 kbit/s



Default value 12.2 kbit/s




Related parameters: CPICHtoRefRABoffset of WCEL,DLreferenceTargetBLER of WCEL, PtxDLabsMax ofWCEL, PtxDPCHmax of WBTS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• AC to PS



RAN Parameters

4.13.19 DLreferenceTargetBLER (Downlink BLER target of the referenceservice)

Table 468. Downlink BLER target of the reference service

Parameter name: Downlink BLER target of the reference service

Abbreviated name: DLreferenceTargetBLER



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the downlink target BLER for thereference service in the downlink power allocation.Reference service is used in the determination of themaximum downlink code channel transmission power.

Value of the parameter is the log10 of the BLER value.

Range and step: -8...0 , step 0.1



Default value -2.2




Related parameters: CPICHtoRefRABoffset of WCEL, DLreferenceBitRateof WCEL, PtxDLabsMax of WCEL, PtxDPCHmax ofWBTS



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -



4.13.20 DRRCprxMargin (Prx Margin for DRRC)

Table 469. Prx Margin for DRRC

Parameter name: Prx Margin for DRRC

Abbreviated name: DRRCprxMargin



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the threshold level whichthe uplink load of the cell may not exceed in order forthe Directed RRC Connection Setup to be possiblefrom another cell (source cell) of the same sector. TheAdmission control of the RNC calculates the thresholdlevel by adding the value of the parameter to the totalreceived power level of the source cell.




Default value -0.5 dB




Related parameters: DRRCprxOffset of WCEL, DRRCptxMargin of WCEL,DRRCptxOffset of WCEL, SectorID of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.13.21 DRRCprxOffset (Prx Offset for DRRC)

Table 470. Prx Offset for DRRC

Parameter name: Prx Offset for DRRC

Abbreviated name: DRRCprxOffset



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the threshold level whichthe uplink load of the source cell must exceed beforethe Admission control of the RNC may direct the RRCconnection setup to another cell within the sector. TheAdmission control calculates the threshold level byadding the value of the parameter to the target value ofthe total received power (PrxTarget).




Default value -1 dB




Related parameters: DRRCprxMargin of WCEL, DRRCptxMargin of WCEL,DRRCptxOffset of WCEL, SectorID of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.13.22 DRRCptxMargin (Ptx Margin for DRRC)

Table 471. Ptx Margin for DRRC

Parameter name: Ptx Margin for DRRC

Abbreviated name: DRRCptxMargin



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the threshold level whichthe downlink load of the cell may not exceed in order forthe Directed RRC Connection Setup to be possiblefrom another cell (source cell) of the same sector. TheAdmission control of the RNC calculates the thresholdlevel by adding the value of the parameter to the totaltransmitted power level of the source cell.




Default value -2 dB




Related parameters: DRRCprxMargin of WCEL, DRRCprxOffset of WCEL,DRRCptxOffset of WCEL, SectorID of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.13.23 DRRCptxOffset (Ptx Offset for DRRC)

Table 472. Ptx Offset for DRRC

Parameter name: Ptx Offset for DRRC

Abbreviated name: DRRCptxOffset



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the threshold level whichthe downlink load of the source cell must exceed beforethe Admission control of the RNC may direct the RRCconnection setup to another cell within the sector. TheAdmission control calculates the threshold level byadding the value of the parameter to the target value ofthe total transmitted power (PtxTarget).




Default value -3 dB




Related parameters: DRRCprxMargin of WCEL, DRRCprxOffset of WCEL,DRRCptxMargin of WCEL, SectorID of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.13.24 DeltaPrxMaxDown (Maximum uplink power decrease in packetscheduling)

Table 473. Maximum uplink power decrease in packet scheduling

Parameter name: Maximum uplink power decrease in packet scheduling

Abbreviated name: DeltaPrxMaxDown



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the maximum received uplink power decreasein a cell, used when bit rates are decreased by thepacket scheduler, relative to PrxTotal.




Default value 3 dB




Related parameters: DeltaPrxMaxUp of WCEL, DeltaPtxMaxDown of WCEL,DeltaPtxMaxUp of WCEL



• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

References: -


RAN Parameters

4.13.25 DeltaPrxMaxUp (Maximum uplink power increase in packetscheduling)

Table 474. Maximum uplink power increase in packet scheduling

Parameter name: Maximum uplink power increase in packet scheduling

Abbreviated name: DeltaPrxMaxUp



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the maximum received uplink power increase ina cell, used when bit rates are allocated or increased bythe packet scheduler, relative to PrxTotal.








Related parameters: DeltaPrxMaxDown of WCEL, DeltaPtxMaxDown ofWCEL, DeltaPtxMaxUp of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.13.26 DeltaPtxMaxDown (Maximum downlink power decrease in packetscheduling)

Table 475. Maximum downlink power decrease in packet scheduling

Parameter name: Maximum downlink power decrease in packetscheduling

Abbreviated name: DeltaPtxMaxDown



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the maximum transmitted downlink powerdecrease in a cell, used when bit rates are decreasedby the packet scheduler, relative to PtxTotal.




Default value 3 dB




Related parameters: DeltaPrxMaxDown of WCEL, DeltaPrxMaxUp ofWCEL, DeltaPtxMaxUp of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.13.27 DeltaPtxMaxUp (Maximum downlink power increase in packetscheduling)

Table 476. Maximum downlink power increase in packet scheduling

Parameter name: Maximum downlink power increase in packetscheduling

Abbreviated name: DeltaPtxMaxUp



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the maximum transmitted downlink powerincrease in a cell, used when bit rates are allocated orincreased by the packet scheduler, relative to PtxTotal.








Related parameters: DeltaPrxMaxDown of WCEL, DeltaPrxMaxUp ofWCEL, DeltaPtxMaxDown of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.13.28 EbNoSetIdentifier (Eb/No parameter set identifier )

Table 477. Eb/No parameter set identifier

Parameter name: Eb/No parameter set identifier

Abbreviated name: EbNoSetIdentifier



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the identifier of a particularparameter set of the planned Eb/No's. Set includes alsothe Delta SIR values that are used by L1 power controlin the compressed mode.

This parameter determines the parameters that areproducing the parameter set. The parameter set isassociated to a particular cell with its identifier.

Description of the set according to its identifier:

Value 1: Two way receiver diversity

Value 2: One way receiver diversity

Value 3: Four way receiver diversity




Default value 1


Related functions: Load Control, Admission Control, Packet Scheduler





• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.13.29 FachDataAllowedTotal (Maximum allowed total data amount onFACH)

Table 478. Maximum allowed total data amount on FACH

Parameter name: Maximum allowed total data amount on FACH

Abbreviated name: FachDataAllowedTotal



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the maximum amount of userdata in all RLC buffers that can be transmitted at anygiven time on FACH (FACH is already selected).

Range and step: 0 (0 bytes), 8 (8 bytes), 16 (16 bytes), 32 (32 bytes), 64(64 bytes), 128 (128 bytes), 256 (256 bytes), 512 (512bytes), 1024 (1 KB), 1536 (1536 bytes), 2048 (2 KB),3072 (3 KB), 4096 (4 KB), 6144 (6 KB), 8192 (8 KB),12288 (12 KB), 16384 (16 KB), 24576 (24 KB), 32768(32 KB)





















Default value 1024



4.13.30 FachLoadMarginCCH (Margin for FACH load for downlink channeltype selection)




Related parameters: FachLoadMarginCCH of WCEL,FachLoadThresholdCCH of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 478. Maximum allowed total data amount on FACH (Continued)

Table 479. Margin for FACH load for downlink channel type selection

Parameter name: Margin for FACH load for downlink channel typeselection

Abbreviated name: FachLoadMarginCCH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The margin for the total load of SCCPCH (FACH/PCH)for downlink channel type selection. When themeasured load is below the threshold by at least thismargin, FACH usage is possible.




Default value 5 %




Related parameters: FachDataAllowedTotal of WCEL,FachLoadThresholdCCH of WCEL


RAN Parameters

4.13.31 FachLoadThresholdCCH (Threshold for FACH load for downlinkchannel type selection)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 479. Margin for FACH load for downlink channel type selection

Table 480. Threshold for FACH load for downlink channel type selection

Parameter name: Threshold for FACH load for downlink channel typeselection

Abbreviated name: FachLoadThresholdCCH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The threshold for the total load of SCCPCH(FACH/PCH) channel for downlink channel typeselection. If the threshold is exceeded, DCH isallocated.




Default value 75 %




Related parameters: FachDataAllowedTotal of WCEL, FachLoadMarginCCHof WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -



4.13.32 HCS_PRIO (HCS priority level for a cell)

Table 481. HCS priority level for a cell

Parameter name: HCS priority level for a cell

Abbreviated name: HCS_PRIO


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the HCS priority level for a cell.Value 0 indicates the lowest HCS priority and value 7indicates the highest HCS priority.

This parameter is not needed if HCS is not used.





Default value 0




Related parameters: AdjgPenaltyTime of HOPG, AdjgQoffset1 of HOPG,AdjgTempOffset1 of HOPG, AdjiPenaltyTime of HOPI,AdjiQoffset1 of HOPI, AdjiQoffset2 of HOPI,AdjiTempOffset1 of HOPI, AdjiTempOffset2 of HOPI,AdjsPenaltyTime of HOPS, AdjsQoffset1 of HOPS,AdjsQoffset2 of HOPS, AdjsTempOffset1 of HOPS,AdjsTempOffset2 of HOPS, QHCS of WCEL, Qhyst1 ofWCEL, Qhyst2 of WCEL, SHCS_RAT of WCEL,SIB3Compmask3 of WCEL, Sintersearch of WCEL,Sintrasearch of WCEL, Slimit_SearchRAT of WCEL,SsearchHCS of WCEL, Ssearch_RAT of WCEL,Treselection of WCEL, UseOfHCS of WCEL


RAN Parameters

4.13.33 HHoMaxAllowedBitrateDL (Maximum Allowed DL User Bitrate inHHO)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 481. HCS priority level for a cell (Continued)

Table 482. Maximum Allowed DL User Bitrate in HHO

Parameter name: Maximum Allowed DL User Bitrate in HHO

Abbreviated name: HHoMaxAllowedBitrateDL



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the bitrate threshold whichthe maximum allocated user bitrate on the downlinkDPCH may not exceed in order for the inter-frequencyor inter-RAT (GSM) handover to be possible due tohigh downlink DPCH power level.

Range and step: 32 (32 kbit/s), 64 (64 kbit/s), 128 (128 kbit/s), 256 (256kbit/s), 320 (320 kbit/s), 384 (384 kbit/s)


• 32 kbit/s: internal_value = 32






Default value 64



4.13.34 HHoMaxAllowedBitrateUL (Maximum Allowed UL User Bitrate inHHO)







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 482. Maximum Allowed DL User Bitrate in HHO (Continued)

Table 483. Maximum Allowed UL User Bitrate in HHO

Parameter name: Maximum Allowed UL User Bitrate in HHO

Abbreviated name: HHoMaxAllowedBitrateUL



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter determines the bitrate threshold whichthe maximum allocated user bitrate on the uplink DPCHmay not exceed in order for the inter-frequency or inter-RAT (GSM) handover to be possible due to high UE TXpower level or bad uplink DCH quality.

In case of bad uplink DCH quality, the bitrate thresholdconcerns only RT data (CS or PS) connections.

Range and step: 32 (32 kbit/s), 64 (64 kbit/s), 128 (128 kbit/s), 256 (256kbit/s), 320 (320 kbit/s), 384 (384 kbit/s)









RAN Parameters

4.13.35 IntraFreq_Cell_Reselect_Ind (Intra-frequency cell re-selectionindicator)

Default value 32







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 483. Maximum Allowed UL User Bitrate in HHO (Continued)

Table 484. Intra-frequency cell re-selection indicator

Parameter name: Intra-frequency cell re-selection indicator

Abbreviated name: IntraFreq_Cell_Reselect_Ind


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines whether intra-frequency cell re-selection isallowed or not when the cell is barred.

When a cell's status is "barred", the UE is not permittedto select/re-select this cell, except in some cases for anemergency call. If the "Intra-frequency cell re-selectionindicator" is set to value "allowed", the UE may selectanother cell on the same frequency if selection/re-selection criteria are fulfilled. If the "Intra-frequency cellre-selection indicator" is set to "not allowed" the UEshall not re-select even a different cell on the samefrequency as the barred cell. For emergency call, theIntra-frequency cell re-selection indicator IE" shall beignored. "Intra-frequency cell re-selection indicator" ispart of SIB3/4 in the case the "cell barred" indicator istrue.

Range and step: 0 (Allowed), 1 (Not allowed)



4.13.36 LAC (Location area code)


• Allowed: internal_value = 0

• Not allowed: internal_value = 1

Default value 0




Related parameters: CellBarred of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 484. Intra-frequency cell re-selection indicator (Continued)

Table 485. Location area code

Parameter name: Location area code

Abbreviated name: LAC



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

Description: This parameter contains the Location area code (LAC)of a WCDMA cell. The coding of the Location area code(two octets) is the responsibility of administration.

LAI (Location Area Identification) consists of PLMNidand LAC. If LAI has to be deleted, LAC is set as0xFFFE.

This parameter is also part of System Information Block1 and known as IE: GSM-MAP NAS systeminformation.




Default value -




Related parameters: PLMNid of RNC



• RNC to MSC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC






Table 485. Location area code (Continued)



4.13.37 LcrId (Local cell resource identifier)

Table 486. Local cell resource identifier

Parameter name: Local cell resource identifier

Abbreviated name: LcrId



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The Local cell resource is an object, which consists ofthe HW required by one cell for transmission andreceiving. Local cell resource id is used to address oneparticular local cell resource at the BTS. The LCR Id isunique within BTS.

With the Configuration Data message the Local cellresource can be associated to the cell identifier (C-ID)used at the radio interface. In cases when configurationis initialized at the BTS, the signalling related to a cell isaddressed using C-ID instead of the Local cell resourceid.




Default value -




Related parameters: CId of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• EM to WBTS

• Planner to RAC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.401, UTRAN OverallDescription



RAN Parameters

4.13.38 MHA (MHA used)

Table 487. MHA used

Parameter name: MHA used

Abbreviated name: MHA



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The MHA is a preamplifier for uplink reception, normallyin the mast or near the antenna. Parameter is used alsofor the needs of the UL open loop power control to findout, whether the MHA is in use or not.



• False => 0

• True => 1



Related functions: Admission Control, Power Control


Related parameters: CableLoss of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• RAC to WBTS

• EM to RNC

• EM to WBTS


• Planner to WBTS

References: -



4.13.39 MaxBitRateDLPSNRT (Maximum downlink bit rate for PS domainNRT data )

Table 488. Maximum downlink bit rate for PS domain NRT data

Parameter name: Maximum downlink bit rate for PS domain NRT data

Abbreviated name: MaxBitRateDLPSNRT



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the maximum downlink user bitrate allowed in a cell for an NRT PS domain RAB.

Range and step: 8 (8 kbit/s), 16 (16 kbit/s), 32 (32 kbit/s), 64 (64 kbit/s),128 (128 kbit/s), 256 (256 kbit/s), 320 (320 kbit/s), 384(Default value)









• Default value: internal_value = 384

Default value 384




Related parameters: MaxBitRateULPSNRT of WCEL, MinAllowedBitRateDLof WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.13.40 MaxBitRateULPSNRT (Maximum uplink bit rate for PS domain NRTdata )

Table 489. Maximum uplink bit rate for PS domain NRT data

Parameter name: Maximum uplink bit rate for PS domain NRT data

Abbreviated name: MaxBitRateULPSNRT



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the maximum uplink user bitrate allowed in a cell for an NRT PS domain RAB.

Range and step: 8 (8 kbit/s), 16 (16 kbit/s), 32 (32 kbit/s), 64 (64 kbit/s),128 (128 kbit/s), 256 (256 kbit/s), 320 (320 kbit/s), 384(Default value)









• Default value: internal_value = 384

Default value 384




Related parameters: MaxBitRateDLPSNRT of WCEL, MinAllowedBitRateULof WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -



4.13.41 MaxCodeReleases (Max Code Releases)

4.13.42 MaxNumbUECMcoverHO (Compressed Mode: Maximum number ofUEs)

Table 490. Max Code Releases

Parameter name: Max Code Releases

Abbreviated name: MaxCodeReleases



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter defines the maximum amount of coderelease actions allowed in a code tree beforerearrangement is applied to this code tree.




Default value 25




Related parameters: CodeTreeOptTimer of WCEL, CodeTreeOptimisation ofWCEL, CodeTreeUsage of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 491. Compressed Mode: Maximum number of UEs

Parameter name: Compressed Mode: Maximum number of UEs

Abbreviated name: MaxNumbUECMcoverHO



RAN Parameters

4.13.43 MinAllowedBitRateDL (Initial and minimum allowed bit rate indownlink)


Multiplicity: 1

Description: With this parameter is defined maximum number ofUEs in compressed mode simultaneously in the celldue to coverage or quality based HO measurementreason.

This limit is temporarily allowed to exceed when newsoft handover branch to be added to this cell belongs tothe RRC connection that is in compressed mode.




Default value 16


Related functions: Packet Scheduler, Handover Control


Related parameters: AltScramblingCodeCM of WCEL, CMmasterSwitch ofRNC, GapPositionSingleFrame of RNC,HLSModeSelection of RNC, LowerULAMRmodeCM ofRNC, MinDLAMRmodeCM of RNC,PowerMarginCMcodeHalving of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 491. Compressed Mode: Maximum number of UEs (Continued)

Table 492. Initial and minimum allowed bit rate in downlink

Parameter name: Initial and minimum allowed bit rate in downlink

Abbreviated name: MinAllowedBitRateDL





4.13.44 MinAllowedBitRateUL (Initial and minimum allowed bit rate inuplink)

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the minimum allowed bit rate indownlink that can be allocated by the PS. The allocatedbit rate corresponds to the highest bit rate in the TFSfrom which the TFCS is constructed.

Range and step: 8 (8 kbps), 16 (16 kbps), 32 (32 kbps), 64 (64 kbps),128 (128 kbps), 256 (256 kbps), 320 (320 kbps), 384(384 kbps)


• 8 kbps: internal_value = 8








Default value 32




Related parameters: MaxBitRateDLPSNRT of WCEL, MinAllowedBitRateULof WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 492. Initial and minimum allowed bit rate in downlink (Continued)

Table 493. Initial and minimum allowed bit rate in uplink

Parameter name: Initial and minimum allowed bit rate in uplink

Abbreviated name: MinAllowedBitRateUL



RAN Parameters


Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the minimum allowed bit rate inuplink that can be allocated by the PS. The allocated bitrate corresponds to the highest bit rate in the TFS fromwhich the TFCS is constructed.

Range and step: 8 (8 kbps), 16 (16 kbps), 32 (32 kbps), 64 (64 kbps),128 (128 kbps), 256 (256 kbps), 320 (320 kbps), 384(384 kbps)










Default value 8




Related parameters: MaxBitRateULPSNRT of WCEL, MinAllowedBitRateDLof WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 493. Initial and minimum allowed bit rate in uplink (Continued)



4.13.45 N312 (N312)

Table 494. N312




Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the maximum number of "insync" indications received from L1 during theestablishment of a physical channel (UE counter usedin idle and connected mode).


Range and step: 0 (1), 1 (50), 2 (100), 3 (200), 4 (400), 5 (600), 6 (800),7 (1000), 8 (2), 9 (4), 10 (10), 11 (20)














Default value 9




Related parameters: T312 of WCEL


RAN Parameters

4.13.46 N313 (N313)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 495. N313




Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the maximum number ofsuccessive "out of sync" indications received from L1(MS counter).


Range and step: 0 (1), 1 (2), 2 (4), 3 (10), 4 (20), 5 (50), 6 (100), 7 (200)










Default value 4





4.13.47 N315 (N315)





• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 496. N315




Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the maximum number ofsuccessive "in sync" indications received from L1 whileT313 is being activated (UE counter).


Range and step: 0 (1), 1 (50), 2 (100), 3 (200), 4 (400), 5 (600), 6 (800),7 (1000), 8 (2), 9 (4), 10 (10), 11 (20)


RAN Parameters

4.13.48 NASsignVolThrDL (Downlink NAS signalling volume threshold)














Default value 0







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 497. Downlink NAS signalling volume threshold

Parameter name: Downlink NAS signalling volume threshold

Abbreviated name: NASsignVolThrDL





Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines downlink threshold for the sumof the RLC buffer loads of the SRB3 and SRB4. If RNCdetects that threshold is exceeded, it performs statetransition from Cell_FACH state to Cell_DCH state andallocates signalling link only for the RRC connection. Ifthreshold is not exceeded, capacity request is rejectedand state transition is not performed.

Range and step: 0 (0 bytes), 1 (8 bytes), 2 (16 bytes), 3 (32 bytes), 4 (64bytes), 5 (128 bytes), 6 (256 bytes), 7 (512 bytes), 8(1024 bytes. 1 KB), 9 (2048 bytes. 2 KB), 10 (3072bytes. 3 KB), 11 (4096 bytes. 4 KB), 12 (6144 bytes. 6KB), 13 (8192 bytes. 8 KB), 14 (12288 bytes. 12 KB),15 (16384 bytes. 16 KB)


















Default value 8




Related parameters: NASsignVolThrUL of WCEL

Table 497. Downlink NAS signalling volume threshold (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.13.49 NASsignVolThrUL (Uplink NAS signalling volume threshold)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 497. Downlink NAS signalling volume threshold (Continued)

Table 498. Uplink NAS signalling volume threshold

Parameter name: Uplink NAS signalling volume threshold

Abbreviated name: NASsignVolThrUL



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines uplink threshold for the sum ofthe RLC buffer loads of the SRB3 and SRB4. If RNCdetects that threshold is exceeded, it performs statetransition from Cell_FACH state to Cell_DCH state andallocates signalling link only for the RRC connection. Ifthreshold is not exceeded, capacity request is rejectedand state transition is not performed.

Range and step: 0 (0 bytes), 1 (8 bytes), 2 (16 bytes), 3 (32 bytes), 4 (64bytes), 5 (128 bytes), 6 (256 bytes), 7 (512 bytes), 8(1024 bytes. 1 KB), 9 (2048 bytes. 2 KB), 10 (3072bytes. 3 KB), 11 (4096 bytes. 4 KB), 12 (6144 bytes. 6KB), 13 (8192 bytes. 8 KB), 14 (12288 bytes. 12 KB),15 (16384 bytes. 16 KB)



4.13.50 NCr (Maximum number of cell reselections)


















Default value 8




Related parameters: NASsignVolThrDL of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 498. Uplink NAS signalling volume threshold (Continued)

Table 499. Maximum number of cell reselections

Parameter name: Maximum number of cell reselections

Abbreviated name: NCr


Parameter group: -


RAN Parameters

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the maximum number of cellreselections. If the number of cell reselections duringthe TCrmax time period exceeds the value of NCr, highmobility has been detected.

Needed only if HCS is used. Not used if TCrmax equals'not used'





Default value 8




Related parameters: TCrmax of WCEL, TCrmaxHyst of WCEL, Treselectionof WCEL, UseOfHCS of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 499. Maximum number of cell reselections (Continued)



4.13.51 NbrOfSCCPCHs (Number of SCCPCHs)

Table 500. Number of SCCPCHs

Parameter name: Number of SCCPCHs

Abbreviated name: NbrOfSCCPCHs


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter tells how many SCCPCHs will beconfigured for the cell.

If only one SCCPCH is used, it will carry FACHs andPCH. If two SCCPCHs is used, the first SCCPCH willcarry FACHs only and the second SCCPCH will carryPCH only.

Recommended value of the transmission power of theSCCPCH is dependent on the number of SCCPCHs




Default value 1




Related parameters: PtxSCCPCH1 of WCEL, PtxSCCPCH2 of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.13.52 NrtFmcgIdentifier (NRT FMCG Identifier)

4.13.53 NrtFmciIdentifier (NRT FMCI Identifier)

Table 501. NRT FMCG Identifier

Parameter name: NRT FMCG Identifier

Abbreviated name: NrtFmcgIdentifier



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the Measurement ControlParameter Set (FMCG object) which controls the inter-RAT (GSM) measurements of a non-real time (NRT)radio bearer.




Default value -




Related parameters: FMCGId of FMCG



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 502. NRT FMCI Identifier

Parameter name: NRT FMCI Identifier

Abbreviated name: NrtFmciIdentifier





4.13.54 NrtFmcsIdentifier (NRT FMCS Identifier)

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the Measurement ControlParameter Set (FMCI object) which controls the inter-frequency measurements of a non-real time (NRT)radio bearer.




Default value -




Related parameters: FMCIId of FMCI



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 502. NRT FMCI Identifier (Continued)

Table 503. NRT FMCS Identifier

Parameter name: NRT FMCS Identifier

Abbreviated name: NrtFmcsIdentifier



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Identifies the Measurement Control Parameter Set(FMCS object) which controls the intra-frequencymeasurements of a non-real time (NRT) radio bearer.





RAN Parameters

4.13.55 PI_amount (Number of PI per frame)

Default value -




Related parameters: FMCSId of FMCS



• EM to RNC


• Planner to RAC

References: -

Table 503. NRT FMCS Identifier (Continued)

Table 504. Number of PI per frame

Parameter name: Number of PI per frame

Abbreviated name: PI_amount


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The number of Page Indicators that can be paged inone PICH radio frame.


Range and step: 0 (18), 1 (36), 2 (72), 3 (144)






Default value 2






4.13.56 PRACHRequiredReceivedCI (Required received C/I on PRACH atWCDMA BTS)

Related parameters: PTxPICH of WCEL



• RNC to WBTS

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 504. Number of PI per frame (Continued)

Table 505. Required received C/I on PRACH at WCDMA BTS

Parameter name: Required received C/I on PRACH at WCDMA BTS

Abbreviated name: PRACHRequiredReceivedCI



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This UL required received C/I value is used by the UEto calculate the initial output power on PRACHaccording to the Open loop power control procedure.


Range and step: -35...-10 dB, step 1 dB







Related parameters: PowerOffsetLastPreamblePRACHmessage of WCEL,PowerRampStepPRACHpreamble of WCEL


RAN Parameters

4.13.57 PRACHScramblingCode (PRACH scrambling code)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 505. Required received C/I on PRACH at WCDMA BTS (Continued)

Table 506. PRACH scrambling code

Parameter name: PRACH scrambling code

Abbreviated name: PRACHScramblingCode


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The scrambling code for the preamble part and themessage part of a PRACH channel. PRACH scramblingcode is part of "PRACH info" which is part of "PRACHsystem information list" which is part of SIB5/6




Default value 0







4.13.58 PRACH_preamble_retrans (PRACH Preamble Retrans Max)



• RNC to WBTS

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





Table 506. PRACH scrambling code (Continued)

Table 507. PRACH Preamble Retrans Max

Parameter name: PRACH Preamble Retrans Max

Abbreviated name: PRACH_preamble_retrans


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The maximum number of preambles allowed in onepreamble ramping cycle. PRACH Preamble RetransMax is part of "PRACH power offset" which is part of"PRACH system information list" which is part ofSIB5/6.




Default value 8




Related parameters: RACH_Tx_NB01max of WCEL, RACH_Tx_NB01min ofWCEL, RACH_tx_Max of WCEL


RAN Parameters

4.13.59 PTxPICH (Transmission power of the PICH channel)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 507. PRACH Preamble Retrans Max (Continued)

Table 508. Transmission power of the PICH channel

Parameter name: Transmission power of the PICH channel

Abbreviated name: PTxPICH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This is the transmission power of the PICH channel. Itcarries the paging indicators which tell the UE to readthe paging message from the associated secondaryCCPCH. The transmission power value is relative to theCPICH transmission power. It may depend on thenumber of paging indicators (PI) per frame. Thefollowing table shows the recommended values for thedifferent cases

N. PI per frame (NP), Repetition of PICH bits, Powerrelative to CPICH (dB):

18, 16, -10

36, 8, -10

72, 4, -8

144, 2, -5





Default value -8 dB




4.13.60 PowerOffsetLastPreamblePRACHmessage (Power offset lastpreamble and PRACH message)



Related parameters: PI_amount of WCEL, PtxPrimaryCPICH of WCEL



• RNC to WBTS

• RAC to RNC




Table 508. Transmission power of the PICH channel (Continued)

Table 509. Power offset last preamble and PRACH message

Parameter name: Power offset last preamble and PRACH message

Abbreviated name: PowerOffsetLastPreamblePRACHmessage



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The power offset between the last transmitted preambleand the control part of the PRACH message (added tothe preamble power to receive the power of themessage control part).





Default value 2 dB





RAN Parameters

4.13.61 PowerOffsetSCCPCHTFCI (Power offset for S-CCPCH TFCI)

Related parameters: PRACHRequiredReceivedCI of WCEL,PowerRampStepPRACHpreamble of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 509. Power offset last preamble and PRACH message (Continued)

Table 510. Power offset for S-CCPCH TFCI

Parameter name: Power offset for S-CCPCH TFCI

Abbreviated name: PowerOffsetSCCPCHTFCI



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the power offset for the TFCI symbols relativeto the downlink transmission power of a SecondaryCCPCH.

Note: The TFCI field is offset relative to the power of thedata field. The power offsets vary in time according tothe bit-rate. Proposed values are: 2 dB for 15 ksps; 3dB for 30 ksps; and 4 dB for 60 ksps.


Child parameters: • PO1_15

• PO1_30

• PO1_60


-

Default value -




4.13.61.1 PO1_15 (Power offset for SCCPCH TFCI (15 ksps))



Related parameters: PtxSCCPCH1 of WCEL, PtxSCCPCH2 of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 510. Power offset for S-CCPCH TFCI (Continued)

Table 511. Power offset for SCCPCH TFCI (15 ksps)

Parameter name: Power offset for SCCPCH TFCI (15 ksps)

Abbreviated name: PO1_15



Multiplicity: 1






Default value 2 dB





RAN Parameters


Related parameters: PowerOffsetSCCPCHTFCI of WCEL, PtxSCCPCH1 ofWCEL, PtxSCCPCH2 of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 511. Power offset for SCCPCH TFCI (15 ksps) (Continued)






Multiplicity: 1






Default value 3 dB










• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC










Multiplicity: 1






Default value 4 dB






RAN Parameters

4.13.62 PowerRampStepPRACHpreamble (Power ramp step on PRACHpreamble)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





Table 514. Power ramp step on PRACH preamble

Parameter name: Power ramp step on PRACH preamble

Abbreviated name: PowerRampStepPRACHpreamble



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The power ramp step on PRACH preamble when noacquisition indicator (AI) is detected by the UE.





Default value 2 dB




Related parameters: PRACHRequiredReceivedCI of WCEL,PowerOffsetLastPreamblePRACHmessage of WCEL



4.13.63 PriScrCode (Primary downlink scrambling code)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 514. Power ramp step on PRACH preamble (Continued)

Table 515. Primary downlink scrambling code

Parameter name: Primary downlink scrambling code

Abbreviated name: PriScrCode



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Identifies the downlink scrambling code of the PrimaryCPICH (Common Pilot Channel) of the Cell.





Default value 0




Related parameters: UARFCN of WCEL


RAN Parameters

4.13.64 PrxNoise (Uplink noise level )



• RNC to WBTS

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


• WBTS to UE


• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.331, RRC ProtocolSpecification (Primary CPICH info)

Table 515. Primary downlink scrambling code (Continued)

Table 516. Uplink noise level

Parameter name: Uplink noise level

Abbreviated name: PrxNoise



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the noise level in the BTS digital receiver whenthere is no load (thermal noise + noise figure). Thisparameter is needed in noise rise calculations.

Range and step: -130...-50 dBm, step 0.1 dBm



Default value -101.9 dBm




Related parameters: PrxNoiseAutotuning of WCEL, PrxOffset of WCEL,PrxTarget of WCEL, PrxNoiseMaxTuneAbsolute ofRNC



4.13.65 PrxNoiseAutotuning (PrxNoise autotuning allowed)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 516. Uplink noise level (Continued)

Table 517. PrxNoise autotuning allowed

Parameter name: PrxNoise autotuning allowed

Abbreviated name: PrxNoiseAutotuning



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The autotuning algorithm of PrxNoise can be switchedon or off.



• False => 0

• True => 1



Related functions: Load Control, Packet Scheduler, Admission Control


Related parameters: PrxNoise of WCEL, PrxNoiseMaxTuneAbsolute of RNC



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.13.66 PrxOffset (Offset for received power)

Table 518. Offset for received power

Parameter name: Offset for received power

Abbreviated name: PrxOffset



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The target value of the total received power (PrxTarget)can be exceeded by the value of this parameter beforethe cell is considered to be overloaded in uplink. RadioAccess Bearer is not admitted if the total receivedpower exceeds the sum of the values of this parameterand the PrxTarget. PrxOffset is used to calculate thefirst uplink overload threshold for BTS and RNC:PrxTargetBTS = PrxTarget+PrxOffset.




Default value 1 dB


Related functions: Power Control, Packet Scheduler, Load Control,Admission Control


Related parameters: PrxNoise of WCEL, PrxTarget of WCEL, PtxOffset ofWCEL, PtxTarget of WCEL



• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


References: -



4.13.67 PrxTarget (Target for received power)

Table 519. Target for received power

Parameter name: Target for received power

Abbreviated name: PrxTarget



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The target for received total wideband interferencepower in a cell. An uplink RT RAB is not admitted if theestimated non-controllable power exceeds thisthreshold. PrxTarget is also used to calculatePrxTargetBTS, which is the first overload threshold forBSUL interference. The value of the PrxTarget isrelative to the system noise; it gives an upper thresholdfor the noise rise: the ratio of the total received uplinkpower to system noise.




Default value 4 dB




Related parameters: PrxNoise of WCEL, PrxOffset of WCEL, PtxOffset ofWCEL, PtxTarget of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.13.68 PtxAICH (Transmission power of the AICH channel)

Table 520. Transmission power of the AICH channel

Parameter name: Transmission power of the AICH channel

Abbreviated name: PtxAICH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This is the transmission power of one AquisitionIndicator (AI) compared to CPICH power. If a WCDMABTS transmits a large number of AIs, then the totalpower of AICH increases.

The AICH consists of a repeated sequence of 15consecutive Access Slots (AS), each one 5120 chips inlength. Each access slot consists of two parts: anAcquisition Indicator (AI) part consisting of 32 real-valued symbols, and a second part, 1024 chips inlength, which has no transmission and is not formallypart of the AICH. This second part of the slot isreserved for possible use by CSICH, or possible futureuse by other physical channels.

The spreading factor (SF) used for the channelisation ofthe AICH is 256, and the phase reference for the AICHis the P-CPICH.





Default value -8 dB




Related parameters: PtxPrimaryCPICH of WCEL



4.13.69 PtxDLabsMax (Planned maximum downlink transmission power ofa radio link)



• RNC to WBTS

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC





Table 520. Transmission power of the AICH channel (Continued)

Table 521. Planned maximum downlink transmission power of a radio link

Parameter name: Planned maximum downlink transmission power of aradio link

Abbreviated name: PtxDLabsMax



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The planned maximum downlink transmission power ofradio link. This parameter is used in the downlink powerallocation when CCTrCH includes one or more DCH'sof interactive or background traffic class RAB's. Theallocated power of a radio link cannot exceed the valueof this parameter. The parameter is set separately foreach cell. This parameter is the planned maximum, notthe physical limit.







RAN Parameters

4.13.70 PtxMarginCCH (Margin for total downlink transmission power fordownlink channel type selection)

Related functions: Power Control, Packet Scheduler, Admission Control


Related parameters: CPICHtoRefRABoffset of WCEL, DLreferenceBitRateof WCEL, DLreferenceTargetBLER of WCEL,PtxDPCHmax of WBTS



• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


• AC to PS

• AC to PC

References: -

Table 521. Planned maximum downlink transmission power of a radio link

Table 522. Margin for total downlink transmission power for downlink channeltype selection

Parameter name: Margin for total downlink transmission power fordownlink channel type selection

Abbreviated name: PtxMarginCCH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The margin for the total downlink transmission powerfor downlink channel type selection. When themeasured load is below the threshold by this margin,FACH usage is possible.









4.13.71 PtxOffset (Offset for transmitted power)


Related parameters: FachLoadMarginCCH of WCEL,FachLoadThresholdCCH of WCEL, PtxThresholdCCHof WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 522. Margin for total downlink transmission power for downlink channeltype selection (Continued)

Table 523. Offset for transmitted power

Parameter name: Offset for transmitted power

Abbreviated name: PtxOffset



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The target value of the total transmitted power(PtxTarget) can be exceeded by the value of thisparameter before the cell is considered to beoverloaded in downlink. Radio Access Bearer is notadmitted, if the total transmitted power exceeds thesum of the values of this parameter and the PtxTarget.PtxOffset is used to calculate the first downlink overloadthreshold for BTS and RNC: PtxTargetBTS =PtxTarget+PrxOffset.




Default value 1 dB





RAN Parameters

4.13.72 PtxPrimaryCCPCH (Transmission power of the primary CCPCHchannel)

Related parameters: PrxOffset of WCEL, PrxTarget of WCEL, PtxTarget ofWCEL



• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


References: -

Table 523. Offset for transmitted power (Continued)

Table 524. Transmission power of the primary CCPCH channel

Parameter name: Transmission power of the primary CCPCH channel

Abbreviated name: PtxPrimaryCCPCH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This is the transmission power of the primary CCPCHrelative to the CPICH transmission power.

The P-CCPCH is a fixed rate (15 ksps, SF = 256)downlink physical channel used to carry the BCH. It is apure data channel and characterized by a fixedchannelisation code (Cch,256,1). The P-CCPCH isbroadcast over the entire cell and it is not transmittedduring the first 256 chips of each slot, where PrimarySCH and Secondary SCH are transmitted.





Default value -5 dB





4.13.73 PtxPrimaryCPICH (Transmission power of the primary CPICHchannel)


Related parameters: PtxPrimaryCPICH of WCEL, PtxPrimarySCH of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC



Table 524. Transmission power of the primary CCPCH channel (Continued)

Table 525. Transmission power of the primary CPICH channel

Parameter name: Transmission power of the primary CPICH channel

Abbreviated name: PtxPrimaryCPICH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This is the transmission power of the primary commonpilot channel. The P-CPICH physical channel carriesthe common pilots of the cell, which is defined in thecell setup. The transmission power of the CPICHphysical channel defines the actual cell size, whichmeans that the power is determined by radio networkplanning.

This parameter is used, for example, for neighbourmeasurements - critical for the network performance.

The default value is 5-10% of the maximum transmittingpower of WCDMA BTS, which can be, for example, 43dBm/carrier.




RAN Parameters

4.13.74 PtxPrimarySCH (Transmission power of the primary SCH channel)





Related functions: Admission Control, Handover Control, Power Control





• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to UE


Table 525. Transmission power of the primary CPICH channel (Continued)

Table 526. Transmission power of the primary SCH channel

Parameter name: Transmission power of the primary SCH channel

Abbreviated name: PtxPrimarySCH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This is the transmission power of the primarysynchronization channel. The power level is relative tothe [FDD-primary CPICH power]. The primary SCHconsists of a modulated code 256 chips in length: thePrimary Synchronisation Code (PSC) transmitted onceevery slot. The PSC is the same for every cell in thesystem, and it enables the downlink slotsynchronisation in the cell.




4.13.75 PtxSCCPCH1 (Transmission power of the first Secondary CCPCHchannel)




Default value -3 dB




Related parameters: PtxPrimaryCPICH of WCEL, PtxSecSCH of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC



Table 526. Transmission power of the primary SCH channel (Continued)

Table 527. Transmission power of the first Secondary CCPCH channel

Parameter name: Transmission power of the first Secondary CCPCHchannel

Abbreviated name: PtxSCCPCH1



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

Description: This is the transmission power of the first SCCPCHchannel, which carries FACH and PCH. Thetransmission power value is relative to the CPICHtransmission power.

Note: If only one SCCPCH is used, it will carry FACHsand PCH. If two SCCPCHs are used, the first SCCPCHwill carry FACHs only and the second SCCPCH willcarry PCH only.

Note: The SCCPCH carrying FACHs and PCH has SF= 64 (60 ksps); the SCCPCH carrying FACHs only hasSF = 64 (60 ksps); and the SCCPCH carrying PCH onlyhas SF = 128 (30 ksps) or 256 (15 ksps).

The default power value has to be increased whensymbol rate is doubled. Hence, the proposed values are0, -2 and -5 dB respectively.




Default value 0 dB




Related parameters: NbrOfSCCPCHs of WCEL, PowerOffsetSCCPCHTFCIof WCEL, PtxPrimaryCPICH of WCEL, PtxSCCPCH2of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 527. Transmission power of the first Secondary CCPCH channel



4.13.76 PtxSCCPCH2 (Transmission power of the second SecondaryCCPCH channel)

Table 528. Transmission power of the second Secondary CCPCH channel

Parameter name: Transmission power of the second Secondary CCPCHchannel

Abbreviated name: PtxSCCPCH2



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This is the transmission power of the second SCCPCHchannel, which carries PCH only.

Note: If only one SCCPCH is used, it will carry FACHsand PCH. If two SCCPCHs are used, the first SCCPCHwill carry FACHs only and the second SCCPCH willcarry PCH only.

Note: The SCCPCH carrying FACHs and PCH has SF= 64 (60 ksps); the SCCPCH carrying FACHs only hasSF = 64 (60 ksps); and the SCCPCH carrying PCH onlyhas SF = 128 (30 ksps) or 256 (15 ksps).

The default power value has to be increased whensymbol rate is doubled. Hence, the proposed values are0, -2 and -5 dB respectively.




Default value 0 dB




Related parameters: NbrOfSCCPCHs of WCEL, PowerOffsetSCCPCHTFCIof WCEL, PtxPrimaryCPICH of WCEL, PtxSCCPCH1of WCEL


RAN Parameters

4.13.77 PtxSecSCH (Transmission power of the secondary SCH channel)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 528. Transmission power of the second Secondary CCPCH channel

Table 529. Transmission power of the secondary SCH channel

Parameter name: Transmission power of the secondary SCH channel

Abbreviated name: PtxSecSCH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This is the transmission power of the secondarysynchronization channel relative to the Primary CPICHtransmission power.

The secondary SCH consists of repeatedly transmittinga length 15 sequence of modulated codes 256 chips inlength. These are the Secondary SynchronisationCodes (SSC), transmitted in parallel with the primarySCH. This sequence on the secondary SCH enablesthe downlink frame synchronisation, and indicateswhich of the code groups the cell downlink scramblingcode belongs to. Each SSC is chosen from a set of 16different codes 256 chips in length.





Default value -3 dB





4.13.78 PtxTarget (Target for transmitted power )


Related parameters: PtxPrimaryCPICH of WCEL, PtxPrimarySCH of WCEL



• EM to RNC

• RNC to WBTS



Table 529. Transmission power of the secondary SCH channel (Continued)

Table 530. Target for transmitted power

Parameter name: Target for transmitted power

Abbreviated name: PtxTarget



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This is the target value for total transmitted power in acell. A real-time Radio Access Bearer is not admitted, ifthe estimated non-controllable power exceeds thisthreshold.

Default value should be 3dB below the Cell maximumtransmission power.








Related parameters: PrxOffset of WCEL, PrxTarget of WCEL, PtxOffset ofWCEL


RAN Parameters

4.13.79 PtxThresholdCCH (Threshold for total downlink transmissionpower for downlink channel type selection)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 530. Target for transmitted power (Continued)

Table 531. Threshold for total downlink transmission power for downlinkchannel type selection

Parameter name: Threshold for total downlink transmission power fordownlink channel type selection

Abbreviated name: PtxThresholdCCH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This is the threshold for the total downlink transmissionpower for downlink channel type selection. If thethreshold is exceeded, a DCH is allocated. Assumptionhere is that a DCH is more efficient than a FACH, due tofast power control. Relative to PtxTarget.




Default value -1 dB




Related parameters: PtxMarginCCH of WCEL, PtxTarget of WCEL



4.13.80 QHCS (Quality threshold level for HCS)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 531. Threshold for total downlink transmission power for downlinkchannel type selection (Continued)

Table 532. Quality threshold level for HCS

Parameter name: Quality threshold level for HCS

Abbreviated name: QHCS


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Quality threshold level for applying prioritisedhierarchical cell re-selection for a cell. Part of HCSServing cell information.

Needed only if HCS is used.









Related parameters: AdjgPenaltyTime of HOPG, AdjgTempOffset1 ofHOPG, AdjiPenaltyTime of HOPI, AdjiTempOffset1 ofHOPI, AdjiTempOffset2 of HOPI, AdjsPenaltyTime ofHOPS, AdjsTempOffset1 of HOPS, AdjsTempOffset2 ofHOPS, HCS_PRIO of WCEL, SIB3Compmask3 ofWCEL, Treselection of WCEL, UseOfHCS of WCEL


RAN Parameters

4.13.81 Qhyst1 (Cell reselection hysteresis 1)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 532. Quality threshold level for HCS (Continued)

Table 533. Cell reselection hysteresis 1

Parameter name: Cell reselection hysteresis 1

Abbreviated name: Qhyst1


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Qhyst1 is used for TDD and GSM cells, and for FDDcells when cell selection and re-selection qualitymeasure is set to CPICH RSCP.





Default value 4 dB






4.13.82 Qhyst2 (Cell reselection hysteresis 2)

Related parameters: AdjgQoffset1 of HOPG, AdjgTempOffset1 of HOPG,AdjiQoffset1 of HOPI, AdjiQoffset2 of HOPI,AdjiTempOffset1 of HOPI, AdjiTempOffset2 of HOPI,AdjsQoffset1 of HOPS, AdjsQoffset2 of HOPS,AdjsTempOffset1 of HOPS, AdjsTempOffset2 of HOPS,HCS_PRIO of WCEL, Qhyst2 of WCEL, Treselection ofWCEL, UseOfHCS of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 533. Cell reselection hysteresis 1 (Continued)

Table 534. Cell reselection hysteresis 2

Parameter name: Cell reselection hysteresis 2

Abbreviated name: Qhyst2


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Qhyst2 is used for FDD cells when cell selection and re-selection quality measure is set to CPICH Ec/No.





Default value 4 dB


RAN Parameters

4.13.83 QqualMin (Minimum required quality level in the cell)




Related parameters: AdjgQoffset1 of HOPG, AdjgTempOffset1 of HOPG,AdjiQoffset1 of HOPI, AdjiQoffset2 of HOPI,AdjiTempOffset1 of HOPI, AdjiTempOffset2 of HOPI,AdjsQoffset1 of HOPS, AdjsQoffset2 of HOPS,AdjsTempOffset1 of HOPS, AdjsTempOffset2 of HOPS,HCS_PRIO of WCEL, Qhyst1 of WCEL, Treselection ofWCEL, UseOfHCS of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 534. Cell reselection hysteresis 2 (Continued)

Table 535. Minimum required quality level in the cell

Parameter name: Minimum required quality level in the cell

Abbreviated name: QqualMin


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The minimum required quality level in the cell (Ec/No).








4.13.84 QrxlevMin (Minimum required RX level in the cell)




Related parameters: QrxlevMin of WCEL, Sintersearch of WCEL,Sintrasearch of WCEL, Slimit_SearchRAT of WCEL,Ssearch_RAT of WCEL, Treselection of WCEL,UseOfHCS of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 535. Minimum required quality level in the cell (Continued)

Table 536. Minimum required RX level in the cell

Parameter name: Minimum required RX level in the cell

Abbreviated name: QrxlevMin


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The minimum required RX level in the cell.









RAN Parameters

4.13.85 RAC (Routing Area Code)


Related parameters: AdjgTxPwrMaxRACH of ADJG, AdjiTxPwrRACH ofADJI, AdjsTxPwrRACH of ADJS, QqualMin of WCEL,SHCS_RAT of WCEL, Sintersearch of WCEL,Sintrasearch of WCEL, Slimit_SearchRAT of WCEL,SsearchHCS of WCEL, Treselection of WCEL,UEtxPowerMaxPRACH of WCEL, UseOfHCS of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 536. Minimum required RX level in the cell (Continued)



Abbreviated name: RAC



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The routing area code determines the Routing areawithin the location area to which the cell belongs to. It isused only for PS services (part of PS domain specificNAS system information in SIB1).

Routing are identification (RAI) consists of LAI andRAC, LAI consists of PLMNid and LAC.






4.13.86 RACHCapacity (RACH Capacity)

Default value -




Related parameters: LAC of WCEL, PLMNid of RNC



• RNC to MSC

• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC






Table 537. Routing Area Code (Continued)

Table 538. RACH Capacity

Parameter name: RACH Capacity

Abbreviated name: RACHCapacity


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: RACH Capacity defines the HW capacity reserved for aRACH transport channel in the BTS. RACH Capacity isgiven as a number of decoded RACH messages in a 10ms radio frame.

Range and step: 2 (2), 4 (4), 8 (8)


RAN Parameters

4.13.87 RACH_Tx_NB01max (RACH random back-off upper bound)





Default value 2







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RAC to WBTS

References: -

Table 538. RACH Capacity (Continued)

Table 539. RACH random back-off upper bound

Parameter name: RACH random back-off upper bound

Abbreviated name: RACH_Tx_NB01max


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



Description: In case that a negative acknowledgement has beenreceived by UE on AICH a backoff timer TBO1 isstarted to determine when the next RACH transmissionattempt will be started. The backoff timer TBO1 is set toan integer number NBO1 of 10 ms time intervals,randomly drawn within an interval

0 <= NB01min <= NBO1 <= NB01max (with uniformdistribution). After TB01 has been expired the nextRACH attempt will be started. NB01min and NB01maxmay be set equal when a fixed delay is desired, andeven to zero when no delay other than the one due topersistency is desired. NB01max is given as an integerbetween 0 and 50 which gives the Upper bound of thewaiting time in 10ms steps. NB01max is part of "RACHtransmission parameters" which is part of "PRACHsystem information list" which is part of SIB5/6.




Default value 50




Related parameters: PRACH_preamble_retrans of WCEL,RACH_Tx_NB01min of WCEL, RACH_tx_Max ofWCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.321, MAC ProtocolSpecification

Table 539. RACH random back-off upper bound (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.13.88 RACH_Tx_NB01min (RACH random back-off lower bound)

Table 540. RACH random back-off lower bound

Parameter name: RACH random back-off lower bound

Abbreviated name: RACH_Tx_NB01min


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: In case that a negative acknowledgement has beenreceived by UE on AICH a backoff timer TBO1 isstarted to determine when the next RACH transmissionattempt will be started. The backoff timer TBO1 is set toan integer number NBO1 of 10 ms time intervals,randomly drawn within an interval

0 <= NB01min <= NBO1 <= NB01max (with uniformdistribution). After TB01 has been expired the nextRACH attempt will be started. NB01min and NB01maxmay be set equal when a fixed delay is desired, andeven to zero when no delay other than the one due topersistency is desired. NB01min is given as an integerbetween 0 and 50 which gives the Lower bound of thewaiting time in 10ms steps. NB01min is part of "RACHtransmission parameters" which is part of "PRACHsystem information list" which is part of SIB5/6.




Default value 0




Related parameters: PRACH_preamble_retrans of WCEL,RACH_Tx_NB01max of WCEL, RACH_tx_Max ofWCEL



4.13.89 RACH_tx_Max (RACH maximum number of preamble cycles)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.321, MAC ProtocolSpecification


Table 540. RACH random back-off lower bound (Continued)

Table 541. RACH maximum number of preamble cycles

Parameter name: RACH maximum number of preamble cycles

Abbreviated name: RACH_tx_Max


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Maximum number of RACH preamble cycles defineshow many times the PRACH pre-amble rampingprocedure can be repeated before UE MAC reports afailure on RACH transmission to higher layers.Maximum number of RACH preamble cycles is part of"RACH transmission parameters" which is part of"PRACH system information list" which is part ofSIB5/6.




Default value 8




Related parameters: PRACH_preamble_retrans of WCEL,RACH_Tx_NB01max of WCEL, RACH_Tx_NB01min ofWCEL


RAN Parameters

4.13.90 RACHnormalLoadBS (Normal load RACH threshold)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.321, MAC ProtocolSpecification


Table 541. RACH maximum number of preamble cycles (Continued)

Table 542. Normal load RACH threshold

Parameter name: Normal load RACH threshold

Abbreviated name: RACHnormalLoadBS



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the threshold when RACH isconsidered to be in normal load. The RACH load ismeasured as the average number of received RACHpreambles per radio frame, in proportion to the productof the number of access slots and the number ofpreamble signatures allowed on the physical RACH. Ifthe RACH has been overloaded and the number ofreceived preambles decreases below the value of thisparameter for a period specified by the parameterWinRachNormalLoadBS, the NRT RABs are againadmitted.




Default value 100 %






4.13.91 RACHoverLoadBS (Overload RACH threshold)

Related parameters: RACHoverLoadBS of WCEL,RACHloadIndicationPeriod of WBTS,WinRACHnormalLoadBS of WBTS,WinRACHoverLoadBS of WBTS



• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


References: -

Table 542. Normal load RACH threshold (Continued)

Table 543. Overload RACH threshold

Parameter name: Overload RACH threshold

Abbreviated name: RACHoverLoadBS



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines the threshold when RACH isconsidered to be in overload. The RACH load ismeasured as the average number of received RACHpreambles per radio frame, in proportion to the productof the number of access slots and the number ofpreamble signatures allowed on the physical RACH. Ifthe RACH has been in normal load and the number ofreceived preambles increases over the value of thisparameter for a period specified by the parameterWinRachOverLoadBS, the NRT RABs are not admitted.




Default value 100 %





RAN Parameters

4.13.92 RachLoadMarginCCH (Margin for RACH load for downlink channeltype selection)

Related parameters: RACHnormalLoadBS of WCEL,RACHloadIndicationPeriod of WBTS,WinRACHnormalLoadBS of WBTS,WinRACHoverLoadBS of WBTS



• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


References: -

Table 543. Overload RACH threshold (Continued)

Table 544. Margin for RACH load for downlink channel type selection

Parameter name: Margin for RACH load for downlink channel typeselection

Abbreviated name: RachLoadMarginCCH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The margin for the RACH load for downlink channeltype selection. When the measured load is below theset threshold by this margin, FACH usage is possible.




Default value 5 %




Related parameters: RachLoadThresholdCCH of WCEL



4.13.93 RachLoadThresholdCCH (Threshold for RACH load for downlinkchannel type selection)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 544. Margin for RACH load for downlink channel type selection

Table 545. Threshold for RACH load for downlink channel type selection

Parameter name: Threshold for RACH load for downlink channel typeselection

Abbreviated name: RachLoadThresholdCCH



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The threshold for the RACH load for downlink channeltype selection. If the threshold is exceeded, a DCH isallocated. The RACH load is measured as the averagenumber of received RACH preambles per radio frame,in proportion to the product of the number of accessslots and the number of preamble signatures allowedon the physical RACH.




Default value 75 %




Related parameters: RachLoadMarginCCH of WCEL


RAN Parameters

4.13.94 RelocComm_in_InterRNC_HHO (Usage of Relocation Commitprocedure in inter RNC HHO)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 545. Threshold for RACH load for downlink channel type selection

Table 546. Usage of Relocation Commit procedure in inter RNC HHO

Parameter name: Usage of Relocation Commit procedure in inter RNCHHO

Abbreviated name: RelocComm_in_InterRNC_HHO


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter controls the usage of theRNSAP:Relocation Commit procedure during theexecution of an Inter-RNC hard handover.

When the Relocation Commit procedure is used, theMS is not allowed to return to the old channel. If theestablishment of a new physical channel fails, the call(RT RB's) is dropped.

Range and step: 0 (Not used), 1 (Used)


• Not used: internal_value = 0

• Used: internal_value = 1

Default value 0







4.13.95 RtFmcgIdentifier (RT FMCG Identifier)



• EM to RNC



Table 546. Usage of Relocation Commit procedure in inter RNC HHO

Table 547. RT FMCG Identifier

Parameter name: RT FMCG Identifier

Abbreviated name: RtFmcgIdentifier



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the Measurement ControlParameter Set (FMCG object) which controls the inter-RAT (GSM) measurements of a real time (RT) radiobearer.




Default value -




Related parameters: FMCGId of FMCG



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters

4.13.96 RtFmciIdentifier (RT FMCI Identifier)

4.13.97 RtFmcsIdentifier (RT FMCS Identifier)

Table 548. RT FMCI Identifier

Parameter name: RT FMCI Identifier

Abbreviated name: RtFmciIdentifier



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the Measurement ControlParameter Set (FMCI object) which controls the inter-frequency measurements of a real time (RT) radiobearer.




Default value -




Related parameters: FMCIId of FMCI



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 549. RT FMCS Identifier

Parameter name: RT FMCS Identifier

Abbreviated name: RtFmcsIdentifier





4.13.98 SAC (Service Area Code)

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Identifies the Measurement Control Parameter Set(FMCS object) which controls the intra-frequencymeasurements of a real time (RT) radio bearer.




Default value -




Related parameters: FMCSId of FMCS



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 549. RT FMCS Identifier (Continued)

Table 550. Service Area Code

Parameter name: Service Area Code

Abbreviated name: SAC



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The Service Area Identifier (SAI) identifies an areaconsisting of one or more cells which belong to thesame Location Area (LAI). The Service Area Identifieris composed of the PLMN Identifier, the Location AreaCode (LAC) and the Service Area Code (SAC).





RAN Parameters

4.13.99 SHCS_RAT (Threshold for inter-RAT measurement rules in HCS)

Default value -




Related parameters: LAC of WCEL, PLMNid of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC


• RNC to RAC

• RNC to EM




Table 550. Service Area Code (Continued)

Table 551. Threshold for inter-RAT measurement rules in HCS

Parameter name: Threshold for inter-RAT measurement rules in HCS

Abbreviated name: SHCS_RAT


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The RAT specific threshold for inter-RAT measurementrules.






4.13.100 SIB3CompmaskInfo (List of Compmasks in System InformationBlock 3)



Default value -1 dB




Related parameters: HCS_PRIO of WCEL, QrxlevMin of WCEL,SIB3Compmask5 of WCEL, Treselection of WCEL,UseOfHCS of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS



Table 551. Threshold for inter-RAT measurement rules in HCS (Continued)

Table 552. List of Compmasks in System Information Block 3

Parameter name: List of Compmasks in System Information Block 3

Abbreviated name: SIB3CompmaskInfo


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.13.100.1 SIB3Compmask1 (System Information Block 3 Compmask 1)

Description: Gathers all the compmasks in System InformationBlock 3.

SIB compmasks uses binary notation of 8 bits whereeach bit indicates whether a certain parameter isincluded in System Information Block 3 or not.

If a bit is set to 1, the corresponding parameter orparameter set is included in System Information Block3. If a bit is set to 0, the corresponding parameter orparameter set is not included in System InformationBlock 3.

Child parameters: • SIB3Compmask1

• SIB3Compmask2

• SIB3Compmask3

• SIB3Compmask4

• SIB3Compmask5

• SIB3Compmask6


-

Default value -







• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 552. List of Compmasks in System Information Block 3 (Continued)

Table 553. System Information Block 3 Compmask 1

Parameter name: System Information Block 3 Compmask 1

Abbreviated name: SIB3Compmask1


Parameter group: -



Multiplicity: 1

Description: SIB3Compmask1 uses binary notation of 8 bits whereeach bit indicates whether a certain parameter isincluded in System Information Block 3 or not.

If a bit is set to 1, the corresponding parameter isincluded in System Information Block 3. If a bit is set to0, the corresponding parameter is not included inSystem Information Block 3.

- bit 0: Mandatory, always 0


- bit 2: Mandatory, always 1 (Mode specific info)

- bit 3: Mandatory, always 1 (Qhyst1s)

- bit 4: Mandatory, always 1 (Treselections)

- bit 5: Optional, (HCS Serving cell Information)

- bit 6: Mandatory, always 1 (UEtxPowerMaxPRACH)

- bit 7: not used, always 0

The parameter groups which are included in thisCompmask include the following parameters:

Mode specific info:

SIB3Compmask2:

-Sintrasearch (Optional)

-Sintersearch (Optional)

-SsearchHCS (Optional)

-rat_list (Optional)

HCS Serving cell information:

SIB3Compmask3:

-HCS_PRIOserving (Mandatory)

-QHCS_serving (Mandatory)

-TCrmax (Mandatory)

SIB3Compmask4:

-NCR (Conditional)

-TCrmaxHyst (Conditional)

Range and step: -


-

Default value 94




Table 553. System Information Block 3 Compmask 1 (Continued)


RAN Parameters


Related parameters: Qhyst1 of WCEL, SIB3CompmaskInfo of WCEL,SIB3Compmask2 of WCEL, SIB3Compmask3 ofWCEL, SIB3Compmask4 of WCEL, Treselection ofWCEL, UEtxPowerMaxPRACH of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -






Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1





- bit 0: Optional, (Sintrasearch)

- bit 1: Optional, (Sintersearch)

- bit 2: Optional, (SsearchHCS)

- bit 3: Optional, (rat_list)

- bit 4-7: not used, always 0

Rat_list is not a parameter itself. It is a list of thefollowing set of parameters:

SIB3Compmask5:


- bit 1: Mandatory, always 1 (Ssearch_RAT)

- bit 2: Optional, (SHCS_RAT)

- bit 3: Optional, (Slimit_ShearchRAT)

- bit 4-7: not used

There is only one set of parameters in rat_list.

Range and step: -


-

Default value 0




Related parameters: SIB3CompmaskInfo of WCEL, SIB3Compmask1 ofWCEL, SIB3Compmask5 of WCEL, Sintersearch ofWCEL, Sintrasearch of WCEL, SsearchHCS of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -



RAN Parameters






Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



- bit 0: Mandatory, always 1 (HCS_PRIOserving)

- bit 1: Mandatory, always 1 (QHCS_serving)

- bit 2: Mandatory, always 1 (TCrmax)

- bit 3-7: not used

Range and step: -


-

Default value 7




Related parameters: HCS_PRIO of WCEL, QHCS of WCEL,SIB3CompmaskInfo of WCEL, SIB3Compmask1 ofWCEL, TCrmax of WCEL




References: -








Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



- bit 0: Conditional, (NCr, if TCrmax has value 'notused', then this IE is not allowed and bit is set to 0)

- bit 1: Conditional, (TCrmaxHyst, if TCrmax has value'not used', then this IE is not allowed and bit is set to 0)

- bit 2-7: not used

Range and step: -


-

Default value 0




Related parameters: NCr of WCEL, QHCS of WCEL, SIB3CompmaskInfo ofWCEL, SIB3Compmask1 of WCEL, TCrmax of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -


RAN Parameters






Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1




- bit 1: Mandatory, always 1 (Ssearch_RAT)

- bit 2: Optional (SHCS_RAT)

- bit 3: Optional (Slimit_SearchRAT)

- bit 4-7: not used, always 0

Range and step: -


-

Default value 3




Related parameters: SHCS_RAT of WCEL, SIB3CompmaskInfo of WCEL,SIB3Compmask2 of WCEL, Slimit_SearchRAT ofWCEL, Ssearch_RAT of WCEL



• EM to RNC


References: -








Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



- bit 0: Mandatory, always 1 (CellBarred)

- bit 1: Mandatory, always 1 (CellReserved)


- bit 3: Mandatory, always 1 (ACBarredList)

- bit 4-7: not used

Range and step: -


-

Default value 11




Related parameters: ACBarredList of WCEL, CellBarred of WCEL,Cell_Reserved of WCEL, SIB3CompmaskInfo of WCEL




References: -


RAN Parameters

4.13.101 SIB7factor (SIB7 expiration time factor)

Table 559. SIB7 expiration time factor

Parameter name: SIB7 expiration time factor

Abbreviated name: SIB7factor


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter sets the SIB7 expiration timer for theUE according to the following formula: MAX(32,SIB_REP x value of 'SIB7 expiration time factor').

This parameter is part of System Information Block 7

Range and step: 0 (1), 1 (2), 2 (4), 3 (8), 4 (16), 5 (32), 6 (64), 7 (128), 8(256)











Default value 0







4.13.102 SectorID (Sector Identifier)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RAC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE

• RNC to WBTS

• RNC to RAC

• RNC to EM


Table 559. SIB7 expiration time factor (Continued)

Table 560. Sector Identifier

Parameter name: Sector Identifier

Abbreviated name: SectorID



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter gives a unique identifier to a sector ofthe base station where the cell belongs to. The RNCuses the sector identifier in order to integrate cells(carrier frequencies) which have equal coverage areaswithin one base station. A cell does not belong to anyparticular sector when the value of the sector identifieris zero.




Default value 0


Related functions: Handover Control, Admission Control



RAN Parameters

4.13.103 ShutdownStepAmount (Shutdown step amount)




• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 560. Sector Identifier (Continued)

Table 561. Shutdown step amount

Parameter name: Shutdown step amount

Abbreviated name: ShutdownStepAmount


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter indicates the number of steps requiredfor the transmission power to shut down.




Default value 10




Related parameters: ShutdownWindow of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -



4.13.104 ShutdownWindow (Shutdown window)

4.13.105 Sintersearch (S intersearch)

Table 562. Shutdown window

Parameter name: Shutdown window

Abbreviated name: ShutdownWindow


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Defines the cell power ramp down duration for theCPICH, BCH and all other common physical andtransport channels.

Range and step: 5...45 seconds, step 5 seconds



Default value 15 seconds




Related parameters: ShutdownStepAmount of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 563. S intersearch

Parameter name: S intersearch

Abbreviated name: Sintersearch



RAN Parameters

4.13.106 Sintrasearch (S intrasearch)

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The threshold for inter-frequency measurements, andfor the HCS measurement rules.

Note: If no threshold is given, MS performsmeasurements.





Default value 2 dB




Related parameters: HCS_PRIO of WCEL, QqualMin of WCEL, QrxlevMin ofWCEL, SIB3Compmask2 of WCEL, Slimit_SearchRATof WCEL, Treselection of WCEL, UseOfHCS of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 563. S intersearch (Continued)

Table 564. S intrasearch

Parameter name: S intrasearch

Abbreviated name: Sintrasearch


Parameter group: -



Multiplicity: 1

Description: The threshold for intra-frequency measurements, andfor the HCS measurement rules.






Default value 4 dB




Related parameters: HCS_PRIO of WCEL, QqualMin of WCEL, QrxlevMin ofWCEL, SIB3Compmask2 of WCEL, Treselection ofWCEL, UseOfHCS of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to RAC

• RNC to EM

• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 564. S intrasearch (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.13.107 Slimit_SearchRAT (S limit,SearchRAT)

Table 565. S limit,SearchRAT

Parameter name: S limit,SearchRAT

Abbreviated name: Slimit_SearchRAT


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Threshold for skipping inter-RAT measurement rules inHCS. Above this RAT specific threshold in the servingUTRA cell, the UE does not need to perform any inter-RATm measurements.






Default value 2 dB




Related parameters: HCS_PRIO of WCEL, QqualMin of WCEL, QrxlevMin ofWCEL, SIB3Compmask5 of WCEL, Sintersearch ofWCEL, Treselection of WCEL, UseOfHCS of WCEL



4.13.108 SsearchHCS (S searchHCS)



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to RAC

• RNC to EM

• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 565. S limit,SearchRAT (Continued)

Table 566. S searchHCS

Parameter name: S searchHCS

Abbreviated name: SsearchHCS


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Threshold for intra- and interfrequency measurementrules in HCS. Below this limit in the serving cell, the UEinitiates measurements of all intra and inter-frequencyneighbouring cells of the serving cell.






Default value -1 dB




RAN Parameters

4.13.109 Ssearch_RAT (S searchRAT)


Related parameters: HCS_PRIO of WCEL, QrxlevMin of WCEL,SIB3Compmask2 of WCEL, Treselection of WCEL,UseOfHCS of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to EM

• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 566. S searchHCS (Continued)

Table 567. S searchRAT

Parameter name: S searchRAT

Abbreviated name: Ssearch_RAT


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The RAT-specific threshold for inter-RAT measurementrules.






Default value 0 dB



4.13.110 T312 (T312)




Related parameters: HCS_PRIO of WCEL, QqualMin of WCEL,SIB3Compmask5 of WCEL, Treselection of WCEL,UseOfHCS of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 567. S searchRAT (Continued)

Table 568. T312




Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The timer for supervising successful establishment of aphysical channel (MS timer used in idle and connectedmode).





Default value 10 s


RAN Parameters

4.13.111 T313 (T313)




Related parameters: N312 of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• EM to Planner

• RNC to Planner

• RNC to EM

• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 569. T313




Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The radio link failure timer (MS timer).





Default value 3 s





4.13.112 T315 (T315)


Related parameters: N313 of WCEL, N315 of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 570. T315




Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The RRC connection re-establishment timer for AMbearers (UE timer).


Range and step: 0 (0 s), 1 (10 s), 2 (30 s), 3 (60 s), 4 (180 s), 5 (600 s), 6(1200 s), 7 (1800 s)










Default value 0




RAN Parameters

4.13.113 TBarred (Cell barred period)





• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 571. Cell barred period

Parameter name: Cell barred period

Abbreviated name: TBarred


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: When the cell is barred, UE regards the cell barredcondition valid for a number of seconds defined by thevalue of 'Cell barred period'.


Range and step: 0 (10 s), 1 (20 s), 2 (40 s), 3 (80 s), 4 (160 s), 5 (320 s),6 (640 s), 7 (1280 s)










Default value 2




4.13.114 TCrmax (Evaluating period for amount of cell reselections )



Related parameters: CellBarred of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 571. Cell barred period (Continued)

Table 572. Evaluating period for amount of cell reselections

Parameter name: Evaluating period for amount of cell reselections

Abbreviated name: TCrmax


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The duration for evaluating the allowed amount of cellreselections. If the number of cell reselections duringthe time period defined by TCrmax exceeds Ncr, highmobility has been detected.



Range and step: 0 (not used), 1 (30 seconds), 2 (60 seconds), 3 (120seconds), 4 (180 seconds), 5 (240 seconds)


RAN Parameters

4.13.115 TCrmaxHyst (Hysteresis to revert from UE high-mobilitymeasurements)


• not used: internal_value = 0






Default value 2




Related parameters: NCr of WCEL, SIB3Compmask3 of WCEL,TCrmaxHyst of WCEL, Treselection of WCEL,UseOfHCS of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 572. Evaluating period for amount of cell reselections (Continued)

Table 573. Hysteresis to revert from UE high-mobility measurements

Parameter name: Hysteresis to revert from UE high-mobilitymeasurements

Abbreviated name: TCrmaxHyst


Parameter group: -



Multiplicity: 1

Description: Cell reselection hysteresis for reverting from UE high-mobility measurements. The additional time periodbefore UE reverts to low-mobility measurements.

When the number of cell reselections during the timeperiod defined by TCrmax no longer exceeds NCr, UEcontinues measurements during the time perioddefined by TCrmaxHyst.



Range and step: 0 (Not used ), 1 (10 s), 2 (20 s), 3 (30 s), 4 (40 s), 5 (50s), 6 (60 s), 7 (70 s)


• Not used : internal_value = 0








Default value 0




Related parameters: NCr of WCEL, TCrmax of WCEL, Treselection ofWCEL, UseOfHCS of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE



Table 573. Hysteresis to revert from UE high-mobility measurements


RAN Parameters

4.13.116 Tcell (Frame timing offset of a cell)

Table 574. Frame timing offset of a cell

Parameter name: Frame timing offset of a cell

Abbreviated name: Tcell


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Each cell in a BTS uses a System Frame Number(SFN) counter, which is the BTS Frame Number (BFN)counter delayed by a number of chips defined by thevalue of Tcell.

Tcell is used for defining the start of SCH, CPICH,Primary CCPCH and DL Scrambling Code(s) in a cellrelative to BFN. The main purpose is to avoid havingoverlapping SCHs in different cells belonging to thesame BTS. An SCH burst is 256 chips long.

The values can be chosen as follows: 0 chips for the 1stcell of the BTS, 256 chips for the 2nd cell of the BTS,512 chips for the 3rd cell of the BTS, etc.





Default value -







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


References: • 3GPP Reference: TS 25.402, Synchronisation inUTRAN Stage 2



4.13.117 TrafVolThresholdDLLow (Downlink traffic volume measurement lowthreshold)

Table 575. Downlink traffic volume measurement low threshold

Parameter name: Downlink traffic volume measurement low threshold

Abbreviated name: TrafVolThresholdDLLow



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines, in bytes, the threshold of datain the RLC buffers of SRB3, SRB4 and all NRT RBsthat triggers the downlink traffic volume measurementreport (capacity request) on MAC, when UE is inCell_FACH state. Otherwise, RNC sends data onFACH.

Range and step: 0 (0 bytes), 8 (8 bytes), 16 (16 bytes), 32 (32 bytes), 64(64 bytes), 128 (128 bytes), 256 (256 bytes), 512 (512bytes), 1024 (1 KB)











Default value 128




Related parameters: TrafVolPendingTimeDL of RNC,TrafVolThresholdDLHigh of RNC,TrafVolTimeToTriggerDL of RNC


RAN Parameters

4.13.118 TrafVolThresholdULLow (Uplink traffic volume measurement lowthreshold)



• EM to RNC


References: -

Table 575. Downlink traffic volume measurement low threshold (Continued)

Table 576. Uplink traffic volume measurement low threshold

Parameter name: Uplink traffic volume measurement low threshold

Abbreviated name: TrafVolThresholdULLow



Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter defines, in bytes, the threshold of datain the RLC buffers of SRB0, SRB1, SRB2, SRB3, SRB4and all NRT RBs that triggers the uplink traffic volumemeasurement report, when the UE is in Cell_FACHstate. Otherwise, UE sends data on RACH.

This parameter is sent to the UE using an RRC:MEASUREMENT CONTROL message.

Range and step: 8 (8 bytes), 16 (16 bytes), 32 (32 bytes), 64 (64 bytes),128 (128 bytes), 256 (256 bytes), 512 (512 bytes), 1024(1 KB)










Default value 128




4.13.119 Treselection (Cell reselection triggering time)



Related parameters: TrafVolPendingTimeUL of RNC,TrafVolThresholdULHigh of RNC,TrafVolTimeToTriggerUL of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 576. Uplink traffic volume measurement low threshold (Continued)

Table 577. Cell reselection triggering time

Parameter name: Cell reselection triggering time

Abbreviated name: Treselection


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The UE triggers the reselection of a new cell if the cellreselection criteria are fulfilled during the time intervalTreselection.





Default value 0 s





RAN Parameters

4.13.120 UARFCN (UARFCN)

Related parameters: AdjgPenaltyTime of HOPG, AdjgQoffset1 of HOPG,AdjgTempOffset1 of HOPG, AdjgTxPwrMaxRACH ofADJG, AdjiPenaltyTime of HOPI, AdjiQoffset1 of HOPI,AdjiQoffset2 of HOPI, AdjiTempOffset1 of HOPI,AdjiTempOffset2 of HOPI, AdjsPenaltyTime of HOPS,AdjsQoffset1 of HOPS, AdjsQoffset2 of HOPS,AdjsTempOffset1 of HOPS, AdjsTempOffset2 of HOPS,AdjiTxPwrRACH of ADJI, AdjsTxPwrRACH of ADJS,HCS_PRIO of WCEL, NCr of WCEL, QHCS of WCEL,Qhyst1 of WCEL, Qhyst2 of WCEL, QqualMin ofWCEL, QrxlevMin of WCEL, SHCS_RAT of WCEL,Sintersearch of WCEL, Sintrasearch of WCEL,Slimit_SearchRAT of WCEL, SsearchHCS of WCEL,Ssearch_RAT of WCEL, TCrmax of WCEL,TCrmaxHyst of WCEL, UEtxPowerMaxPRACH ofWCEL, UseOfHCS of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 577. Cell reselection triggering time (Continued)

Table 578. UARFCN

Parameter name: UARFCN

Abbreviated name: UARFCN


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.13.121 UEtxPowerMaxDPCH (Maximum UE transmission power on DPCH )

Description: The carrier frequency is designated by the UTRAAbsolute Radio Frequency Channel Number(UARFCN). The value of the UARFCN in the IMT2000band is defined as follows:

Nd = 5 * Fdownlink,

0.0 MHz <= Fdownlink <= 3276.6 MHz,

where Fdownlink is the downlink frequency in MHz.




Default value -







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC

• Planner to RAC



• 3GPP Reference: TS 25.101, UE RadioTransmission and Reception (FDD)

Table 578. UARFCN (Continued)

Table 579. Maximum UE transmission power on DPCH

Parameter name: Maximum UE transmission power on DPCH

Abbreviated name: UEtxPowerMaxDPCH



Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.13.122 UEtxPowerMaxPRACH (Maximum UE transmission power onPRACH)

Description: This parameter defines the maximum transmissionpower level a UE can use on DPCH. It is signaled to UEin the Maximum allowed UL TX power IE of a properRRC message, when a radio link is set up.






Related functions: Admission Control, Handover Control





• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC




Table 579. Maximum UE transmission power on DPCH (Continued)

Table 580. Maximum UE transmission power on PRACH

Parameter name: Maximum UE transmission power on PRACH

Abbreviated name: UEtxPowerMaxPRACH



Multiplicity: 1



4.13.123 URAIdList (List of URA identities)

Description: This parameter defines the maximum transmissionpower level a UE can use on PRACH. The value of theparameter also effects the cell selection and reselectionprocedures.

The value of the parameter is sent to UE in the Cellselection and re-selection of System Information Blocks3 and 4 of the serving cell.






Related functions: Admission Control, Handover Control


Related parameters: UEtxPowerMaxDPCH of WCEL



• Planner to RAC

• RAC to RNC



Table 580. Maximum UE transmission power on PRACH (Continued)

Table 581. List of URA identities

Parameter name: List of URA identities

Abbreviated name: URAIdList


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.13.123.1 URAId (URA identity)

Description: A list of URA identities. A maximum of 8 URA identitiescan be defined per cell. The first URA-ID in the URA-IDlist is a master URA-ID, which is given to all mobilestations in this cell.


Child parameters: • URAId


-

Default value -







• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE


Table 581. List of URA identities (Continued)

Table 582. URA identity

Parameter name: URA identity

Abbreviated name: URAId


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 8

Description: The URA identity is the identity of the UTRANRegistration Area. Overlapping URAs can be defined. Amaximum of eight URA identities can be defined percell.




4.13.124 UTRAN_DRX_length (UTRAN DRX cycle length)




Default value -




Related parameters: URAIdList of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC


• RNC to WBTS

• WBTS to UE


Table 582. URA identity (Continued)

Table 583. UTRAN DRX cycle length

Parameter name: UTRAN DRX cycle length

Abbreviated name: UTRAN_DRX_length


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The DRX cycle length used by UTRAN to count pagingoccasions for discontinuous reception.

(The duration of the DRX cycle is 2 <power> k frames,where 'k' is the used DRX cycle length coefficient forUTRAN.)

Range and step: 3 (80 ms), 4 (160 ms), 5 (320 ms), 6 (640 ms), 7 (1280ms), 8 (2560 ms), 9 (5120 ms)


RAN Parameters

4.13.125 UseOfHCS (Use of HCS)









Default value 5




Related parameters: UTRANorigPagingRepInterv of RNC



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC




Table 583. UTRAN DRX cycle length (Continued)

Table 584. Use of HCS

Parameter name: Use of HCS

Abbreviated name: UseOfHCS


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



Description: This parameter indicates whether the serving cellbelongs to a Hierarchical Cell Structure (HCS), or not.




• False => 0

• True => 1





Related parameters: AdjgPenaltyTime of HOPG, AdjgQoffset1 of HOPG,AdjgTempOffset1 of HOPG, AdjgTxPwrMaxRACH ofADJG, AdjiPenaltyTime of HOPI, AdjiQoffset1 of HOPI,AdjiQoffset2 of HOPI, AdjiTempOffset1 of HOPI,AdjiTempOffset2 of HOPI, AdjsPenaltyTime of HOPS,AdjsQoffset1 of HOPS, AdjsQoffset2 of HOPS,AdjsTempOffset1 of HOPS, AdjsTempOffset2 of HOPS,AdjiTxPwrRACH of ADJI, AdjsTxPwrRACH of ADJS,HCS_PRIO of WCEL, NCr of WCEL, QHCS of WCEL,Qhyst1 of WCEL, Qhyst2 of WCEL, QqualMin ofWCEL, QrxlevMin of WCEL, SHCS_RAT of WCEL,Sintersearch of WCEL, Sintrasearch of WCEL,Slimit_SearchRAT of WCEL, SsearchHCS of WCEL,Ssearch_RAT of WCEL, TCrmax of WCEL,TCrmaxHyst of WCEL, Treselection of WCEL,UEtxPowerMaxPRACH of WCEL



• RAC to RNC

• EM to RNC



Table 584. Use of HCS (Continued)


RAN Parameters

4.13.126 WCELTimeStamp (Time stamp)



Abbreviated name: WCELTimeStamp


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter identifies the time when the WCEL object (orany other object beneath it in object hierarchy) wasmodified the last time.

WCEL time stamp is updated every time when anyADJS or ADJI or ADJG object under it has beenchanged.


Child parameters: • WCELDay

• WCELHours

• WCELHundreths

• WCELMinutes

• WCELMonth

• WCELSeconds

• WCELYear


-

Default value -




Related parameters: WBTSTimeStamp of WBTS, RNCTimeStamp of RNC




References: -



4.13.126.1 WCELDay (Time stamp day)

4.13.126.2 WCELHours (Time stamp hours)



Abbreviated name: WCELDay


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter identifies the day when the WCEL object (orany other object beneath it in object hierarchy) wasmodified the last time.






Default value -




Related parameters: WCELTimeStamp of WCEL




References: -



Abbreviated name: WCELHours



RAN Parameters

4.13.126.3 WCELHundreths (Time stamp hundredths of seconds)

Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Parameter identifies the hour of time when the WCELobject (or any other object beneath it in objecthierarchy) was modified the last time.






Default value -








References: -




Abbreviated name: WCELHundreths


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.13.126.4 WCELMinutes (Time stamp minutes)

Description: Parameter identifies the hundredths of seconds of timewhen the WCEL object (or any other object beneath itin object hierarchy) was modified the last time.






Default value -








References: -




Abbreviated name: WCELMinutes


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.13.126.5 WCELMonth (Time stamp month)

Description: Parameter identifies the minutes of time when theWCEL object (or any other object beneath it in objecthierarchy) was modified the last time.






Default value -








References: -

Table 589. Time stamp minutes (Continued)



Abbreviated name: WCELMonth


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.13.126.6 WCELSeconds (Time stamp seconds)

Description: Parameter identifies the month when the WCEL object(or any other object beneath it in object hierarchy) wasmodified the last time.






Default value -








References: -

Table 590. Time stamp month (Continued)



Abbreviated name: WCELSeconds


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

4.13.126.7 WCELYear (Time stamp year)

Description: Parameter identifies the seconds of time when theWCEL object (or any other object beneath it in objecthierarchy) was modified the last time.






Default value -








References: -




Abbreviated name: WCELYear


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1



4.13.127 WCelState (WCDMA Cell Operational State)

Description: Parameter identifies the year when the WCEL object (orany other object beneath it in object hierarchy) wasmodified the last time.






Default value -








References: -


Table 593. WCDMA Cell Operational State

Parameter name: WCDMA Cell Operational State

Abbreviated name: WCelState


Parameter group: -

Multiplicity: 1


RAN Parameters

Description: This parameter indicates whether the cell in question isfunctional or not. The parameter value determines thereason why the cell is blocked.

Internally (RNC RNW database) this parameter is bitstructure, in which every bit represents a differentreason for why cell is blocked. There can be severalsimultaneous reasons for why a cell is blocked. Thepossible states are presented below:

- WO (working)

- BL-USER (blocked by the user, U)

- BL-WF-COCO (blocked because COCO is not yetcreated, W)

- BL-FL-COCO (blocked because of a failure in COCO,C)

- BL-WBTS (blocked because the BTS has sentdisabled state information, B)

- BL-SHUTDOWN (blocked because the BTS isshutting down, H)

- BL-SYSTEM (blocked because of a system failure, S)

- BL-INIT (blocked because of initialisation, I)

- BL-FL-LINK (blocked because of a Common NBAPlink failure, L).

Range and step: -


-

Default value 1







• RNC to EM


References: -

Table 593. WCDMA Cell Operational State (Continued)


MSC parameters

5 MSC parameters

5.1 LA Parameters

5.1.1 Address

Table 594. Address

Parameter name: Address

Abbreviated name: address

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >

Description: Address of LA object.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -



5.1.2 Allowed MNC In National Roaming

5.1.3 Emergency Priority

Table 595. Allowed MNC In National Roaming

Parameter name: Allowed MNC In National Roaming

Abbreviated name: allowedMNCList

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >

Description: The MNCs for the given location area can be modifiedwith this parameter. Allowed MNC in national roaming isa decimal string, which contains 1..3 digits andcharacter ``&'' can be used for several MNC numbers.This parameter is obligatory, and you can assign up to 8different MNCs per Location Area. The same MNCcannot be given twice to the same location area. NewMNCs will overwrite previous MNCs in the MSC.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 596. Emergency Priority

Parameter name: Emergency Priority

Abbreviated name: emergencyPriority

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >


MSC parameters

5.1.4 Handover Priority

Description: The channel assignment priorities are used when theradio channel assignment function of the BSC isdefined to operate in a way that it uses priority levels,and when the A- interface Priority Information control isnot in use. If the A- interface Priority Information Controlis in use, then the command ELH is not available. Inthat case, use the A- interface Attribute AnalysisHandling MML, command group RQ.

You can give any combination of the priorityparameters. By default, the old values are kept.

The priority value range for the first three priorityparameters is between 1 and 15, 1 being the highestpriority and 15 meaning that the priority is not used.

For emergency channel assignment priority, the rangeis between 0 and 15, 0 being the highest priority and 15meaning that the priority is not used. If you set theemergency channel assingnment priority to 0 and anemergency call is initiated when there is no freechannel, then one of the ongoing calls is released an achannel assigned to this emergency call.

+F462

Range and step: 0...15



Default value 1





References: -

Table 596. Emergency Priority (Continued)

Table 597. Handover Priority

Parameter name: Handover Priority

Abbreviated name: hoPriority

Managed object: LA



5.1.5 LA ID

Parameter group: >







Default value 2





References: -

Table 597. Handover Priority (Continued)

Table 598. LA ID

Parameter name: LA ID

Abbreviated name: id

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >

Description: Identification (ID) of LA object.





MSC parameters

5.1.6 Identical LAC Switch

Default value -





References: -

Table 598. LA ID (Continued)

Table 599. Identical LAC Switch

Parameter name: Identical LAC Switch

Abbreviated name: identicalLacSwitch

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >

Description: Indicates whether the identical area code switch, whichis needed when creating the same location area code intwo different MSCs, is active or not.



-

Default value -





References: -



5.1.7 LAC

5.1.8 MCC

Table 600. LAC

Parameter name: LAC

Abbreviated name: locationAreaCode

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >

Description: LAC = location area code

The code of a location area in your MSC. The locationarea code is a decimal between 1 and 65533. Becausethey have a special meaning, the highest values 65534and 65535 are forbidden.

Give both the location area name and code.

Ristriction: The LAI ( location area id ) parameter iscomposed of the MCC, MNC and LAC parameters.Location area ( LA ) is an area where an MS can movewithout performing a location updating procedure.Check adjacent cell parameters.




Default value 0





References: -

Table 601. MCC

Parameter name: MCC

Abbreviated name: mobileCountryCode

Managed object: LA


MSC parameters

5.1.9 MNC

Parameter group: >

Description: Mobile Country Code of PLMN where location areabelongs. Default values is the mobile country code ofown MSCs PLMN.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 601. MCC (Continued)

Table 602. MNC

Parameter name: MNC

Abbreviated name: mobileNetworkCode

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >

Description: Mobile Network Code of PLMN where location areabelongs. Default is the mobile network code of ownMSCs PLMN.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -



5.1.10 Mobile Station Roaming Number Group

5.1.11 Name

Table 603. Mobile Station Roaming Number Group

Parameter name: Mobile Station Roaming Number Group

Abbreviated name: msrnGroup

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >

Description: RNGP = Mobile Station Roaming Number Group

With this parameter you can assign a MSRN group toone or several location areas. The MSRN group is adecimal between 0 and 50. The default value is 0.

The parameter supports the possibility to allocateMSRNs (mobile station roaming numbers) based on thesubscribers registered location area. The MSRN groupconsists of one or more MSRN ranges. The MSRNrange is a sequence of MSRNs that you can set.




Default value 0





References: -

Table 604. Name

Parameter name: Name

Abbreviated name: name

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >

Description: Name of LA object.


MSC parameters

5.1.12 Ordinary Priority

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 604. Name (Continued)

Table 605. Ordinary Priority

Parameter name: Ordinary Priority

Abbreviated name: normalPriority

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >







Default value 3




5.1.13 NW Name

5.1.14 Prohibited MS Power Classes 1




References: -

Table 605. Ordinary Priority (Continued)

Table 606. NW Name

Parameter name: NW Name

Abbreviated name: nwName

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >

Description: Network Name of LA object.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 607. Prohibited MS Power Classes 1

Parameter name: Prohibited MS Power Classes 1

Abbreviated name: prohibitedMSPowerClassesPH1

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >


MSC parameters

5.1.15 Prohibited MS Power Classes 2

Description: Defines which power class values the

GSM revision level 1 can have.



-






References: -

Table 607. Prohibited MS Power Classes 1 (Continued)

Table 608. Prohibited MS Power Classes 2

Parameter name: Prohibited MS Power Classes 2

Abbreviated name: prohibitedMSPowerClassesPH2

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >

Description: >



-






References: -



5.1.16 Re-establishment Priority

Table 609. Re-establishment Priority

Parameter name: Re-establishment Priority

Abbreviated name: reEstablishmentPriority

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >







Default value 2





References: -


MSC parameters

5.1.17 Repaging Attempts

5.1.18 Repaging Interval

Table 610. Repaging Attempts

Parameter name: Repaging Attempts

Abbreviated name: repagingAttempts

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >

Description: Maximum number of repeated paging attempts madeby the MSC.




Default value 2





References: -

Table 611. Repaging Interval

Parameter name: Repaging Interval

Abbreviated name: repagingInterval

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >

Description: With this parameter you can define in what intervals theMSC tries paging. The repaging interval multiplied by10 ms. The repaging intervals is a decimal between 50and 1000. Give at least one of the repagingparameters.




5.1.19 Default Service Area Code



Default value 300ms





References: -

Table 611. Repaging Interval (Continued)

Table 612. Default Service Area Code

Parameter name: Default Service Area Code

Abbreviated name: sac

Managed object: LA

Parameter group: >

Description: With this parameter it is possible to assign a defaultservice area to one location area.Value 0 means thatthere is no default

SAC for the location area. The default is the old value.




Default value -





References: -


MSC parameters

5.2 MGWM Parameters

5.2.1 Address

5.2.2 Administrative State

Table 613. Address



Managed object: MGWM

Parameter group: >

Description: Address of the MGWM object.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 614. Administrative State

Parameter name: Administrative State

Abbreviated name: adminState


Parameter group: >

Description: Administrative State of the object in the NW after objectcreation or modification

Range and step: 1 (Unlocked), 3 (Locked)


-



5.2.3 BSSAP Subsystem Number

Default value -





References: -

Table 614. Administrative State (Continued)

Table 615. BSSAP Subsystem Number

Parameter name: BSSAP Subsystem Number

Abbreviated name: bssapSubsystemNumber


Parameter group: >

Description: This parameter identifies the subsystem using theSCCP. The value can also be given as decimal. Themaximum number of different SSNs under oneMSC/MSS is 10.




Default value -





References: -


MSC parameters

5.2.4 Cell Identification Method

5.2.5 MGWM ID

Table 616. Cell Identification Method

Parameter name: Cell Identification Method

Abbreviated name: cellIdentificationMethod


Parameter group: >

Description: This parameter defines the cell identification methodused by the MSC during a handover.

Range and step: 0 (RNCID+LAC+MNC+MCC), 1 (RNCID+LAC), 2(RNCID)


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 617. MGWM ID

Parameter name: MGWM ID



Parameter group: >

Description: Identification (ID) of MGWM object.




Default value -



5.2.6 Name

5.2.7 Not Applicable ( No Pool )





References: -

Table 617. MGWM ID (Continued)

Table 618. Name




Parameter group: >

Description: Name of MGWM object.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 619. Not Applicable ( No Pool )

Parameter name: Not Applicable ( No Pool )

Abbreviated name: noPool



MSC parameters

5.2.8 NW Name

Parameter group: >

Description: Indicates the route number that is used in the MGW.With the MGW, the route can only be defined for poolnumber 0. You can give one route number only onceunder the same MGW. This route number must not beused by another unlocked MGW. If you wish to delete aroute, set the route number to 0. A maximum of 16routes can be defined for every MGW.




Default value -





References: -

Table 619. Not Applicable ( No Pool ) (Continued)

Table 620. NW Name




Parameter group: >

Description: Network name of MGWM object. The name of a MGWin your MSC.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





5.2.9 MGW Operational State



References: -

Table 620. NW Name (Continued)

Table 621. MGW Operational State

Parameter name: MGW Operational State

Abbreviated name: operationalState


Parameter group: >

Description: This parameter identifies the MGW operational state.

When MGW is LOCKED state can beNOT_AVAILABLE.

When MGW is UNLOCKED state can be AVAILABLE,RESTARTING, RESTARTING_BY_MSC,MSC_RELEASING_RESOURCES,SCCP_SUBSYSTEM_PROHIBITED orOUT_OF_SERVICE. The parameter is read-only.

Range and step: 0 (Not Available), 1 (Available), 2 (Restarting), 3(Restarting by MSC), 4 (MSC Releasing Resources), 5(SCCP Subsystem Prohibited), 6 (Out Of Service)


-

Default value 0





References: -


MSC parameters

5.2.10 Paging Method

5.2.11 Priority Assigment Function

Table 622. Paging Method

Parameter name: Paging Method

Abbreviated name: pagingMethod


Parameter group: >

Description: This parameter defines the method that the MSC usesto identify the scope of a paging request. Theparameter can have the following values:

LAI = LAC + MNC + MCC

LAC = LAC

You need to give one of the paging methods.

Range and step: 0 (LAC+MNC+MCC), 1 (LAC)


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 623. Priority Assigment Function

Parameter name: Priority Assigment Function

Abbreviated name: priorityAssignmentFunction


Parameter group: >

Description: The priority assignment function mode of the MGW.ON = the priority assignment function is ON

OFF = the priority assignment function is OFF



5.2.12 RNC ID List



-

Default value -





References: -

Table 623. Priority Assigment Function (Continued)

Table 624. RNC ID List

Parameter name: RNC ID List

Abbreviated name: rncIdList


Parameter group: >

Description: This parameter identifies the RNCs attached to theMGW. The maximum number of different RNCs underone MGW is 20.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -


MSC parameters

5.2.13 Service Area List

5.2.14 Signalling Network Code

Table 625. Service Area List

Parameter name: Service Area List

Abbreviated name: saList


Parameter group: >

Description: This parameter identifies the Service Areas under theMGWM .The maximum number of different SAs underone MSC is dependent on the sum of BTSs and SAs(=8000). The parameter is read-only.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 626. Signalling Network Code

Parameter name: Signalling Network Code

Abbreviated name: signallingNetworkCode


Parameter group: >



5.2.15 Signalling Point Code

Description: Signalling network code ( SNC ) identifies the signallingnetwork. The signalling network code is compulsory. Asits value it can have one of the networks which havebeen defined in the SCCP ( Signalling ConnectionControl Part ) of the exchange. If all the signallingnetworks exits, the alternatives are the following:

Identify networks:

IN0 International Network 0

IN1 International Network 1

NA0 National Network 0

NA1 National Network 1

If there are no signalling networks, the output is thefollowing:

Identify networks:

No signalling networks defined

Range and step: 0 (International Network 0), 1 (International Network 1),2 (National Network 0), 3 (National Network 1)


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 626. Signalling Network Code (Continued)

Table 627. Signalling Point Code

Parameter name: Signalling Point Code

Abbreviated name: singnallingPointCode


Parameter group: >


MSC parameters

5.2.16 Traffic Limitation

Description: Signalling point code is a binary code uniquelyidentifying a signalling point in a signalling network. Thesignalling point code is compulsory. It is a hexadecimalor a decimal. The value range depends on the givensignalling network.

The signalling point code can also be entered withhyphens between the digits ( e.g. 0-5-0 ), if this isallowed in the network in question. If the signallingnetwork uses 14 bit point codes, the maximum value is3FFF H ( 7-255-7 )and it it uses 24 bit point codes, themaximum value is FFFFFF H ( 255-255-255 ).




Default value -





References: -

Table 627. Signalling Point Code (Continued)

Table 628. Traffic Limitation

Parameter name: Traffic Limitation

Abbreviated name: trafficLimitation


Parameter group: >

Description: This parameter provides information on the MGW trafficlimitation. The parameter has a value only when theoperational state of the MGW is AVAILABLE. Theparameter is read-only.

Range and step: 0...100, step 10



Default value -



5.2.17 BSSAP Version





References: -

Table 628. Traffic Limitation (Continued)

Table 629. BSSAP Version

Parameter name: BSSAP Version

Abbreviated name: versionOfBSSAP


Parameter group: >

Description: There are 50 prepacked BSSAP service profiledescriptions in an MSC. These service profiledescriptions define the data combinations of BSSfunctions and the values of A interface timers andparameters. A BSSAP service profile description isidentified with the unique number called BSSAPversion. The BSSAP version is obligatory. It is adecimal 1 ... 49.




Default value 15





References: -


MSC parameters

5.3 MSA Parameters

5.3.1 Address

5.3.2 Administrative State

Table 630. Address



Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: Address of MSA object.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 631. Administrative State

Parameter name: Administrative State

Abbreviated name: adminState

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: Administrative state of the managed object in the NWafter creation or modification.

Range and step: 1 (Unlocked), 3 (Locked)


-



5.3.3 Frequency Band

Default value -





References: -

Table 631. Administrative State (Continued)

Table 632. Frequency Band

Parameter name: Frequency Band

Abbreviated name: cellBand

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: BAND = cell band

This parameter enables you to differentiate the callingsubscriber's cell band. In addition, you can adjust andaffect the calling and called subscribers' charging.

The parameter can have one of the following values:

GSM = the cell band is GSM

DCS = the cell band is DCS

WCDMA = the cell band is WCDMA < option >

NO = the cell band is not defined (default)

Range and step: 0 (GSM), 1 (DCS), 2 (WCDMA), 3 (Not defined)


-

Default value 3





References: -


MSC parameters

5.3.4 Cell Based QOS for LCS (CQOS)

5.3.5 Cell Dependent Routing

Table 633. Cell Based QOS for LCS (CQOS)

Parameter name: Cell Based QOS for LCS (CQOS)

Abbreviated name: cellBasedQOSForLCS

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: This parameter defines the cell based Quality ofService (QoS) for Location

Services (LCS). It is used in emergency servicepositioning to define the

accuracy of location of the mobile station. Possiblevalues are 0 ... 127 or N.

Value N means that the cell based QOS is not in use.The default value is N.




Default value -





References: -

Table 634. Cell Dependent Routing

Parameter name: Cell Dependent Routing

Abbreviated name: cellDependentRouting

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >



5.3.6 Cell Test State

Description: In a mobile-originated call, an MSC executes therouting and charging analysis(= digit analysis)depending on the cell in which the call originates.

The parameter can have a numeric value from 0 to 254,or one of the following values:

N Normal routing, this is equivalent to numeric value 0(default).

S Special routing, this is equivalent to numeric value 1.

Option: cell dependent routing




Default value 0





References: -

Table 634. Cell Dependent Routing (Continued)

Table 635. Cell Test State

Parameter name: Cell Test State

Abbreviated name: cellTestState

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: The parameter is used to define the testing status of acell. The cell can be either in the normal state or teststate. You may want to use a cell for test calls only, forexample, when the network is being built or expanded.


N normal cell

T test cell

Range and step: 0 (Normal cell), 1 (Test cell)


MSC parameters

5.3.7 Charging Area Code


-

Default value 0





References: -

Table 635. Cell Test State (Continued)

Table 636. Charging Area Code

Parameter name: Charging Area Code

Abbreviated name: chargingAreaCode

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: Charging area code (0 in the first element meansdetached from all 10 charging areas)




Default value -





References: -



5.3.8 ESRK Range Index

5.3.9 ESRK Usage

Table 637. ESRK Range Index

Parameter name: ESRK Range Index

Abbreviated name: esrkRangeIndex

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: This parameter defines the index to a ESRK numberrange in

HRNFIL file. Emergency Services Routing Key (ESRK)is a

number that identifies the emergency service call andthe

visitor MSC. Possible values are 0 ... 100. Value 0means that the ESRK is not in use. The default value is0.




Default value 0





References: -

Table 638. ESRK Usage

Parameter name: ESRK Usage

Abbreviated name: esrkUsage

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >


MSC parameters

5.3.10 Full Rate Traffic Channel Max Count

Description: The parameter is used to indicate that the PSAP for thecell uses only CAMA signalling. Possible values are Y(yes) and N (no). The default value is N. When value Yis given, the ESRK parameter must have a valuebetween 1 and 100 and the NONCAS parameter musthave value F.



-

Default value -





References: -

Table 638. ESRK Usage (Continued)

Table 639. Full Rate Traffic Channel Max Count

Parameter name: Full Rate Traffic Channel Max Count

Abbreviated name: fullRateTrafficChannelMaxCount

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: TCHF = full rate traffic channel max count

The maximum number of full-rate traffic channelscreated in

an MSC. The full rate traffic channel maximum countcan be

a decimal in the range from 0 to 2000. If the extendedresource indicator function is supported, the full ratetraffic channel maximum count parameter is optional. Ifyou have given a value to the parameter, the supportedextended resource indicator cancels its meaning.

The default value is 0.




5.3.11 Half Rate Traffic Channel Max Count



Default value 0





References: -

Table 639. Full Rate Traffic Channel Max Count (Continued)

Table 640. Half Rate Traffic Channel Max Count

Parameter name: Half Rate Traffic Channel Max Count

Abbreviated name: halfRateTrafficChannelMaxCount

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: TCHH = half rate traffic channel max count

The maximum number of half-rate traffic channelscreated in

an MSC. The half rate traffic channel maximum countcan be

a decimal in the range from 0 to 2000. If the extendedresource indicator is supported, the parameter half ratetraffic channel maximum count is optional. If you havegiven a value to the parameter, the supported extended

resource indicator cancels its meaning.

The default value is 0.




Default value 0




MSC parameters

5.3.12 MSA ID



References: -

Table 640. Half Rate Traffic Channel Max Count (Continued)

Table 641. MSA ID

Parameter name: MSA ID


Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: Identification of the MSA object. This parameteridentifies the Service Area in the MSC. The MSA ID isalso called as Service Area Code (SAC) in the MSC.Make sure that the combination of the MSA ID and LACis unique, that is, the same MSA ID must not be usedby another Service Area in the same Location Area.




Default value -





References: -



5.3.13 Internal Network Number Indicator

5.3.14 Local Area Dialling Code

Table 642. Internal Network Number Indicator

Parameter name: Internal Network Number Indicator

Abbreviated name: intNetworkNumberIndicator

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: INN = internal network number indicator

This parameter defines whether the routing to theinternal network is allowed. The parameter can haveone of the following values:

N = routing to internal number not allowed

A = routing to internal number allowed

This parameter is optional. If you do not give an internalnetwork number indicator, default value N (routing tointernal number not allowed) is used.The internalnetwork number indicator is a part of locationinformation. It defines whether the routing to an internalnumber is allowed.



-

Default value -





References: -

Table 643. Local Area Dialling Code

Parameter name: Local Area Dialling Code

Abbreviated name: localAreaDiallingCode

Managed object: MSA


MSC parameters

5.3.15 LAC

Parameter group: >

Description: Local area dialling code (LAD) that the cell is attachedto.

The local area dialling is a feature which enablessubscriber A to make a local call to subscriber B,without dialling the national prefix or national code. Thisis possible when subscriber A is in the same localnetwork area as subscriber B. With this parameter youcan attach a cell to a local area dialling code. Theparameter can contain 1 to 6 digits. One digit is in therange of 0 and E.

LAD can have the maximum of 299 different values.

This parameter is optional. If you do not give a localarea

dialling code, the cell is not attached to the LAD code.The parameter can have the following values:

LAD code

F

If value F is given, the cell is considered detached fromthe local area dialling code.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 643. Local Area Dialling Code (Continued)

Table 644. LAC

Parameter name: LAC

Abbreviated name: locationAreaCode

Managed object: MSA



5.3.16 Location Number

Parameter group: >

Description: The LAI (Location Area Id ) parameter is composed ofthe MCC, MNC and LAC (Location Area Code)parameters. Location area (LA) is an area where an MScan move without performing a location updatingprocedure.




Default value -





References: -

Table 644. LAC (Continued)

Table 645. Location Number

Parameter name: Location Number

Abbreviated name: locationNumber

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: CLN = location number

The location number of a cell. It can contain 1 to 16digits. Value 0 is interpreted as 'no location number'.

This parameter is optional. If you do not give thelocation

number of a cell, the cell is not attached to any location

number.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -


MSC parameters

5.3.17 MGWM ID In MSC





References: -

Table 645. Location Number (Continued)

Table 646. MGWM ID In MSC

Parameter name: MGWM ID In MSC

Abbreviated name: mgwmIdInMsc

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: The MGWM ID in the MSC. The ID of the MGWM thatthe MSA belongs to.




Default value -





References: -



5.3.18 MCC

5.3.19 MNC

Table 647. MCC

Parameter name: MCC


Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >


Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 648. MNC

Parameter name: MNC


Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: Mobile Network Code of PLMN where location areabelongs. Default values is the mobile country code ofown MSCs PLMN.

Range and step: -


-


MSC parameters

5.3.20 Name

Default value -





References: -

Table 648. MNC (Continued)

Table 649. Name



Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: The name of a MSA (MSC Service Area) object.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -



5.3.21 No NCAS Support

5.3.22 Number Presentation Status

Table 650. No NCAS Support

Parameter name: No NCAS Support

Abbreviated name: noNCASSupport

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: This parameter defines if the Public Safety AnsweringPoint

associated to this cell does not support the Non-Call

Associated Signalling.

Possible values are T (true, there is no support) and Ffalse, there is support). The default value is F, whichmeans that there is a support for NCAS.



-






References: -

Table 651. Number Presentation Status

Parameter name: Number Presentation Status

Abbreviated name: numberPresentationStatus

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >


MSC parameters

5.3.23 Number Screening Status

Description: PRES = number presentation status

The number presentation status is a part of locationinformation.


A = presentation allowed

R = presentation restricted

This parameter is optional. If you do not give a numberpresentation status, default value R (presentationrestricted) is used.

Range and step: 0 (Allowed), 1 (Restricted)


-

Default value 1





References: -

Table 651. Number Presentation Status (Continued)

Table 652. Number Screening Status

Parameter name: Number Screening Status

Abbreviated name: numberScreeningStatus

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: The parameter is the number screening status(SCREEN), and it can only have one value, ?networkprovided?. It is one of the location informationparameters.

Range and step: 0 (Network Provided)


-

Default value 0



5.3.24 Numbering Plan Indentification





References: -

Table 652. Number Screening Status (Continued)

Table 653. Numbering Plan Indentification

Parameter name: Numbering Plan Indentification

Abbreviated name: numberingPlanIndication

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: NPI = Numbering Plan Identification

The parameter indicates if the numbering plan is anISDN, data, telex or a private numbering plan.


ISDN = ISDN numbering plan, rec. E.164

DATA = Data numbering plan, rec. X.121

TELEX= Telex numbering plan, rec. F.69

PRIV = Private numbering plan

This parameter is optional. If you do not give thenumbering plan identification, default value ISDN isused.

Range and step: 0 (ISDN), 1 (Data), 2 (Telex), 3 (Privat)


-

Default value 0





References: -


MSC parameters

5.3.25 NW Name

5.3.26 Parameter Set (PSET)

Table 654. NW Name



Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: Network Name of MSA object. The name of a SA inyour MSC

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 655. Parameter Set (PSET)

Parameter name: Parameter Set (PSET)

Abbreviated name: parameterSet

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: This parameter defines the filling of signallingparameters CHN, GDP, CgPN, CdPN (= parameter set)towards PSAP.

Range and step: 0 (Not Used), 1 (Extra Parameter Set 1), 2 (ExtraParameter Set 2)


-



5.3.27 Position Determination Timers

Default value 0





References: -

Table 655. Parameter Set (PSET) (Continued)

Table 656. Position Determination Timers

Parameter name: Position Determination Timers

Abbreviated name: positionDeterminationTimers

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: This parameter defines the timer for the positioningprocedure in the Call Associated Signalling (CAS) pushpositioning method. Possible values are 0 ... 1000 of 10ms units (0 ... 10 seconds). The default value is 0,which means that the Public Safety Answering Pointassociated to this cell does not support CAS. When thevalue is not 0, it means there is a support for CAS.

Range and step: 0...1000, step 10



Default value 0ms





References: -


MSC parameters

5.3.28 Routing Zone ID

5.3.29 Tariff Area

Table 657. Routing Zone ID

Parameter name: Routing Zone ID

Abbreviated name: routingZone

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: The routing zone is used to identify the local servicecentre area under which the BTS is located. The localservice centre provides, for example, local emergency.Available IDs can be found in/etc/opt/nokiaoss/configurator/rac/common/conf/ruilibmx.cf.




Default value -





References: -

Table 658. Tariff Area

Parameter name: Tariff Area

Abbreviated name: tariffArea

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >



5.3.30 Type Of Location Number

Description: The tariff area (TA) is used to indicate the price range ofa call. The tariff area is a BTS-specific (that is, cell-specific) parameter, and it enables the charging based

on the cell where the mobile subscriber is located. Thetariff area needs to be defined with GN ? ChargingZones Handling, too. The tariff area can be a decimal inthe range from 0 to 3.




Default value -





References: -

Table 658. Tariff Area (Continued)

Table 659. Type Of Location Number

Parameter name: Type Of Location Number

Abbreviated name: typeOfLocationNumber

Managed object: MSA

Parameter group: >

Description: TON = Type of location number


SUB = subscriber number

UNK = unknown type of number

NAT = national number

INT = international number

If you give a location number, give also the type of thelocation number. If you do not give the location numbernor type of the location number, the cell is not attachedto any type of location number.


MSC parameters

5.4 NWLA Parameters

5.4.1 Address

Range and step: 0 (Subscriber), 1 (National), 2 (International), 3(Unknown)


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 659. Type Of Location Number (Continued)

Table 660. Address



Managed object: NWLA

Parameter group: >

Description: Address of NWLA object.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -



5.4.2 Call Tracing Allowed

5.4.3 Cell Identification Method

Table 661. Call Tracing Allowed

Parameter name: Call Tracing Allowed

Abbreviated name: callTracingAllowed


Parameter group: >

Description: TRA = Call tracing allowed

Use this parameter to define whether call tracing isallowed to anothet MSC. The parameter can have oneof the following values:

Y = Call tracing is allowed

N = Call tracing is not allowed

The default value is call tracing is allowed.



-

Default value -





References: -

Table 662. Cell Identification Method

Parameter name: Cell Identification Method

Abbreviated name: cellIdentificationMethod


Parameter group: >


MSC parameters

5.4.4 NWLA ID

Description: CID = Cell Identification method

Use this parameter to define the idnetification methodof a targat cell in an inter- MSC handover. Theparameter can have a one of the following values:

0= CGI

1= CLI

2= CI

CGI = CI + LAC + MNC + MCC

CLI = CI + LAC

CI = CI

Range and step: 0 (CI+LAC+MNC+MCC), 1 (CI LAC), 2 (CI)


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 662. Cell Identification Method (Continued)

Table 663. NWLA ID

Parameter name: NWLA ID



Parameter group: >

Description: Identifier (ID) of NWLA object. Referes to the LA ofneighboring MSC.




Default value -




5.4.5 Identical LAC Switch




References: -

Table 663. NWLA ID (Continued)

Table 664. Identical LAC Switch

Parameter name: Identical LAC Switch

Abbreviated name: identicalLacSwitch


Parameter group: >

Description: ILS = identical location area code switch

Indicates whether the identical location area codeswitch, which is needed when creting the same locationarea code in two different MSCs, is active or not.

The parameter can have the following values:

Y = identical LAC switch is active

N = identical LAC switch is not active

This parameter allows you to add a location area codethat is already in use in the own MSC to the network.Note, however, that this parameter is for temporary useonly.



-

Default value -





References: -


MSC parameters

5.4.6 Inter MSC Handover Allowed

5.4.7 MCC

Table 665. Inter MSC Handover Allowed

Parameter name: Inter MSC Handover Allowed

Abbreviated name: interMSCHoAllowed


Parameter group: >

Description: IMSC = Inter-MSC handover allowed

Indicates if the inter-MSC handover is allowed to theother MSCs location area. The parameter can have oneof the following values:

Y = Inter-MSC handover is allowed

N = Inter- MSC handover is not allowed



-

Default value -





References: -

Table 666. MCC

Parameter name: MCC



Parameter group: >




5.4.8 MNC

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -


Table 667. MNC

Parameter name: MNC



Parameter group: >

Description: Mobile Network Code of PLMN where location areabelongs. Default values is the mobile country code ofown MSCs PLMN.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -


MSC parameters

5.4.9 MSC ISDN Number

5.4.10 MSC Signalling Network Code

Table 668. MSC ISDN Number

Parameter name: MSC ISDN Number

Abbreviated name: mscIsdnNumber


Parameter group: >

Description: MISDN = MSC ISDN number.

The MSC ISDN number.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 669. MSC Signalling Network Code

Parameter name: MSC Signalling Network Code

Abbreviated name: mscSNC


Parameter group: >



5.4.11 MSC Signalling Point Code

Description: MSNC = MSC signalling network code

The MSC SNC can have one of the following values:

IN0 = international network number 0

IN1 = international network number 1

NA0 = national network number 0

NA1 = national network number 1

NA0 is default if MSC signalling point code is given.

If you do not give a reference location area, give theISDN number or the signalling point code of the MSCthe location area belongs to, or both. If you havedefined the SPC, the call control processes use that,otherwise they use the ISDN number. The ISDNnumber is necessary for the statistical measurementsconcernin the inter-MSC location update. If you give theSPC, you can also give the signalling network code.When you give the SPC, the SNC has the value NA0 bydefault. You can give the nature of MSC address, if yougive the MSC ISDN number.

Option: Inverse OPT 24-bit SPC In Use



-

Default value -





References: -

Table 669. MSC Signalling Network Code (Continued)

Table 670. MSC Signalling Point Code

Parameter name: MSC Signalling Point Code

Abbreviated name: mscSPC



MSC parameters

5.4.12 Name

Parameter group: >

Description: MSPC = MSC signalling point code

The MSC SPC can be a hexadecimal in the range of 1to 3FFF H, or a decimal in the range of 1 to 16383.




Default value -





References: -

Table 670. MSC Signalling Point Code (Continued)

Table 671. Name




Parameter group: >

Description: Name of NWLA object.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





References: -



5.4.13 Nature Of MSC Address

5.4.14 Nature Of VLR Address

Table 672. Nature Of MSC Address

Parameter name: Nature Of MSC Address

Abbreviated name: natureOfMSCAddress


Parameter group: >

Description: Nature of MSC address.

MML name: MNA

MML range: IN = International NA= National

-1 = Not defined

0 = National Network

1 = International Network

Range and step: -1 (Not defined), 0 (National Network), 1 (InternationalNetwork)


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 673. Nature Of VLR Address

Parameter name: Nature Of VLR Address

Abbreviated name: natureOfVLRAddress


Parameter group: >


MSC parameters

5.4.15 NW Name

Description: VLR NA = Nature of VLR address.

The nature of VLR address can have one of thefollowing values:

IN= international network

NA= national network

Range and step: -1 (Not defined), 0 (National Network), 1 (InternationalNetwork)


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 673. Nature Of VLR Address (Continued)

Table 674. NW Name




Parameter group: >

Description: Network Name of NWLA object.

Range and step: -


-

Default value -





5.4.16 Version Of BSSAP



References: -

Table 674. NW Name (Continued)

Table 675. Version Of BSSAP

Parameter name: Version Of BSSAP

Abbreviated name: versionOfBSSAP


Parameter group: >

Description: VER = BSSAP version

Use this parameter to define a BSSAP service profilediscription in the radio network files of MSC. There are50 ( numbers 0- 49 ) prepacked BSSAP service profiledescriptions called BSSAP versions in the MSC. TheseBSSAP versions define the BSS functions concerningthe A- interfaces.




Default value -





References: -


MSC parameters

5.4.17 VLR Inquiry Allowed

5.4.18 VLR ISDN Number

Table 676. VLR Inquiry Allowed

Parameter name: VLR Inquiry Allowed

Abbreviated name: vlrInquiryAllowed


Parameter group: >

Description: VLRS = VLR inquiry allowed

Indicates if the VLR inquiry is allowed from the otherMSCs location area. The parameter can have one ofthe following values:

Y = VLR inquiry is allowed

N = VLR inquiry is not allowed



-

Default value -





References: -

Table 677. VLR ISDN Number

Parameter name: VLR ISDN Number

Abbreviated name: vlrIsdnNumber


Parameter group: >

Description: VISDN = VLR ISDN number.

Range and step: -



5.4.19 VLR Signalling Network Code


-

Default value -





References: -

Table 677. VLR ISDN Number (Continued)

Table 678. VLR Signalling Network Code

Parameter name: VLR Signalling Network Code

Abbreviated name: vlrSNC


Parameter group: >

Description: VSNC = VLR signalling network code

The VLR addressing is equal to the MSC addressing bedefault. You can give the ISDN number and thesignalling point code of the VLR. If you give the SPC,you can also give the signalling network code. Whenyou give the SPC, by default the SNC has the valueNA0. You can give the nature of VLR address, if yougive the VLR ISDN number.

Option: Inverse OPT 24-bit SPC In Use

MML name: VSNC

MML range: IN0 = International network number 0

IN1 = International network number 1

NA0 = National network number 0

NA1 = National network number 1

Default is NA0 if VLR signalling point code is given



-


MSC parameters

5.4.20 VLR Signalling Point Code

Default value -





References: -

Table 678. VLR Signalling Network Code (Continued)

Table 679. VLR Signalling Point Code

Parameter name: VLR Signalling Point Code

Abbreviated name: vlrSPC


Parameter group: >

Description: VSPC = VLR signalling point code




Default value -





References: -


3GPP parameters

6 3GPP parametersThis section describes 3GPP parameters, which are used for the parameterconfiguration of the 3GPP N-interface.

This section is intended for radio network planners, and the Nokia NetAct O&Mpersonnel responsible for 3GPP parameter configuration.

For more information refer to:

• 3GPP CORBA Bulk CM Northbound Interface Principles, DN03317891

6.1 How to read 3GPP parameter tables

Table 680. How to read parameter tables

Entry Description

Parameter name The user interface name for the parameter.

Abbreviated name The parameter name used in the radio network planfiles (XML).

3GPP name The used parameter name in 3GPP specifications.

Multiplicity The multiplicity of the parameter.

Description Describes the purpose of the parameter and includesextra information on the parameter.

References References (if any) to 3GPP specifications.

Managed object The object for which the parameter is defined.

Parameter group The functional group into which the parameter belongs.

Range and step The user interface value range for the parameter.

Formula for getting internalvalue

The formula for calculating the system internal valuewhich is used in radio network plan files.

Default value Nokia-specified default value.



6.2 OMC parameters

6.2.1 User Defined Network Type

Default value notes Additional information (if any) on the default value.

Related functions Radio network related functions (in addition to the mainfunction) of the parameter.

Modification Requires object locking = The managed object must belocked by the user before modification if possible.

Not modifiable = The parameter value can be modifiedonly through recreation of the managed object.

On-line = The parameter value can be changed withoutany disturbance to ongoing calls.

Related parameters Other parameters that affect the parameter.

Interface The interfaces on which the parameter is transferred.

Location in GUI and MMLcommands

Information on user interface applications and MMLcommands which are used to set the parameter.

Table 680. How to read parameter tables (Continued)

Entry Description

Table 681. UserDefinedNetworkType

Parameter name: User Defined Network Type

Abbreviated name: UserDefinedNetworkType

3 GPP name: User Defined Network Type

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Type of network, user defines.

References: 3GPP Reference: 3GPP bulk CM specification 32.622 v.4.0.0

Managed object: OMC

Parameter group: 3GPPIntN

Range and step: 1 ... 10

Formula for gettinginternal value:

-

Default value:


3GPP parameters

6.2.2 User Defined State

Default value notes

Related functions

Modification: On-line

Related parameters

Parameterrelationships:

Interface: NetAct Configurator (Regional) to NetAct Configurator(Global)

NetAct Configurator (Regional) to Global NMS (N-IF)

Location in GUIand/or MMLcommands:

Table 681. UserDefinedNetworkType (Continued)

Table 682. UserDefinedState

Parameter name: User Defined State

Abbreviated name: UserDefinedState

3 GPP name: User Defined State

Multiplicity: 1

Description: State of network element, user defines.


Managed object: OMC




-

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters



6.3 RNC parameters

6.3.1 Managed By





Table 682. UserDefinedState (Continued)

Table 683. ManagedBy

Parameter name: Managed By

Abbreviated name: ManagedBy

3 GPP name: Managed By

Multiplicity: 1

Description: DN of related Nokia OMC in 3GPP DN format.


Managed object: RNC




-

Default value:

Default value notes Not possible.

Related functions


Related parameters


3GPP parameters






Table 683. ManagedBy (Continued)





Multiplicity: 1



Managed object: RNC




-

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters



6.4 WBTS parameters

6.4.1 Managed By






Table 685. ManagedBy

Parameter name: Managed By

Abbreviated name: ManagedBy

3 GPP name: Managed By

Multiplicity: 1

Description: DN of related Nokia OMC in 3GPP format.






-

Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters


3GPP parameters






Table 685. ManagedBy (Continued)





Multiplicity: 1







-

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


RAC2.2 non-network and redefined network parameters

7 RAC2.2 non-network and redefinednetwork parameters

7.1 ADJG parameters

7.1.1 Mobile Country Code

Table 687. AdjgMCC


Abbreviated name: AdjgMCC

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: A GSM neighbour cell is identified with the Cell GlobalIdentifier (CGI), which is composed of the PLMN Identifier,Location Area Code and Cell Identifier. Furthermore, thePLMN Identifier is composed of the Mobile Country Code(MCC) and the Mobile Network Code (MNC).




Range and step: 3 ... 3, step 1


-

Default value:


Related functions



7.1.2 Mobile Network Code


Related parameters




NetAct Configurator (Regional) to RNC


Table 687. AdjgMCC (Continued)

Table 688. AdjgMNC


Abbreviated name: AdjgMNC

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Unique network identification within country. MNC consists oftwo or three digits. MNC together with MCC identifies thePLMN uniquely (globally).






internal_value = gui_value / 1

Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters



7.1.3 Target Cell DN





Table 688. AdjgMNC (Continued)

Table 689. TargetCellDN

Parameter name: Target Cell DN

Abbreviated name: TargetCellDN

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Pointer to the adjacency target GSM cell (BTS) or externalGSM cell (F-BTS/EGCE). Distinguished Name of thecorresponding object.

References:





-

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters



7.2 ADJI parameters



Interface:


Table 689. TargetCellDN (Continued)

Table 690. AdjiMCC


Abbreviated name: AdjiMCC

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: An inter-frequency neighbour cell is identified with UTRANCell Identifier which is composed of Global RNC Identifierand Cell Identifier. Furthermore, Global RNC Identifier iscomposed of RNC Identifier and PLMN Identifier, which inturn consists of Mobile Country Code (MCC) and MobileNetwork Code (MNC).






-

Default value:


Related functions





Related parameters






Table 690. AdjiMCC (Continued)

Table 691. AdjiMNC


Abbreviated name: AdjiMNC

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1








Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters








Table 691. AdjiMNC (Continued)




3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Pointer to the adjacency target WCEL or EWCE.Distinguished Name of the corresponding object.

References:





-

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters



7.3 ADJS parameters



Interface:



Table 693. AdjsMCC


Abbreviated name: AdjsMCC

3 GPP name: Mobile Country Code; MCC

Multiplicity: 1

Description: An intra-frequency neighbour cell is identified with theUTRAN Cell Identifier, which is composed of the Global RNCIdentifier and the Cell Identifier. Furthermore, the Global RNCIdentifier is composed of the PLMN Identifier, which consistsof the Mobile Country Code (MCC), the Mobile Network Code(MNC), and the RNC Identifier.






-

Default value:


Related functions





Related parameters






Table 693. AdjsMCC (Continued)

Table 694. AdjsMNC


Abbreviated name: AdjsMNC

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1








Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters








Table 694. AdjsMNC (Continued)




3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Pointer to the adjacency target WCEL or EWCE.Distinguished Name of the corresponding object.

References:





-

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters



7.4 ANTE parameters

7.4.1 Antenna bearing


Interface:



Table 696. bearing

Parameter name: Antenna bearing

Abbreviated name: bearing

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Antenna direction

References:

Managed object: ANTE

Parameter group: <no group>

Range and step: 0 ... 360, step 0.1


internal_value = gui_value / 0.1

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions

Modification: Unknown

Related parameters



7.4.2 Antenna tilt


Interface: NetAct Planner to NetAct Configurator (Regional)

NetAct Configurator (Regional) to Optimizer


Table 696. bearing (Continued)

Table 697. tilt

Parameter name: Antenna tilt

Abbreviated name: tilt

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Antenna tilt

References:



Range and step: -90 ... 90 degree, step 0.1 degree



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:




7.4.3 Antenna type name

7.4.4 Correction Factor

Table 698. typeName

Parameter name: Antenna type name

Abbreviated name: typeName

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Id name of the antenna type.

References:





-

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


Table 699. corrFactor

Parameter name: Correction Factor

Abbreviated name: corrFactor

3 GPP name:



7.4.5 Ground Height

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Correction factor used in link budget.

References:



Range and step: -100 ... 100 dB, step 0.1 dB



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters





Table 699. corrFactor (Continued)

Table 700. groundHeight

Parameter name: Ground Height

Abbreviated name: groundHeight

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Over-rides groundHeight in Site if present.

References:





7.4.6 Height

Range and step: -500 ... 10000 m, step 0.01 m



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


Table 700. groundHeight (Continued)

Table 701. height

Parameter name: Height

Abbreviated name: height

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Relative antenna height to the ground height.

References:



Range and step: -1000 ... 1000 m, step 0.01 m



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions



7.4.7 Latitude


Related parameters


Interface:


Table 701. height (Continued)

Table 702. latitude

Parameter name: Latitude

Abbreviated name: latitude

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Absolute coordinate of the Antenna.

References:



Range and step: -900000000 ... 900000000, step 1



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters



7.4.8 Longitude


Interface:


Table 702. latitude (Continued)

Table 703. longitude

Parameter name: Longitude

Abbreviated name: longitude

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Absolute coordinate of the antenna.

References:





-

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:




7.4.9 Name

7.4.10 Notes

Table 704. name



3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The name of managed object.

References:





-

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


Table 705. notes

Parameter name: Notes

Abbreviated name: notes

3 GPP name:



7.4.11 Technology

Multiplicity: 1

Description:

References:





-

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


Table 705. notes (Continued)

Table 706. technology

Parameter name: Technology

Abbreviated name: technology

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Indicates the network technology the antenna is used in.

References:



Range and step: 0 (GSM), 1 (UMTS), 2 (GSM & UMTS)



7.5 EWCE parameters

7.5.1 Cell Identifier


gui ==> internal

0 ==> 0

1 ==> 1

2 ==> 2

Default value: 0

Default value notes GSM

Related functions


Related parameters



Optimizer to NetAct Configurator (Regional)



Table 706. technology (Continued)

Table 707. CId


Abbreviated name: CId

3 GPP name: Cell Identifier

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The parameter identifies the cell within a RNC.


Managed object: EWCE




7.5.2 External WCDMA Cell Identifier




Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters





Table 707. CId (Continued)

Table 708. EWCEId

Parameter name: External WCDMA Cell Identifier

Abbreviated name: EWCEId

3 GPP name: ExternalUtranCellId

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Unique identification of external WCDMA cell within aexternal cell collection.

References:





-

Default value:



7.5.3 Local Cell Resource Identifier


Related functions


Related parameters



NetAct Planner to NetAct Configurator (Global)

Optimizer to NetAct Configurator (Regional)

NetAct Configurator (Regional) to NetAct Configurator(Global)



Table 708. EWCEId (Continued)

Table 709. LcrId

Parameter name: Local Cell Resource Identifier

Abbreviated name: LcrId

3 GPP name: Local Cell Identifier

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The Local cell resource is an object, which consists of theHW required by one cell for transmission and receiving. Localcell resource id is used to address one particular local cellresource at the BTS. The LCR Id is unique within BTS.

With the Configuration Data message the Local cell resourcecan be associated to the cell identifier (C-ID) used at theradio interface. In cases when configuration is initialized atthe BTS, the signalling related to a cell is addressed using C-ID instead of the Local cell resource id.

References: 3GPP Reference: TS 25.433, UTRAN Iub Interface NBAPSignalling3GPP Reference: TS 25.401, UTRAN OverallDescription



7.5.4 Location Area Code






Default value:

Default value notes Default value is not possible

Related functions


Related parameters




Table 709. LcrId (Continued)

Table 710. LAC


Abbreviated name: LAC

3 GPP name: Location Area Code

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter contains the Location area code (LAC) of aWCDMA cell.









7.5.5 Maximum UE Transmission Power on DPCH

Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters





Table 710. LAC (Continued)

Table 711. UEtxPowerMaxDPCH

Parameter name: Maximum UE Transmission Power on DPCH

Abbreviated name: UEtxPowerMaxDPCH

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates the maximum transmission powerlevel that an UE may use on the DPCH in the neighbouringcell. The RNC uses the parameter in the decision algorithmof inter-frequency handover. If the maximum output power ofthe UE is lower than the value of the parameter, the RNCadds the power difference (dB value) to the minimumrequired CPICH RSCP level, which the measurement resultof the neighbour cell must exceed before the handover ispossible.

References:



Range and step: -50 ... 33 dBm, step 1 dBm



7.5.6 Maximum UE Transmission Power on RACH



Default value: 24 dBm

Default value notes Default value 24 dBm corresponds to the UE power class 4.

Related functions Handover Control


Related parameters





Table 711. UEtxPowerMaxDPCH (Continued)

Table 712. UEtxPowerMaxRACH

Parameter name: Maximum UE Transmission Power on RACH

Abbreviated name: UEtxPowerMaxRACH

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter indicates the maximum transmission powerlevel that an UE can use when accessing the neighbouringcell on the RACH. The UE uses the parameter in the cell re-selection procedure. If the maximum output power of the UEis lower than the value of the parameter, the UE adds thepower difference (dB value) to the minimum required CPICHEc/No level, which the measurement result of theneighbouring cell must exceed before the cell re-selection ispossible.

References:






Range and step: -50 ... 33 dBm, step 1 dBm



Default value: 21 dBm

Default value notes Default value 21 dBm corresponds to the UE power class 4.

Related functions Handover Control


Related parameters





Table 712. UEtxPowerMaxRACH (Continued)

Table 713. MCC



3 GPP name: Mobile Country Code

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Unique country identification. MCC consists of three digits.MCC together with MNC identifies the PLMN uniquely(globally).






-




Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters






Table 714. MNC



3 GPP name: Mobile Network Code

Multiplicity: 1








Default value:




7.5.9 Name

Related functions


Related parameters






Table 715. name



3 GPP name: Name

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Name of managed object.






-

Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters



7.5.10 Primary Downlink Scrambling Code





Table 715. name (Continued)

Table 716. PriScrCode

Parameter name: Primary Downlink Scrambling Code

Abbreviated name: PriScrCode

3 GPP name: Primary Downlink Scrambling Code

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Identifies the downlink scrambling code of the PrimaryCPICH (Common Pilot Channel) of the Cell.







Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters



7.5.11 RNC Identifier





Table 716. PriScrCode (Continued)

Table 717. RncId


Abbreviated name: RncId

3 GPP name: RNC Identifier

Multiplicity: 1

Description: A unique identification for an RNC node within the UTRAN.







Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters



7.5.12 Routing Area Code





Table 717. RncId (Continued)

Table 718. RAC


Abbreviated name: RAC

3 GPP name: Routing Area Code

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The routing area code determines the Routing area within thelocation area to which the cell belongs to.







Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters



7.5.13 Service Area Code





Table 718. RAC (Continued)

Table 719. SAC

Parameter name: Service Area Code

Abbreviated name: SAC

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The Service Area Identifier (SAI) identifies an area consistingof one or more cells which belong to the same Location Area(LAI). The Service Area Identifier is composed of the PLMNIdentifier, the Location Area Code (LAC) and the ServiceArea Code (SAC).

References:






Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters



7.5.14 SITE ID





Table 719. SAC (Continued)

Table 720. SITE ID

Parameter name: Site ID

Abbreviated name: siteId

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the SITE object that the EWCE iisassigned to. The parameter can be included in the plan file tobe imported in RAC. The parameter is stored in the NetActtopology database only.

References:


Parameter group:



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters



7.5.15 Transmission Power Of The Primary CPICH Channel


Interface:


CM Editor/Sites

Table 720. SITE ID (Continued)

Table 721. PtxPrimaryCPICH

Parameter name: Transmission Power Of The Primary CPICH Channel

Abbreviated name: PtxPrimaryCPICH

3 GPP name: Transmission Power Of The Primary CPICH Channel

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This is the transmission power of the primary common pilotchannel.




Range and step: -10 ... 50 dBm, step 0.1 dBm



Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters



7.5.16 Uarfcn Dl





Table 721. PtxPrimaryCPICH (Continued)

Table 722. UarfcnDl

Parameter name: Uarfcn Dl

Abbreviated name: UarfcnDl

3 GPP name: Uarfcn Dl

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The carrier frequency is designated by the UTRA AbsoluteRadio Frequency Channel Number (UARFCN) downLink.







Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters



7.5.17 Uarfcn Ul





Table 722. UarfcnDl (Continued)

Table 723. UarfcnUl

Parameter name: Uarfcn Ul

Abbreviated name: UarfcnUl

3 GPP name: Uarfcn Ul

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The carrier frequency is designated by the UTRA AbsoluteRadio Frequency Channel Number (UARFCN), upLink. NokiaNBAP, TX-RX frequency separation is always 190 MHz andUARFCN for uplink is thus not needed/used (i.e. if externalcell is a proxy of Nokia rea







Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters



7.5.18 WBTS Identifier





Table 723. UarfcnUl (Continued)

Table 724. WBTSId

Parameter name: WBTS Identifier

Abbreviated name: WBTSId

3 GPP name: nodeBFunctionId

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the WBTS uniquely under itscontrolling RNC.

References:






Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters



7.6 RNC parameters





Table 724. WBTSId (Continued)

Table 725. MCC



3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Unique country identification. MCC consists of three digits.MCC together with MNC identifies the PLMN uniquely(globally).

References:

Managed object: RNC




-

Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters










Table 726. MNC



3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1



Managed object: RNC





Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters



7.6.3 Name






Table 727. name



3 GPP name: Name

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Name of managed object. The maximum length of the nameis 80 char. NOTE : has to be same for 3GPPManagementElement RNC and rncFunction.


Managed object: RNC




-

Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters



7.6.4 SITE ID






Table 728. SITE ID



3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the SITE object that the RNC isassigned to. The parameter can be included in the plan file tobe imported in RAC. The parameter is stored in the NetActtopology database only.

References:

Managed object: RNC

Parameter group:



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters



7.7 SITE parameters

7.7.1 SITE ID


Interface:


CM Editor/Sites


Table 729. SITE ID



3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the SITE object uniquely in theNetAct topology database.

This parameter is mandatory in creation.

The parameter can be included in the plan file to be importedin RAC. Once imported, the SITE object is created and the IDparameter stored in the NetAct topology database only.Therefore, SITE is not visible in the CM Editor actualconfiguration tree, for example.

References:

Managed object: SITE

Parameter group:



Default value:

Default value notes



7.7.2 Name

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


CM Editor/Sites


Table 730. Name



3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: SITE name. The parameter can be included in the plan file tobe imported in RAC. The parameter is stored in the NetActtopology database only.

References:


Parameter group:



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters



7.7.3 Address


Interface:


CM Editor/Sites

Table 730. Name (Continued)

Table 731. Address


Abbreviated name: streetAddress

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Descriptive address of the SITE. The parameter can beincluded in the plan file to be imported in RAC. Theparameter is stored in the NetAct topology database only.

References:


Parameter group:



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


CM Editor/Sites



7.7.4 Latitude

Table 732. Latitude

Parameter name: Latitude

Abbreviated name: latitude

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Latitude of the physical equipment’s location. The parametercan be included in the plan file to be imported in RAC. Theparameter is stored in the NetAct topology database only.

Assuming the coordinates for latitude and longitude aremeasured in degrees, minutes and seconds, the coordinatevalues are calculated according to the following formula[NMS2000IF]:

coordinate = (degrees + minutes / 60 + seconds / 3600) *1.0e7

The origin of latitude and longitude is in the intersection of theGreenwich and the equator. The latitude is negative to thesouth of the equator and positive to the north of it. Thelongitude is positive to the east of the Greenwich andnegative to the west of it

References:


Parameter group:



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters



7.7.5 Longitude


Interface:


CM Editor/Sites

Table 732. Latitude (Continued)

Table 733. Longitude

Parameter name: Longitude

Abbreviated name: longitude

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Longitude of the physical equipment’s location. Theparameter can be included in the plan file to be imported inRAC. The parameter is stored in the NetAct topologydatabase only.

Assuming the coordinates for latitude and longitude aremeasured in degrees, minutes and seconds, the coordinatevalues are calculated according to the following formula[NMS2000IF]:

coordinate = (degrees + minutes / 60 + seconds / 3600) *1.0e7

The origin of latitude and longitude is in the intersection of theGreenwich and the equator. The latitude is negative to thesouth of the equator and positive to the north of it. Thelongitude is positive to the east of the Greenwich andnegative to the west of it

References:


Parameter group:




7.7.6 Ground height


Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


CM Editor/Sites

Table 733. Longitude (Continued)

Table 734. Ground Height

Parameter name: Ground Height

Abbreviated name: groundHeight

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Height of the physical equipment’s location above sea level.The measurement unit is meter. The parameter can beincluded in the plan file to be imported in RAC. Theparameter is stored in the NetAct topology database only.

References:


Parameter group:



Default value:

Default value notes



7.8 WBTS parameters

7.8.1 Name

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


CM Editor/Sites

Table 734. Ground Height (Continued)

Table 735. name



3 GPP name: Name

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Name of managed object. The maximum length of the nameis 80 char. NOTE : has to be same for 3GPPManagementElement NodeB and nodeBFunction.






-

Default value:


Related functions



7.8.2 SITE ID


Related parameters






Table 736. SITE ID



3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This parameter identifies the SITE object that the WBTS isassigned to. The parameter can be included in the plan file tobe imported in RAC. The parameter is stored in the NetActtopology database only.

References:


Parameter group:



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters



7.9 WCAL parameters

7.9.1 Feeder Length


Interface:


CM Editor/Sites


Table 737. feederLength

Parameter name: Feeder Length

Abbreviated name: feederLength

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description:

References:

Managed object: WCAL


Range and step: 0 ... 1000 m, step 0.01 m



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters



7.9.2 Feeder Loss


Interface:


Table 737. feederLength (Continued)

Table 738. feederLoss

Parameter name: Feeder Loss

Abbreviated name: feederLoss

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: This information is normally copied from feeder cableinformation.

References:



Range and step: 0 ... 100 dB, step 0.1 dB



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:




7.9.3 Feeder Loss Per Metre

7.9.4 Feeder Type

Table 739. feederLossPerMetre

Parameter name: Feeder Loss Per Metre

Abbreviated name: feederLossPerMetre

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Feeder cable loss per meter.

References:



Range and step: 0 ... 100, step 0.01



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


Table 740. feederType

Parameter name: Feeder Type

Abbreviated name: feederType

3 GPP name:



7.9.5 Linked Cell DN

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Feeder cable reference.

References:





-

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


Table 740. feederType (Continued)

Table 741. linkedCellDN

Parameter name: Linked Cell DN

Abbreviated name: linkedCellDN

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Pointer to the WCEL or EWCE. Distinguished Name of thecorresponding object.

References:





7.9.6 Mast Head Amplifier



-

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


Table 741. linkedCellDN (Continued)

Table 742. mha

Parameter name: Mast Head Amplifier

Abbreviated name: mha

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Tells if there is mast head amplifier.

References:



Range and step: 0 (OFF), 1 (ON)


gui ==> internal

0 ==> 0

1 ==> 1

Default value:

Default value notes



7.9.7 Mast Head Amplifier Gain

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


Table 742. mha (Continued)

Table 743. mhaGain

Parameter name: Mast Head Amplifier Gain

Abbreviated name: mhaGain

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description:

References:



Range and step:



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters



7.9.8 Mast Head Amplifier Noise


Interface:


Table 743. mhaGain (Continued)

Table 744. mhaNoise

Parameter name: Mast Head Amplifier Noise

Abbreviated name: mhaNoise

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Noise figure of mast head amplifier.

References:



Range and step: 0 ... 100 dB, step 0.1 dB



Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:




7.9.9 Mast Head Amplifier Type

7.9.10 Name

Table 745. mhaType

Parameter name: Mast Head Amplifier Type

Abbreviated name: mhaType

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description:

References:





-

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


Table 746. name



3 GPP name:



7.9.11 Receiver Diversity

Multiplicity: 1

Description: The name of managed object.

References:





-

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:



Table 747. rxDiversity

Parameter name: Receiver Diversity

Abbreviated name: rxDiversity

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description:

References:






7.9.12 Receiver Diversity Type


gui ==> internal

0 ==> 0

1 ==> 1

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


Table 747. rxDiversity (Continued)

Table 748. rxDivType

Parameter name: Receiver Diversity Type

Abbreviated name: rxDivType

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Diversity Type of the Receiver

References:



Range and step: 0 (2-way), 1 (4-way)


gui ==> internal

0 ==> 0

1 ==> 1

Default value:

Default value notes



7.9.13 Transmitter diversity

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:


Table 748. rxDivType (Continued)

Table 749. txDiversity

Parameter name: Transmitter diversity

Abbreviated name: txDiversity

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description:

References:





gui ==> internal

0 ==> 0

1 ==> 1

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters



7.9.14 Transmitter Diversity Type


Interface:


Table 749. txDiversity (Continued)

Table 750. txDivType

Parameter name: Transmitter Diversity Type

Abbreviated name: txDivType

3 GPP name:

Multiplicity: 1

Description:

References:



Range and step: 0 (STTD), 1 (TXAA)


gui ==> internal

0 ==> 0

1 ==> 1

Default value:

Default value notes

Related functions


Related parameters


Interface:




7.10 WCEL parameters

7.10.1 Name

Table 751. name



3 GPP name: Name

Multiplicity: 1

Description: Name of managed object.






-

Default value:


Related functions


Related parameters






wcdma-ran-parameters.pdf

Documents

netact documentation

nokia logo

copyright nokia corporation

en nokia proprietary

mobile network code

adjgmnc mobile network

adjimcc mobile country

adjgmcc mobile country